// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/access/AccessControl.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/AccessControl.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IAccessControl.sol";
import "../utils/Context.sol";
import "../utils/Strings.sol";
import "../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module that allows children to implement role-based access
 * control mechanisms. This is a lightweight version that doesn't allow enumerating role
 * members except through off-chain means by accessing the contract event logs. Some
 * applications may benefit from on-chain enumerability, for those cases see
 * {AccessControlEnumerable}.
 *
 * Roles are referred to by their `bytes32` identifier. These should be exposed
 * in the external API and be unique. The best way to achieve this is by
 * using `public constant` hash digests:
 *
 * ```
 * bytes32 public constant MY_ROLE = keccak256("MY_ROLE");
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be used to represent a set of permissions. To restrict access to a
 * function call, use {hasRole}:
 *
 * ```
 * function foo() public {
 *     require(hasRole(MY_ROLE, msg.sender));
 *     ...
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Roles can be granted and revoked dynamically via the {grantRole} and
 * {revokeRole} functions. Each role has an associated admin role, and only
 * accounts that have a role's admin role can call {grantRole} and {revokeRole}.
 *
 * By default, the admin role for all roles is `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, which means
 * that only accounts with this role will be able to grant or revoke other
 * roles. More complex role relationships can be created by using
 * {_setRoleAdmin}.
 *
 * WARNING: The `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is also its own admin: it has permission to
 * grant and revoke this role. Extra precautions should be taken to secure
 * accounts that have been granted it.
 */
abstract contract AccessControl is Context, IAccessControl, ERC165 {
    struct RoleData {
        mapping(address => bool) members;
        bytes32 adminRole;
    }

    mapping(bytes32 => RoleData) private _roles;

    bytes32 public constant DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE = 0x00;

    /**
     * @dev Modifier that checks that an account has a specific role. Reverts
     * with a standardized message including the required role.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     *
     * _Available since v4.1._
     */
    modifier onlyRole(bytes32 role) {
        _checkRole(role);
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControl).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _roles[role].members[account];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `_msgSender()` is missing `role`.
     * Overriding this function changes the behavior of the {onlyRole} modifier.
     *
     * Format of the revert message is described in {_checkRole}.
     *
     * _Available since v4.6._
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role) internal view virtual {
        _checkRole(role, _msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revert with a standard message if `account` is missing `role`.
     *
     * The format of the revert reason is given by the following regular expression:
     *
     *  /^AccessControl: account (0x[0-9a-f]{40}) is missing role (0x[0-9a-f]{64})$/
     */
    function _checkRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal view virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            revert(
                string(
                    abi.encodePacked(
                        "AccessControl: account ",
                        Strings.toHexString(account),
                        " is missing role ",
                        Strings.toHexString(uint256(role), 32)
                    )
                )
            );
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) public view virtual override returns (bytes32) {
        return _roles[role].adminRole;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override onlyRole(getRoleAdmin(role)) {
        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been revoked `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) public virtual override {
        require(account == _msgSender(), "AccessControl: can only renounce roles for self");

        _revokeRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event. Note that unlike {grantRole}, this function doesn't perform any
     * checks on the calling account.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     *
     * [WARNING]
     * ====
     * This function should only be called from the constructor when setting
     * up the initial roles for the system.
     *
     * Using this function in any other way is effectively circumventing the admin
     * system imposed by {AccessControl}.
     * ====
     *
     * NOTE: This function is deprecated in favor of {_grantRole}.
     */
    function _setupRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        _grantRole(role, account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets `adminRole` as ``role``'s admin role.
     *
     * Emits a {RoleAdminChanged} event.
     */
    function _setRoleAdmin(bytes32 role, bytes32 adminRole) internal virtual {
        bytes32 previousAdminRole = getRoleAdmin(role);
        _roles[role].adminRole = adminRole;
        emit RoleAdminChanged(role, previousAdminRole, adminRole);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleGranted} event.
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (!hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = true;
            emit RoleGranted(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     *
     * May emit a {RoleRevoked} event.
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual {
        if (hasRole(role, account)) {
            _roles[role].members[account] = false;
            emit RoleRevoked(role, account, _msgSender());
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/access/AccessControlEnumerable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (access/AccessControlEnumerable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IAccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import "./AccessControl.sol";
import "../utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of {AccessControl} that allows enumerating the members of each role.
 */
abstract contract AccessControlEnumerable is IAccessControlEnumerable, AccessControl {
    using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;

    mapping(bytes32 => EnumerableSet.AddressSet) private _roleMembers;

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IAccessControlEnumerable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
     * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
     *
     * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
     * change at any point.
     *
     * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
     * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
     * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296[forum post]
     * for more information.
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        return _roleMembers[role].at(index);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
     * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _roleMembers[role].length();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload {_grantRole} to track enumerable memberships
     */
    function _grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override {
        super._grantRole(role, account);
        _roleMembers[role].add(account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Overload {_revokeRole} to track enumerable memberships
     */
    function _revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) internal virtual override {
        super._revokeRole(role, account);
        _roleMembers[role].remove(account);
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/access/IAccessControl.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControl.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControl declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControl {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `newAdminRole` is set as ``role``'s admin role, replacing `previousAdminRole`
     *
     * `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE` is the starting admin for all roles, despite
     * {RoleAdminChanged} not being emitted signaling this.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    event RoleAdminChanged(bytes32 indexed role, bytes32 indexed previousAdminRole, bytes32 indexed newAdminRole);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is granted `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call, an admin role
     * bearer except when using {AccessControl-_setupRole}.
     */
    event RoleGranted(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `account` is revoked `role`.
     *
     * `sender` is the account that originated the contract call:
     *   - if using `revokeRole`, it is the admin role bearer
     *   - if using `renounceRole`, it is the role bearer (i.e. `account`)
     */
    event RoleRevoked(bytes32 indexed role, address indexed account, address indexed sender);

    /**
     * @dev Returns `true` if `account` has been granted `role`.
     */
    function hasRole(bytes32 role, address account) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the admin role that controls `role`. See {grantRole} and
     * {revokeRole}.
     *
     * To change a role's admin, use {AccessControl-_setRoleAdmin}.
     */
    function getRoleAdmin(bytes32 role) external view returns (bytes32);

    /**
     * @dev Grants `role` to `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had not been already granted `role`, emits a {RoleGranted}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function grantRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from `account`.
     *
     * If `account` had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have ``role``'s admin role.
     */
    function revokeRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;

    /**
     * @dev Revokes `role` from the calling account.
     *
     * Roles are often managed via {grantRole} and {revokeRole}: this function's
     * purpose is to provide a mechanism for accounts to lose their privileges
     * if they are compromised (such as when a trusted device is misplaced).
     *
     * If the calling account had been granted `role`, emits a {RoleRevoked}
     * event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must be `account`.
     */
    function renounceRole(bytes32 role, address account) external;
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/access/IAccessControlEnumerable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (access/IAccessControlEnumerable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IAccessControl.sol";

/**
 * @dev External interface of AccessControlEnumerable declared to support ERC165 detection.
 */
interface IAccessControlEnumerable is IAccessControl {
    /**
     * @dev Returns one of the accounts that have `role`. `index` must be a
     * value between 0 and {getRoleMemberCount}, non-inclusive.
     *
     * Role bearers are not sorted in any particular way, and their ordering may
     * change at any point.
     *
     * WARNING: When using {getRoleMember} and {getRoleMemberCount}, make sure
     * you perform all queries on the same block. See the following
     * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/iterating-over-elements-on-enumerableset-in-openzeppelin-contracts/2296[forum post]
     * for more information.
     */
    function getRoleMember(bytes32 role, uint256 index) external view returns (address);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of accounts that have `role`. Can be used
     * together with {getRoleMember} to enumerate all bearers of a role.
     */
    function getRoleMemberCount(bytes32 role) external view returns (uint256);
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/access/Ownable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../utils/Context.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable is Context {
    address private _owner;

    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/security/Pausable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (security/Pausable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../utils/Context.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which allows children to implement an emergency stop
 * mechanism that can be triggered by an authorized account.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the
 * modifiers `whenNotPaused` and `whenPaused`, which can be applied to
 * the functions of your contract. Note that they will not be pausable by
 * simply including this module, only once the modifiers are put in place.
 */
abstract contract Pausable is Context {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is triggered by `account`.
     */
    event Paused(address account);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the pause is lifted by `account`.
     */
    event Unpaused(address account);

    bool private _paused;

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract in unpaused state.
     */
    constructor() {
        _paused = false;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is not paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    modifier whenNotPaused() {
        _requireNotPaused();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to make a function callable only when the contract is paused.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    modifier whenPaused() {
        _requirePaused();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the contract is paused, and false otherwise.
     */
    function paused() public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _paused;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is paused.
     */
    function _requireNotPaused() internal view virtual {
        require(!paused(), "Pausable: paused");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the contract is not paused.
     */
    function _requirePaused() internal view virtual {
        require(paused(), "Pausable: not paused");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Triggers stopped state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must not be paused.
     */
    function _pause() internal virtual whenNotPaused {
        _paused = true;
        emit Paused(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns to normal state.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The contract must be paused.
     */
    function _unpause() internal virtual whenPaused {
        _paused = false;
        emit Unpaused(_msgSender());
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/token/ERC721/ERC721.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC721/ERC721.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IERC721.sol";
import "./IERC721Receiver.sol";
import "./extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol";
import "../../utils/Address.sol";
import "../../utils/Context.sol";
import "../../utils/Strings.sol";
import "../../utils/introspection/ERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721[ERC721] Non-Fungible Token Standard, including
 * the Metadata extension, but not including the Enumerable extension, which is available separately as
 * {ERC721Enumerable}.
 */
contract ERC721 is Context, ERC165, IERC721, IERC721Metadata {
    using Address for address;
    using Strings for uint256;

    // Token name
    string private _name;

    // Token symbol
    string private _symbol;

    // Mapping from token ID to owner address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _owners;

    // Mapping owner address to token count
    mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;

    // Mapping from token ID to approved address
    mapping(uint256 => address) private _tokenApprovals;

    // Mapping from owner to operator approvals
    mapping(address => mapping(address => bool)) private _operatorApprovals;

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract by setting a `name` and a `symbol` to the token collection.
     */
    constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(ERC165, IERC165) returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IERC721).interfaceId ||
            interfaceId == type(IERC721Metadata).interfaceId ||
            super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: address zero is not a valid owner");
        return _balances[owner];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-ownerOf}.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        address owner = _ownerOf(tokenId);
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
        return owner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-name}.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-symbol}.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Metadata-tokenURI}.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        _requireMinted(tokenId);

        string memory baseURI = _baseURI();
        return bytes(baseURI).length > 0 ? string(abi.encodePacked(baseURI, tokenId.toString())) : "";
    }

    /**
     * @dev Base URI for computing {tokenURI}. If set, the resulting URI for each
     * token will be the concatenation of the `baseURI` and the `tokenId`. Empty
     * by default, can be overridden in child contracts.
     */
    function _baseURI() internal view virtual returns (string memory) {
        return "";
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-approve}.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) public virtual override {
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
        require(to != owner, "ERC721: approval to current owner");

        require(
            _msgSender() == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, _msgSender()),
            "ERC721: approve caller is not token owner or approved for all"
        );

        _approve(to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-getApproved}.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) public view virtual override returns (address) {
        _requireMinted(tokenId);

        return _tokenApprovals[tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-setApprovalForAll}.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool approved) public virtual override {
        _setApprovalForAll(_msgSender(), operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-isApprovedForAll}.
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return _operatorApprovals[owner][operator];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-transferFrom}.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        //solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: caller is not token owner or approved");

        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public virtual override {
        safeTransferFrom(from, to, tokenId, "");
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) public virtual override {
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: caller is not token owner or approved");
        _safeTransfer(from, to, tokenId, data);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * `data` is additional data, it has no specified format and it is sent in call to `to`.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to {safeTransferFrom}, and can be used to e.g.
     * implement alternative mechanisms to perform token transfer, such as signature-based.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _transfer(from, to, tokenId);
        require(_checkOnERC721Received(from, to, tokenId, data), "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId`. Does NOT revert if token doesn't exist
     */
    function _ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owners[tokenId];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `tokenId` exists.
     *
     * Tokens can be managed by their owner or approved accounts via {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Tokens start existing when they are minted (`_mint`),
     * and stop existing when they are burned (`_burn`).
     */
    function _exists(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        return _ownerOf(tokenId) != address(0);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns whether `spender` is allowed to manage `tokenId`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function _isApprovedOrOwner(address spender, uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual returns (bool) {
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);
        return (spender == owner || isApprovedForAll(owner, spender) || getApproved(tokenId) == spender);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Safely mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _safeMint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _safeMint(to, tokenId, "");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-ERC721-_safeMint-address-uint256-}[`_safeMint`], with an additional `data` parameter which is
     * forwarded in {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} to contract recipients.
     */
    function _safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) internal virtual {
        _mint(to, tokenId);
        require(
            _checkOnERC721Received(address(0), to, tokenId, data),
            "ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer"
        );
    }

    /**
     * @dev Mints `tokenId` and transfers it to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Usage of this method is discouraged, use {_safeMint} whenever possible
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must not exist.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _mint(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: mint to the zero address");
        require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted");

        _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId, 1);

        // Check that tokenId was not minted by `_beforeTokenTransfer` hook
        require(!_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: token already minted");

        unchecked {
            // Will not overflow unless all 2**256 token ids are minted to the same owner.
            // Given that tokens are minted one by one, it is impossible in practice that
            // this ever happens. Might change if we allow batch minting.
            // The ERC fails to describe this case.
            _balances[to] += 1;
        }

        _owners[tokenId] = to;

        emit Transfer(address(0), to, tokenId);

        _afterTokenTransfer(address(0), to, tokenId, 1);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Destroys `tokenId`.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is burned.
     * This is an internal function that does not check if the sender is authorized to operate on the token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _burn(uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        address owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);

        _beforeTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId, 1);

        // Update ownership in case tokenId was transferred by `_beforeTokenTransfer` hook
        owner = ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId);

        // Clear approvals
        delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId];

        unchecked {
            // Cannot overflow, as that would require more tokens to be burned/transferred
            // out than the owner initially received through minting and transferring in.
            _balances[owner] -= 1;
        }
        delete _owners[tokenId];

        emit Transfer(owner, address(0), tokenId);

        _afterTokenTransfer(owner, address(0), tokenId, 1);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` from `from` to `to`.
     *  As opposed to {transferFrom}, this imposes no restrictions on msg.sender.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function _transfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) internal virtual {
        require(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId) == from, "ERC721: transfer from incorrect owner");
        require(to != address(0), "ERC721: transfer to the zero address");

        _beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId, 1);

        // Check that tokenId was not transferred by `_beforeTokenTransfer` hook
        require(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId) == from, "ERC721: transfer from incorrect owner");

        // Clear approvals from the previous owner
        delete _tokenApprovals[tokenId];

        unchecked {
            // `_balances[from]` cannot overflow for the same reason as described in `_burn`:
            // `from`'s balance is the number of token held, which is at least one before the current
            // transfer.
            // `_balances[to]` could overflow in the conditions described in `_mint`. That would require
            // all 2**256 token ids to be minted, which in practice is impossible.
            _balances[from] -= 1;
            _balances[to] += 1;
        }
        _owners[tokenId] = to;

        emit Transfer(from, to, tokenId);

        _afterTokenTransfer(from, to, tokenId, 1);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Approve `to` to operate on `tokenId`
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) internal virtual {
        _tokenApprovals[tokenId] = to;
        emit Approval(ERC721.ownerOf(tokenId), to, tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Approve `operator` to operate on all of `owner` tokens
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function _setApprovalForAll(
        address owner,
        address operator,
        bool approved
    ) internal virtual {
        require(owner != operator, "ERC721: approve to caller");
        _operatorApprovals[owner][operator] = approved;
        emit ApprovalForAll(owner, operator, approved);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the `tokenId` has not been minted yet.
     */
    function _requireMinted(uint256 tokenId) internal view virtual {
        require(_exists(tokenId), "ERC721: invalid token ID");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to invoke {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received} on a target address.
     * The call is not executed if the target address is not a contract.
     *
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param to target address that will receive the tokens
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be transferred
     * @param data bytes optional data to send along with the call
     * @return bool whether the call correctly returned the expected magic value
     */
    function _checkOnERC721Received(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes memory data
    ) private returns (bool) {
        if (to.isContract()) {
            try IERC721Receiver(to).onERC721Received(_msgSender(), from, tokenId, data) returns (bytes4 retval) {
                return retval == IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector;
            } catch (bytes memory reason) {
                if (reason.length == 0) {
                    revert("ERC721: transfer to non ERC721Receiver implementer");
                } else {
                    /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                    assembly {
                        revert(add(32, reason), mload(reason))
                    }
                }
            }
        } else {
            return true;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before any token transfer. This includes minting and burning. If {ERC721Consecutive} is
     * used, the hook may be called as part of a consecutive (batch) mint, as indicated by `batchSize` greater than 1.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s tokens will be transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, the tokens will be minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s tokens will be burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     * - `batchSize` is non-zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256, /* firstTokenId */
        uint256 batchSize
    ) internal virtual {
        if (batchSize > 1) {
            if (from != address(0)) {
                _balances[from] -= batchSize;
            }
            if (to != address(0)) {
                _balances[to] += batchSize;
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after any token transfer. This includes minting and burning. If {ERC721Consecutive} is
     * used, the hook may be called as part of a consecutive (batch) mint, as indicated by `batchSize` greater than 1.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - When `from` and `to` are both non-zero, ``from``'s tokens were transferred to `to`.
     * - When `from` is zero, the tokens were minted for `to`.
     * - When `to` is zero, ``from``'s tokens were burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     * - `batchSize` is non-zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 firstTokenId,
        uint256 batchSize
    ) internal virtual {}
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../../utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Required interface of an ERC721 compliant contract.
 */
interface IERC721 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `tokenId` token is transferred from `from` to `to`.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables `approved` to manage the `tokenId` token.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed approved, uint256 indexed tokenId);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `owner` enables or disables (`approved`) `operator` to manage all of its assets.
     */
    event ApprovalForAll(address indexed owner, address indexed operator, bool approved);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of tokens in ``owner``'s account.
     */
    function balanceOf(address owner) external view returns (uint256 balance);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the owner of the `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function ownerOf(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address owner);

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Safely transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`, checking first that contract recipients
     * are aware of the ERC721 protocol to prevent tokens from being forever locked.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must exist and be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must have been allowed to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     * - If `to` refers to a smart contract, it must implement {IERC721Receiver-onERC721Received}, which is called upon a safe transfer.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function safeTransferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Transfers `tokenId` token from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * WARNING: Note that the caller is responsible to confirm that the recipient is capable of receiving ERC721
     * or else they may be permanently lost. Usage of {safeTransferFrom} prevents loss, though the caller must
     * understand this adds an external call which potentially creates a reentrancy vulnerability.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `tokenId` token must be owned by `from`.
     * - If the caller is not `from`, it must be approved to move this token by either {approve} or {setApprovalForAll}.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Gives permission to `to` to transfer `tokenId` token to another account.
     * The approval is cleared when the token is transferred.
     *
     * Only a single account can be approved at a time, so approving the zero address clears previous approvals.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own the token or be an approved operator.
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address to, uint256 tokenId) external;

    /**
     * @dev Approve or remove `operator` as an operator for the caller.
     * Operators can call {transferFrom} or {safeTransferFrom} for any token owned by the caller.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The `operator` cannot be the caller.
     *
     * Emits an {ApprovalForAll} event.
     */
    function setApprovalForAll(address operator, bool _approved) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the account approved for `tokenId` token.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `tokenId` must exist.
     */
    function getApproved(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (address operator);

    /**
     * @dev Returns if the `operator` is allowed to manage all of the assets of `owner`.
     *
     * See {setApprovalForAll}
     */
    function isApprovedForAll(address owner, address operator) external view returns (bool);
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @title ERC721 token receiver interface
 * @dev Interface for any contract that wants to support safeTransfers
 * from ERC721 asset contracts.
 */
interface IERC721Receiver {
    /**
     * @dev Whenever an {IERC721} `tokenId` token is transferred to this contract via {IERC721-safeTransferFrom}
     * by `operator` from `from`, this function is called.
     *
     * It must return its Solidity selector to confirm the token transfer.
     * If any other value is returned or the interface is not implemented by the recipient, the transfer will be reverted.
     *
     * The selector can be obtained in Solidity with `IERC721Receiver.onERC721Received.selector`.
     */
    function onERC721Received(
        address operator,
        address from,
        uint256 tokenId,
        bytes calldata data
    ) external returns (bytes4);
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Burnable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Burnable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../ERC721.sol";
import "../../../utils/Context.sol";

/**
 * @title ERC721 Burnable Token
 * @dev ERC721 Token that can be burned (destroyed).
 */
abstract contract ERC721Burnable is Context, ERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Burns `tokenId`. See {ERC721-_burn}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - The caller must own `tokenId` or be an approved operator.
     */
    function burn(uint256 tokenId) public virtual {
        //solhint-disable-next-line max-line-length
        require(_isApprovedOrOwner(_msgSender(), tokenId), "ERC721: caller is not token owner or approved");
        _burn(tokenId);
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Enumerable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Enumerable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../ERC721.sol";
import "./IERC721Enumerable.sol";

/**
 * @dev This implements an optional extension of {ERC721} defined in the EIP that adds
 * enumerability of all the token ids in the contract as well as all token ids owned by each
 * account.
 */
abstract contract ERC721Enumerable is ERC721, IERC721Enumerable {
    // Mapping from owner to list of owned token IDs
    mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => uint256)) private _ownedTokens;

    // Mapping from token ID to index of the owner tokens list
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _ownedTokensIndex;

    // Array with all token ids, used for enumeration
    uint256[] private _allTokens;

    // Mapping from token id to position in the allTokens array
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _allTokensIndex;

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override(IERC165, ERC721) returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC721Enumerable).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-tokenOfOwnerByIndex}.
     */
    function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(index < ERC721.balanceOf(owner), "ERC721Enumerable: owner index out of bounds");
        return _ownedTokens[owner][index];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-totalSupply}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _allTokens.length;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC721Enumerable-tokenByIndex}.
     */
    function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        require(index < ERC721Enumerable.totalSupply(), "ERC721Enumerable: global index out of bounds");
        return _allTokens[index];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {ERC721-_beforeTokenTransfer}.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 firstTokenId,
        uint256 batchSize
    ) internal virtual override {
        super._beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, firstTokenId, batchSize);

        if (batchSize > 1) {
            // Will only trigger during construction. Batch transferring (minting) is not available afterwards.
            revert("ERC721Enumerable: consecutive transfers not supported");
        }

        uint256 tokenId = firstTokenId;

        if (from == address(0)) {
            _addTokenToAllTokensEnumeration(tokenId);
        } else if (from != to) {
            _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration(from, tokenId);
        }
        if (to == address(0)) {
            _removeTokenFromAllTokensEnumeration(tokenId);
        } else if (to != from) {
            _addTokenToOwnerEnumeration(to, tokenId);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Private function to add a token to this extension's ownership-tracking data structures.
     * @param to address representing the new owner of the given token ID
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be added to the tokens list of the given address
     */
    function _addTokenToOwnerEnumeration(address to, uint256 tokenId) private {
        uint256 length = ERC721.balanceOf(to);
        _ownedTokens[to][length] = tokenId;
        _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId] = length;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Private function to add a token to this extension's token tracking data structures.
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be added to the tokens list
     */
    function _addTokenToAllTokensEnumeration(uint256 tokenId) private {
        _allTokensIndex[tokenId] = _allTokens.length;
        _allTokens.push(tokenId);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Private function to remove a token from this extension's ownership-tracking data structures. Note that
     * while the token is not assigned a new owner, the `_ownedTokensIndex` mapping is _not_ updated: this allows for
     * gas optimizations e.g. when performing a transfer operation (avoiding double writes).
     * This has O(1) time complexity, but alters the order of the _ownedTokens array.
     * @param from address representing the previous owner of the given token ID
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be removed from the tokens list of the given address
     */
    function _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration(address from, uint256 tokenId) private {
        // To prevent a gap in from's tokens array, we store the last token in the index of the token to delete, and
        // then delete the last slot (swap and pop).

        uint256 lastTokenIndex = ERC721.balanceOf(from) - 1;
        uint256 tokenIndex = _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId];

        // When the token to delete is the last token, the swap operation is unnecessary
        if (tokenIndex != lastTokenIndex) {
            uint256 lastTokenId = _ownedTokens[from][lastTokenIndex];

            _ownedTokens[from][tokenIndex] = lastTokenId; // Move the last token to the slot of the to-delete token
            _ownedTokensIndex[lastTokenId] = tokenIndex; // Update the moved token's index
        }

        // This also deletes the contents at the last position of the array
        delete _ownedTokensIndex[tokenId];
        delete _ownedTokens[from][lastTokenIndex];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Private function to remove a token from this extension's token tracking data structures.
     * This has O(1) time complexity, but alters the order of the _allTokens array.
     * @param tokenId uint256 ID of the token to be removed from the tokens list
     */
    function _removeTokenFromAllTokensEnumeration(uint256 tokenId) private {
        // To prevent a gap in the tokens array, we store the last token in the index of the token to delete, and
        // then delete the last slot (swap and pop).

        uint256 lastTokenIndex = _allTokens.length - 1;
        uint256 tokenIndex = _allTokensIndex[tokenId];

        // When the token to delete is the last token, the swap operation is unnecessary. However, since this occurs so
        // rarely (when the last minted token is burnt) that we still do the swap here to avoid the gas cost of adding
        // an 'if' statement (like in _removeTokenFromOwnerEnumeration)
        uint256 lastTokenId = _allTokens[lastTokenIndex];

        _allTokens[tokenIndex] = lastTokenId; // Move the last token to the slot of the to-delete token
        _allTokensIndex[lastTokenId] = tokenIndex; // Update the moved token's index

        // This also deletes the contents at the last position of the array
        delete _allTokensIndex[tokenId];
        _allTokens.pop();
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Pausable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/ERC721Pausable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../ERC721.sol";
import "../../../security/Pausable.sol";

/**
 * @dev ERC721 token with pausable token transfers, minting and burning.
 *
 * Useful for scenarios such as preventing trades until the end of an evaluation
 * period, or having an emergency switch for freezing all token transfers in the
 * event of a large bug.
 */
abstract contract ERC721Pausable is ERC721, Pausable {
    /**
     * @dev See {ERC721-_beforeTokenTransfer}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the contract must not be paused.
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 firstTokenId,
        uint256 batchSize
    ) internal virtual override {
        super._beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, firstTokenId, batchSize);

        require(!paused(), "ERC721Pausable: token transfer while paused");
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Enumerable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Enumerable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../IERC721.sol";

/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional enumeration extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721Enumerable is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the total amount of tokens stored by the contract.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns a token ID owned by `owner` at a given `index` of its token list.
     * Use along with {balanceOf} to enumerate all of ``owner``'s tokens.
     */
    function tokenOfOwnerByIndex(address owner, uint256 index) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns a token ID at a given `index` of all the tokens stored by the contract.
     * Use along with {totalSupply} to enumerate all tokens.
     */
    function tokenByIndex(uint256 index) external view returns (uint256);
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC721/extensions/IERC721Metadata.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../IERC721.sol";

/**
 * @title ERC-721 Non-Fungible Token Standard, optional metadata extension
 * @dev See https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-721
 */
interface IERC721Metadata is IERC721 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection name.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the token collection symbol.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the Uniform Resource Identifier (URI) for `tokenId` token.
     */
    function tokenURI(uint256 tokenId) external view returns (string memory);
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/token/ERC721/presets/ERC721PresetMinterPauserAutoId.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.5.0) (token/ERC721/presets/ERC721PresetMinterPauserAutoId.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../ERC721.sol";
import "../extensions/ERC721Enumerable.sol";
import "../extensions/ERC721Burnable.sol";
import "../extensions/ERC721Pausable.sol";
import "../../../access/AccessControlEnumerable.sol";
import "../../../utils/Context.sol";
import "../../../utils/Counters.sol";

/**
 * @dev {ERC721} token, including:
 *
 *  - ability for holders to burn (destroy) their tokens
 *  - a minter role that allows for token minting (creation)
 *  - a pauser role that allows to stop all token transfers
 *  - token ID and URI autogeneration
 *
 * This contract uses {AccessControl} to lock permissioned functions using the
 * different roles - head to its documentation for details.
 *
 * The account that deploys the contract will be granted the minter and pauser
 * roles, as well as the default admin role, which will let it grant both minter
 * and pauser roles to other accounts.
 *
 * _Deprecated in favor of https://wizard.openzeppelin.com/[Contracts Wizard]._
 */
contract ERC721PresetMinterPauserAutoId is
    Context,
    AccessControlEnumerable,
    ERC721Enumerable,
    ERC721Burnable,
    ERC721Pausable
{
    using Counters for Counters.Counter;

    bytes32 public constant MINTER_ROLE = keccak256("MINTER_ROLE");
    bytes32 public constant PAUSER_ROLE = keccak256("PAUSER_ROLE");

    Counters.Counter private _tokenIdTracker;

    string private _baseTokenURI;

    /**
     * @dev Grants `DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE`, `MINTER_ROLE` and `PAUSER_ROLE` to the
     * account that deploys the contract.
     *
     * Token URIs will be autogenerated based on `baseURI` and their token IDs.
     * See {ERC721-tokenURI}.
     */
    constructor(
        string memory name,
        string memory symbol,
        string memory baseTokenURI
    ) ERC721(name, symbol) {
        _baseTokenURI = baseTokenURI;

        _setupRole(DEFAULT_ADMIN_ROLE, _msgSender());

        _setupRole(MINTER_ROLE, _msgSender());
        _setupRole(PAUSER_ROLE, _msgSender());
    }

    function _baseURI() internal view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _baseTokenURI;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Creates a new token for `to`. Its token ID will be automatically
     * assigned (and available on the emitted {IERC721-Transfer} event), and the token
     * URI autogenerated based on the base URI passed at construction.
     *
     * See {ERC721-_mint}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have the `MINTER_ROLE`.
     */
    function mint(address to) public virtual {
        require(hasRole(MINTER_ROLE, _msgSender()), "ERC721PresetMinterPauserAutoId: must have minter role to mint");

        // We cannot just use balanceOf to create the new tokenId because tokens
        // can be burned (destroyed), so we need a separate counter.
        _mint(to, _tokenIdTracker.current());
        _tokenIdTracker.increment();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Pauses all token transfers.
     *
     * See {ERC721Pausable} and {Pausable-_pause}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have the `PAUSER_ROLE`.
     */
    function pause() public virtual {
        require(hasRole(PAUSER_ROLE, _msgSender()), "ERC721PresetMinterPauserAutoId: must have pauser role to pause");
        _pause();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Unpauses all token transfers.
     *
     * See {ERC721Pausable} and {Pausable-_unpause}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the caller must have the `PAUSER_ROLE`.
     */
    function unpause() public virtual {
        require(hasRole(PAUSER_ROLE, _msgSender()), "ERC721PresetMinterPauserAutoId: must have pauser role to unpause");
        _unpause();
    }

    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 firstTokenId,
        uint256 batchSize
    ) internal virtual override(ERC721, ERC721Enumerable, ERC721Pausable) {
        super._beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, firstTokenId, batchSize);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        public
        view
        virtual
        override(AccessControlEnumerable, ERC721, ERC721Enumerable)
        returns (bool)
    {
        return super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/utils/Address.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Address.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.1;

/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library Address {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.

        return account.code.length > 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://consensys.net/diligence/blog/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");

        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionDelegateCall(target, data, "Address: low-level delegate call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a delegate call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.4._
     */
    function functionDelegateCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.delegatecall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }

    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/utils/Context.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract Context {
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }

    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/utils/Counters.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Counters.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @title Counters
 * @author Matt Condon (@shrugs)
 * @dev Provides counters that can only be incremented, decremented or reset. This can be used e.g. to track the number
 * of elements in a mapping, issuing ERC721 ids, or counting request ids.
 *
 * Include with `using Counters for Counters.Counter;`
 */
library Counters {
    struct Counter {
        // This variable should never be directly accessed by users of the library: interactions must be restricted to
        // the library's function. As of Solidity v0.5.2, this cannot be enforced, though there is a proposal to add
        // this feature: see https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/4637
        uint256 _value; // default: 0
    }

    function current(Counter storage counter) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return counter._value;
    }

    function increment(Counter storage counter) internal {
        unchecked {
            counter._value += 1;
        }
    }

    function decrement(Counter storage counter) internal {
        uint256 value = counter._value;
        require(value > 0, "Counter: decrement overflow");
        unchecked {
            counter._value = value - 1;
        }
    }

    function reset(Counter storage counter) internal {
        counter._value = 0;
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/utils/Strings.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Strings.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./math/Math.sol";

/**
 * @dev String operations.
 */
library Strings {
    bytes16 private constant _SYMBOLS = "0123456789abcdef";
    uint8 private constant _ADDRESS_LENGTH = 20;

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` decimal representation.
     */
    function toString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 length = Math.log10(value) + 1;
            string memory buffer = new string(length);
            uint256 ptr;
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                ptr := add(buffer, add(32, length))
            }
            while (true) {
                ptr--;
                /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
                assembly {
                    mstore8(ptr, byte(mod(value, 10), _SYMBOLS))
                }
                value /= 10;
                if (value == 0) break;
            }
            return buffer;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        unchecked {
            return toHexString(value, Math.log256(value) + 1);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts a `uint256` to its ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation with fixed length.
     */
    function toHexString(uint256 value, uint256 length) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        bytes memory buffer = new bytes(2 * length + 2);
        buffer[0] = "0";
        buffer[1] = "x";
        for (uint256 i = 2 * length + 1; i > 1; --i) {
            buffer[i] = _SYMBOLS[value & 0xf];
            value >>= 4;
        }
        require(value == 0, "Strings: hex length insufficient");
        return string(buffer);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Converts an `address` with fixed length of 20 bytes to its not checksummed ASCII `string` hexadecimal representation.
     */
    function toHexString(address addr) internal pure returns (string memory) {
        return toHexString(uint256(uint160(addr)), _ADDRESS_LENGTH);
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/utils/introspection/ERC165.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/ERC165.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC165} interface.
 *
 * Contracts that want to implement ERC165 should inherit from this contract and override {supportsInterface} to check
 * for the additional interface id that will be supported. For example:
 *
 * ```solidity
 * function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
 *     return interfaceId == type(MyInterface).interfaceId || super.supportsInterface(interfaceId);
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * Alternatively, {ERC165Storage} provides an easier to use but more expensive implementation.
 */
abstract contract ERC165 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev See {IERC165-supportsInterface}.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) public view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId;
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/introspection/IERC165.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC165 standard, as defined in the
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165[EIP].
 *
 * Implementers can declare support of contract interfaces, which can then be
 * queried by others ({ERC165Checker}).
 *
 * For an implementation, see {ERC165}.
 */
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/utils/math/Math.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library Math {
    enum Rounding {
        Down, // Toward negative infinity
        Up, // Toward infinity
        Zero // Toward zero
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
     */
    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
     * zero.
     */
    function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
        return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
     *
     * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
     * of rounding down.
     */
    function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
        return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
     * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
     * with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        unchecked {
            // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
            // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
            // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
            uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
            uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
            assembly {
                let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                prod0 := mul(x, y)
                prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
            }

            // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
            if (prod1 == 0) {
                return prod0 / denominator;
            }

            // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
            require(denominator > prod1);

            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // 512 by 256 division.
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////

            // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
            uint256 remainder;
            assembly {
                // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)

                // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
            }

            // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
            // See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.

            // Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
            uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
            assembly {
                // Divide denominator by twos.
                denominator := div(denominator, twos)

                // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                prod0 := div(prod0, twos)

                // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
            }

            // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
            prod0 |= prod1 * twos;

            // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
            // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
            // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
            uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;

            // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
            // in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256

            // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
            // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
            // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
            // is no longer required.
            result = prod0 * inverse;
            return result;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator,
        Rounding rounding
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
        if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
            result += 1;
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
     *
     * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }

        // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
        //
        // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
        // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
        //
        // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
        // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
        // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
        //
        // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
        uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);

        // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
        // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
        // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
        // into the expected uint128 result.
        unchecked {
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            return min(result, a / result);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = sqrt(a);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 128;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                value >>= 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 4 > 0) {
                value >>= 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 2 > 0) {
                value >>= 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 1 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log2(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >= 10**64) {
                value /= 10**64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >= 10**32) {
                value /= 10**32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >= 10**16) {
                value /= 10**16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >= 10**8) {
                value /= 10**8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >= 10**4) {
                value /= 10**4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >= 10**2) {
                value /= 10**2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >= 10**1) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log10(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10**result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     *
     * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log256(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result << 3) < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts/contracts/utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/structs/EnumerableSet.sol)
// This file was procedurally generated from scripts/generate/templates/EnumerableSet.js.

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Library for managing
 * https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Set_(abstract_data_type)[sets] of primitive
 * types.
 *
 * Sets have the following properties:
 *
 * - Elements are added, removed, and checked for existence in constant time
 * (O(1)).
 * - Elements are enumerated in O(n). No guarantees are made on the ordering.
 *
 * ```
 * contract Example {
 *     // Add the library methods
 *     using EnumerableSet for EnumerableSet.AddressSet;
 *
 *     // Declare a set state variable
 *     EnumerableSet.AddressSet private mySet;
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * As of v3.3.0, sets of type `bytes32` (`Bytes32Set`), `address` (`AddressSet`)
 * and `uint256` (`UintSet`) are supported.
 *
 * [WARNING]
 * ====
 * Trying to delete such a structure from storage will likely result in data corruption, rendering the structure
 * unusable.
 * See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/pull/11843[ethereum/solidity#11843] for more info.
 *
 * In order to clean an EnumerableSet, you can either remove all elements one by one or create a fresh instance using an
 * array of EnumerableSet.
 * ====
 */
library EnumerableSet {
    // To implement this library for multiple types with as little code
    // repetition as possible, we write it in terms of a generic Set type with
    // bytes32 values.
    // The Set implementation uses private functions, and user-facing
    // implementations (such as AddressSet) are just wrappers around the
    // underlying Set.
    // This means that we can only create new EnumerableSets for types that fit
    // in bytes32.

    struct Set {
        // Storage of set values
        bytes32[] _values;
        // Position of the value in the `values` array, plus 1 because index 0
        // means a value is not in the set.
        mapping(bytes32 => uint256) _indexes;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function _add(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        if (!_contains(set, value)) {
            set._values.push(value);
            // The value is stored at length-1, but we add 1 to all indexes
            // and use 0 as a sentinel value
            set._indexes[value] = set._values.length;
            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function _remove(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private returns (bool) {
        // We read and store the value's index to prevent multiple reads from the same storage slot
        uint256 valueIndex = set._indexes[value];

        if (valueIndex != 0) {
            // Equivalent to contains(set, value)
            // To delete an element from the _values array in O(1), we swap the element to delete with the last one in
            // the array, and then remove the last element (sometimes called as 'swap and pop').
            // This modifies the order of the array, as noted in {at}.

            uint256 toDeleteIndex = valueIndex - 1;
            uint256 lastIndex = set._values.length - 1;

            if (lastIndex != toDeleteIndex) {
                bytes32 lastValue = set._values[lastIndex];

                // Move the last value to the index where the value to delete is
                set._values[toDeleteIndex] = lastValue;
                // Update the index for the moved value
                set._indexes[lastValue] = valueIndex; // Replace lastValue's index to valueIndex
            }

            // Delete the slot where the moved value was stored
            set._values.pop();

            // Delete the index for the deleted slot
            delete set._indexes[value];

            return true;
        } else {
            return false;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function _contains(Set storage set, bytes32 value) private view returns (bool) {
        return set._indexes[value] != 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values on the set. O(1).
     */
    function _length(Set storage set) private view returns (uint256) {
        return set._values.length;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function _at(Set storage set, uint256 index) private view returns (bytes32) {
        return set._values[index];
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function _values(Set storage set) private view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        return set._values;
    }

    // Bytes32Set

    struct Bytes32Set {
        Set _inner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(Bytes32Set storage set, bytes32 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(Bytes32Set storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _at(set._inner, index);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(Bytes32Set storage set) internal view returns (bytes32[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        bytes32[] memory result;

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }

        return result;
    }

    // AddressSet

    struct AddressSet {
        Set _inner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(AddressSet storage set, address value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(uint256(uint160(value))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(AddressSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (address) {
        return address(uint160(uint256(_at(set._inner, index))));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(AddressSet storage set) internal view returns (address[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        address[] memory result;

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }

        return result;
    }

    // UintSet

    struct UintSet {
        Set _inner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Add a value to a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was added to the set, that is if it was not
     * already present.
     */
    function add(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _add(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Removes a value from a set. O(1).
     *
     * Returns true if the value was removed from the set, that is if it was
     * present.
     */
    function remove(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal returns (bool) {
        return _remove(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the value is in the set. O(1).
     */
    function contains(UintSet storage set, uint256 value) internal view returns (bool) {
        return _contains(set._inner, bytes32(value));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of values in the set. O(1).
     */
    function length(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return _length(set._inner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value stored at position `index` in the set. O(1).
     *
     * Note that there are no guarantees on the ordering of values inside the
     * array, and it may change when more values are added or removed.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `index` must be strictly less than {length}.
     */
    function at(UintSet storage set, uint256 index) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(_at(set._inner, index));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the entire set in an array
     *
     * WARNING: This operation will copy the entire storage to memory, which can be quite expensive. This is designed
     * to mostly be used by view accessors that are queried without any gas fees. Developers should keep in mind that
     * this function has an unbounded cost, and using it as part of a state-changing function may render the function
     * uncallable if the set grows to a point where copying to memory consumes too much gas to fit in a block.
     */
    function values(UintSet storage set) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        bytes32[] memory store = _values(set._inner);
        uint256[] memory result;

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            result := store
        }

        return result;
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/contracts/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (access/Ownable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract OwnableUpgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable {
    address private _owner;

    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    function __Ownable_init() internal onlyInitializing {
        __Ownable_init_unchained();
    }

    function __Ownable_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
        _transferOwnership(_msgSender());
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _checkOwner();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if the sender is not the owner.
     */
    function _checkOwner() internal view virtual {
        require(owner() == _msgSender(), "Ownable: caller is not the owner");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        require(newOwner != address(0), "Ownable: new owner is the zero address");
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[49] private __gap;
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/contracts/proxy/utils/Initializable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (proxy/utils/Initializable.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.2;

import "../../utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev This is a base contract to aid in writing upgradeable contracts, or any kind of contract that will be deployed
 * behind a proxy. Since proxied contracts do not make use of a constructor, it's common to move constructor logic to an
 * external initializer function, usually called `initialize`. It then becomes necessary to protect this initializer
 * function so it can only be called once. The {initializer} modifier provided by this contract will have this effect.
 *
 * The initialization functions use a version number. Once a version number is used, it is consumed and cannot be
 * reused. This mechanism prevents re-execution of each "step" but allows the creation of new initialization steps in
 * case an upgrade adds a module that needs to be initialized.
 *
 * For example:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * contract MyToken is ERC20Upgradeable {
 *     function initialize() initializer public {
 *         __ERC20_init("MyToken", "MTK");
 *     }
 * }
 * contract MyTokenV2 is MyToken, ERC20PermitUpgradeable {
 *     function initializeV2() reinitializer(2) public {
 *         __ERC20Permit_init("MyToken");
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * TIP: To avoid leaving the proxy in an uninitialized state, the initializer function should be called as early as
 * possible by providing the encoded function call as the `_data` argument to {ERC1967Proxy-constructor}.
 *
 * CAUTION: When used with inheritance, manual care must be taken to not invoke a parent initializer twice, or to ensure
 * that all initializers are idempotent. This is not verified automatically as constructors are by Solidity.
 *
 * [CAUTION]
 * ====
 * Avoid leaving a contract uninitialized.
 *
 * An uninitialized contract can be taken over by an attacker. This applies to both a proxy and its implementation
 * contract, which may impact the proxy. To prevent the implementation contract from being used, you should invoke
 * the {_disableInitializers} function in the constructor to automatically lock it when it is deployed:
 *
 * [.hljs-theme-light.nopadding]
 * ```
 * /// @custom:oz-upgrades-unsafe-allow constructor
 * constructor() {
 *     _disableInitializers();
 * }
 * ```
 * ====
 */
abstract contract Initializable {
    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract has been initialized.
     * @custom:oz-retyped-from bool
     */
    uint8 private _initialized;

    /**
     * @dev Indicates that the contract is in the process of being initialized.
     */
    bool private _initializing;

    /**
     * @dev Triggered when the contract has been initialized or reinitialized.
     */
    event Initialized(uint8 version);

    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected initializer function that can be invoked at most once. In its scope,
     * `onlyInitializing` functions can be used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * Similar to `reinitializer(1)`, except that functions marked with `initializer` can be nested in the context of a
     * constructor.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier initializer() {
        bool isTopLevelCall = !_initializing;
        require(
            (isTopLevelCall && _initialized < 1) || (!AddressUpgradeable.isContract(address(this)) && _initialized == 1),
            "Initializable: contract is already initialized"
        );
        _initialized = 1;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = true;
        }
        _;
        if (isTopLevelCall) {
            _initializing = false;
            emit Initialized(1);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev A modifier that defines a protected reinitializer function that can be invoked at most once, and only if the
     * contract hasn't been initialized to a greater version before. In its scope, `onlyInitializing` functions can be
     * used to initialize parent contracts.
     *
     * A reinitializer may be used after the original initialization step. This is essential to configure modules that
     * are added through upgrades and that require initialization.
     *
     * When `version` is 1, this modifier is similar to `initializer`, except that functions marked with `reinitializer`
     * cannot be nested. If one is invoked in the context of another, execution will revert.
     *
     * Note that versions can jump in increments greater than 1; this implies that if multiple reinitializers coexist in
     * a contract, executing them in the right order is up to the developer or operator.
     *
     * WARNING: setting the version to 255 will prevent any future reinitialization.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event.
     */
    modifier reinitializer(uint8 version) {
        require(!_initializing && _initialized < version, "Initializable: contract is already initialized");
        _initialized = version;
        _initializing = true;
        _;
        _initializing = false;
        emit Initialized(version);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Modifier to protect an initialization function so that it can only be invoked by functions with the
     * {initializer} and {reinitializer} modifiers, directly or indirectly.
     */
    modifier onlyInitializing() {
        require(_initializing, "Initializable: contract is not initializing");
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Locks the contract, preventing any future reinitialization. This cannot be part of an initializer call.
     * Calling this in the constructor of a contract will prevent that contract from being initialized or reinitialized
     * to any version. It is recommended to use this to lock implementation contracts that are designed to be called
     * through proxies.
     *
     * Emits an {Initialized} event the first time it is successfully executed.
     */
    function _disableInitializers() internal virtual {
        require(!_initializing, "Initializable: contract is initializing");
        if (_initialized < type(uint8).max) {
            _initialized = type(uint8).max;
            emit Initialized(type(uint8).max);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function that returns the initialized version. Returns `_initialized`
     */
    function _getInitializedVersion() internal view returns (uint8) {
        return _initialized;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function that returns the initialized version. Returns `_initializing`
     */
    function _isInitializing() internal view returns (bool) {
        return _initializing;
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/contracts/token/ERC20/ERC20Upgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC20/ERC20.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./IERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import "./extensions/IERC20MetadataUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC20} interface.
 *
 * This implementation is agnostic to the way tokens are created. This means
 * that a supply mechanism has to be added in a derived contract using {_mint}.
 * For a generic mechanism see {ERC20PresetMinterPauser}.
 *
 * TIP: For a detailed writeup see our guide
 * https://forum.openzeppelin.com/t/how-to-implement-erc20-supply-mechanisms/226[How
 * to implement supply mechanisms].
 *
 * We have followed general OpenZeppelin Contracts guidelines: functions revert
 * instead returning `false` on failure. This behavior is nonetheless
 * conventional and does not conflict with the expectations of ERC20
 * applications.
 *
 * Additionally, an {Approval} event is emitted on calls to {transferFrom}.
 * This allows applications to reconstruct the allowance for all accounts just
 * by listening to said events. Other implementations of the EIP may not emit
 * these events, as it isn't required by the specification.
 *
 * Finally, the non-standard {decreaseAllowance} and {increaseAllowance}
 * functions have been added to mitigate the well-known issues around setting
 * allowances. See {IERC20-approve}.
 */
contract ERC20Upgradeable is Initializable, ContextUpgradeable, IERC20Upgradeable, IERC20MetadataUpgradeable {
    mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;

    mapping(address => mapping(address => uint256)) private _allowances;

    uint256 private _totalSupply;

    string private _name;
    string private _symbol;

    /**
     * @dev Sets the values for {name} and {symbol}.
     *
     * The default value of {decimals} is 18. To select a different value for
     * {decimals} you should overload it.
     *
     * All two of these values are immutable: they can only be set once during
     * construction.
     */
    function __ERC20_init(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        __ERC20_init_unchained(name_, symbol_);
    }

    function __ERC20_init_unchained(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) internal onlyInitializing {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the name of the token.
     */
    function name() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the symbol of the token, usually a shorter version of the
     * name.
     */
    function symbol() public view virtual override returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of decimals used to get its user representation.
     * For example, if `decimals` equals `2`, a balance of `505` tokens should
     * be displayed to a user as `5.05` (`505 / 10 ** 2`).
     *
     * Tokens usually opt for a value of 18, imitating the relationship between
     * Ether and Wei. This is the value {ERC20} uses, unless this function is
     * overridden;
     *
     * NOTE: This information is only used for _display_ purposes: it in
     * no way affects any of the arithmetic of the contract, including
     * {IERC20-balanceOf} and {IERC20-transfer}.
     */
    function decimals() public view virtual override returns (uint8) {
        return 18;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-totalSupply}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _totalSupply;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _balances[account];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-transfer}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - the caller must have a balance of at least `amount`.
     */
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) public virtual override returns (bool) {
        address owner = _msgSender();
        _transfer(owner, to, amount);
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-allowance}.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _allowances[owner][spender];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-approve}.
     *
     * NOTE: If `amount` is the maximum `uint256`, the allowance is not updated on
     * `transferFrom`. This is semantically equivalent to an infinite approval.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) public virtual override returns (bool) {
        address owner = _msgSender();
        _approve(owner, spender, amount);
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-transferFrom}.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance. This is not
     * required by the EIP. See the note at the beginning of {ERC20}.
     *
     * NOTE: Does not update the allowance if the current allowance
     * is the maximum `uint256`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` and `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `from` must have a balance of at least `amount`.
     * - the caller must have allowance for ``from``'s tokens of at least
     * `amount`.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) public virtual override returns (bool) {
        address spender = _msgSender();
        _spendAllowance(from, spender, amount);
        _transfer(from, to, amount);
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Atomically increases the allowance granted to `spender` by the caller.
     *
     * This is an alternative to {approve} that can be used as a mitigation for
     * problems described in {IERC20-approve}.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function increaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 addedValue) public virtual returns (bool) {
        address owner = _msgSender();
        _approve(owner, spender, allowance(owner, spender) + addedValue);
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Atomically decreases the allowance granted to `spender` by the caller.
     *
     * This is an alternative to {approve} that can be used as a mitigation for
     * problems described in {IERC20-approve}.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `spender` must have allowance for the caller of at least
     * `subtractedValue`.
     */
    function decreaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 subtractedValue) public virtual returns (bool) {
        address owner = _msgSender();
        uint256 currentAllowance = allowance(owner, spender);
        require(currentAllowance >= subtractedValue, "ERC20: decreased allowance below zero");
        unchecked {
            _approve(owner, spender, currentAllowance - subtractedValue);
        }

        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` of tokens from `from` to `to`.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to {transfer}, and can be used to
     * e.g. implement automatic token fees, slashing mechanisms, etc.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `from` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `from` must have a balance of at least `amount`.
     */
    function _transfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal virtual {
        require(from != address(0), "ERC20: transfer from the zero address");
        require(to != address(0), "ERC20: transfer to the zero address");

        _beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, amount);

        uint256 fromBalance = _balances[from];
        require(fromBalance >= amount, "ERC20: transfer amount exceeds balance");
        unchecked {
            _balances[from] = fromBalance - amount;
            // Overflow not possible: the sum of all balances is capped by totalSupply, and the sum is preserved by
            // decrementing then incrementing.
            _balances[to] += amount;
        }

        emit Transfer(from, to, amount);

        _afterTokenTransfer(from, to, amount);
    }

    /** @dev Creates `amount` tokens and assigns them to `account`, increasing
     * the total supply.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event with `from` set to the zero address.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function _mint(address account, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
        require(account != address(0), "ERC20: mint to the zero address");

        _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), account, amount);

        _totalSupply += amount;
        unchecked {
            // Overflow not possible: balance + amount is at most totalSupply + amount, which is checked above.
            _balances[account] += amount;
        }
        emit Transfer(address(0), account, amount);

        _afterTokenTransfer(address(0), account, amount);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Destroys `amount` tokens from `account`, reducing the
     * total supply.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event with `to` set to the zero address.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `account` must have at least `amount` tokens.
     */
    function _burn(address account, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
        require(account != address(0), "ERC20: burn from the zero address");

        _beforeTokenTransfer(account, address(0), amount);

        uint256 accountBalance = _balances[account];
        require(accountBalance >= amount, "ERC20: burn amount exceeds balance");
        unchecked {
            _balances[account] = accountBalance - amount;
            // Overflow not possible: amount <= accountBalance <= totalSupply.
            _totalSupply -= amount;
        }

        emit Transfer(account, address(0), amount);

        _afterTokenTransfer(account, address(0), amount);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the `owner` s tokens.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to `approve`, and can be used to
     * e.g. set automatic allowances for certain subsystems, etc.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `owner` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function _approve(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal virtual {
        require(owner != address(0), "ERC20: approve from the zero address");
        require(spender != address(0), "ERC20: approve to the zero address");

        _allowances[owner][spender] = amount;
        emit Approval(owner, spender, amount);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Updates `owner` s allowance for `spender` based on spent `amount`.
     *
     * Does not update the allowance amount in case of infinite allowance.
     * Revert if not enough allowance is available.
     *
     * Might emit an {Approval} event.
     */
    function _spendAllowance(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal virtual {
        uint256 currentAllowance = allowance(owner, spender);
        if (currentAllowance != type(uint256).max) {
            require(currentAllowance >= amount, "ERC20: insufficient allowance");
            unchecked {
                _approve(owner, spender, currentAllowance - amount);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before any transfer of tokens. This includes
     * minting and burning.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - when `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
     * will be transferred to `to`.
     * - when `from` is zero, `amount` tokens will be minted for `to`.
     * - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens will be burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal virtual {}

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called after any transfer of tokens. This includes
     * minting and burning.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - when `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
     * has been transferred to `to`.
     * - when `from` is zero, `amount` tokens have been minted for `to`.
     * - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens have been burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _afterTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal virtual {}

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[45] private __gap;
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/contracts/token/ERC20/IERC20Upgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.6.0) (token/ERC20/IERC20.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `to`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address to, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `from` to `to` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20SnapshotUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20Snapshot.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../ERC20Upgradeable.sol";
import "../../../utils/ArraysUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../utils/CountersUpgradeable.sol";
import "../../../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev This contract extends an ERC20 token with a snapshot mechanism. When a snapshot is created, the balances and
 * total supply at the time are recorded for later access.
 *
 * This can be used to safely create mechanisms based on token balances such as trustless dividends or weighted voting.
 * In naive implementations it's possible to perform a "double spend" attack by reusing the same balance from different
 * accounts. By using snapshots to calculate dividends or voting power, those attacks no longer apply. It can also be
 * used to create an efficient ERC20 forking mechanism.
 *
 * Snapshots are created by the internal {_snapshot} function, which will emit the {Snapshot} event and return a
 * snapshot id. To get the total supply at the time of a snapshot, call the function {totalSupplyAt} with the snapshot
 * id. To get the balance of an account at the time of a snapshot, call the {balanceOfAt} function with the snapshot id
 * and the account address.
 *
 * NOTE: Snapshot policy can be customized by overriding the {_getCurrentSnapshotId} method. For example, having it
 * return `block.number` will trigger the creation of snapshot at the beginning of each new block. When overriding this
 * function, be careful about the monotonicity of its result. Non-monotonic snapshot ids will break the contract.
 *
 * Implementing snapshots for every block using this method will incur significant gas costs. For a gas-efficient
 * alternative consider {ERC20Votes}.
 *
 * ==== Gas Costs
 *
 * Snapshots are efficient. Snapshot creation is _O(1)_. Retrieval of balances or total supply from a snapshot is _O(log
 * n)_ in the number of snapshots that have been created, although _n_ for a specific account will generally be much
 * smaller since identical balances in subsequent snapshots are stored as a single entry.
 *
 * There is a constant overhead for normal ERC20 transfers due to the additional snapshot bookkeeping. This overhead is
 * only significant for the first transfer that immediately follows a snapshot for a particular account. Subsequent
 * transfers will have normal cost until the next snapshot, and so on.
 */

abstract contract ERC20SnapshotUpgradeable is Initializable, ERC20Upgradeable {
    function __ERC20Snapshot_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __ERC20Snapshot_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    // Inspired by Jordi Baylina's MiniMeToken to record historical balances:
    // https://github.com/Giveth/minime/blob/ea04d950eea153a04c51fa510b068b9dded390cb/contracts/MiniMeToken.sol

    using ArraysUpgradeable for uint256[];
    using CountersUpgradeable for CountersUpgradeable.Counter;

    // Snapshotted values have arrays of ids and the value corresponding to that id. These could be an array of a
    // Snapshot struct, but that would impede usage of functions that work on an array.
    struct Snapshots {
        uint256[] ids;
        uint256[] values;
    }

    mapping(address => Snapshots) private _accountBalanceSnapshots;
    Snapshots private _totalSupplySnapshots;

    // Snapshot ids increase monotonically, with the first value being 1. An id of 0 is invalid.
    CountersUpgradeable.Counter private _currentSnapshotId;

    /**
     * @dev Emitted by {_snapshot} when a snapshot identified by `id` is created.
     */
    event Snapshot(uint256 id);

    /**
     * @dev Creates a new snapshot and returns its snapshot id.
     *
     * Emits a {Snapshot} event that contains the same id.
     *
     * {_snapshot} is `internal` and you have to decide how to expose it externally. Its usage may be restricted to a
     * set of accounts, for example using {AccessControl}, or it may be open to the public.
     *
     * [WARNING]
     * ====
     * While an open way of calling {_snapshot} is required for certain trust minimization mechanisms such as forking,
     * you must consider that it can potentially be used by attackers in two ways.
     *
     * First, it can be used to increase the cost of retrieval of values from snapshots, although it will grow
     * logarithmically thus rendering this attack ineffective in the long term. Second, it can be used to target
     * specific accounts and increase the cost of ERC20 transfers for them, in the ways specified in the Gas Costs
     * section above.
     *
     * We haven't measured the actual numbers; if this is something you're interested in please reach out to us.
     * ====
     */
    function _snapshot() internal virtual returns (uint256) {
        _currentSnapshotId.increment();

        uint256 currentId = _getCurrentSnapshotId();
        emit Snapshot(currentId);
        return currentId;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Get the current snapshotId
     */
    function _getCurrentSnapshotId() internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _currentSnapshotId.current();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Retrieves the balance of `account` at the time `snapshotId` was created.
     */
    function balanceOfAt(address account, uint256 snapshotId) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        (bool snapshotted, uint256 value) = _valueAt(snapshotId, _accountBalanceSnapshots[account]);

        return snapshotted ? value : balanceOf(account);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Retrieves the total supply at the time `snapshotId` was created.
     */
    function totalSupplyAt(uint256 snapshotId) public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        (bool snapshotted, uint256 value) = _valueAt(snapshotId, _totalSupplySnapshots);

        return snapshotted ? value : totalSupply();
    }

    // Update balance and/or total supply snapshots before the values are modified. This is implemented
    // in the _beforeTokenTransfer hook, which is executed for _mint, _burn, and _transfer operations.
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal virtual override {
        super._beforeTokenTransfer(from, to, amount);

        if (from == address(0)) {
            // mint
            _updateAccountSnapshot(to);
            _updateTotalSupplySnapshot();
        } else if (to == address(0)) {
            // burn
            _updateAccountSnapshot(from);
            _updateTotalSupplySnapshot();
        } else {
            // transfer
            _updateAccountSnapshot(from);
            _updateAccountSnapshot(to);
        }
    }

    function _valueAt(uint256 snapshotId, Snapshots storage snapshots) private view returns (bool, uint256) {
        require(snapshotId > 0, "ERC20Snapshot: id is 0");
        require(snapshotId <= _getCurrentSnapshotId(), "ERC20Snapshot: nonexistent id");

        // When a valid snapshot is queried, there are three possibilities:
        //  a) The queried value was not modified after the snapshot was taken. Therefore, a snapshot entry was never
        //  created for this id, and all stored snapshot ids are smaller than the requested one. The value that corresponds
        //  to this id is the current one.
        //  b) The queried value was modified after the snapshot was taken. Therefore, there will be an entry with the
        //  requested id, and its value is the one to return.
        //  c) More snapshots were created after the requested one, and the queried value was later modified. There will be
        //  no entry for the requested id: the value that corresponds to it is that of the smallest snapshot id that is
        //  larger than the requested one.
        //
        // In summary, we need to find an element in an array, returning the index of the smallest value that is larger if
        // it is not found, unless said value doesn't exist (e.g. when all values are smaller). Arrays.findUpperBound does
        // exactly this.

        uint256 index = snapshots.ids.findUpperBound(snapshotId);

        if (index == snapshots.ids.length) {
            return (false, 0);
        } else {
            return (true, snapshots.values[index]);
        }
    }

    function _updateAccountSnapshot(address account) private {
        _updateSnapshot(_accountBalanceSnapshots[account], balanceOf(account));
    }

    function _updateTotalSupplySnapshot() private {
        _updateSnapshot(_totalSupplySnapshots, totalSupply());
    }

    function _updateSnapshot(Snapshots storage snapshots, uint256 currentValue) private {
        uint256 currentId = _getCurrentSnapshotId();
        if (_lastSnapshotId(snapshots.ids) < currentId) {
            snapshots.ids.push(currentId);
            snapshots.values.push(currentValue);
        }
    }

    function _lastSnapshotId(uint256[] storage ids) private view returns (uint256) {
        if (ids.length == 0) {
            return 0;
        } else {
            return ids[ids.length - 1];
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[46] private __gap;
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/contracts/token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20MetadataUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (token/ERC20/extensions/IERC20Metadata.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "../IERC20Upgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface for the optional metadata functions from the ERC20 standard.
 *
 * _Available since v4.1._
 */
interface IERC20MetadataUpgradeable is IERC20Upgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the name of the token.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the symbol of the token.
     */
    function symbol() external view returns (string memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the decimals places of the token.
     */
    function decimals() external view returns (uint8);
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/contracts/utils/AddressUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/Address.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.1;

/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to the address type
 */
library AddressUpgradeable {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` is a contract.
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * It is unsafe to assume that an address for which this function returns
     * false is an externally-owned account (EOA) and not a contract.
     *
     * Among others, `isContract` will return false for the following
     * types of addresses:
     *
     *  - an externally-owned account
     *  - a contract in construction
     *  - an address where a contract will be created
     *  - an address where a contract lived, but was destroyed
     * ====
     *
     * [IMPORTANT]
     * ====
     * You shouldn't rely on `isContract` to protect against flash loan attacks!
     *
     * Preventing calls from contracts is highly discouraged. It breaks composability, breaks support for smart wallets
     * like Gnosis Safe, and does not provide security since it can be circumvented by calling from a contract
     * constructor.
     * ====
     */
    function isContract(address account) internal view returns (bool) {
        // This method relies on extcodesize/address.code.length, which returns 0
        // for contracts in construction, since the code is only stored at the end
        // of the constructor execution.

        return account.code.length > 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Replacement for Solidity's `transfer`: sends `amount` wei to
     * `recipient`, forwarding all available gas and reverting on errors.
     *
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-1884[EIP1884] increases the gas cost
     * of certain opcodes, possibly making contracts go over the 2300 gas limit
     * imposed by `transfer`, making them unable to receive funds via
     * `transfer`. {sendValue} removes this limitation.
     *
     * https://consensys.net/diligence/blog/2019/09/stop-using-soliditys-transfer-now/[Learn more].
     *
     * IMPORTANT: because control is transferred to `recipient`, care must be
     * taken to not create reentrancy vulnerabilities. Consider using
     * {ReentrancyGuard} or the
     * https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/v0.5.11/security-considerations.html#use-the-checks-effects-interactions-pattern[checks-effects-interactions pattern].
     */
    function sendValue(address payable recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        require(address(this).balance >= amount, "Address: insufficient balance");

        (bool success, ) = recipient.call{value: amount}("");
        require(success, "Address: unable to send value, recipient may have reverted");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a Solidity function call using a low level `call`. A
     * plain `call` is an unsafe replacement for a function call: use this
     * function instead.
     *
     * If `target` reverts with a revert reason, it is bubbled up by this
     * function (like regular Solidity function calls).
     *
     * Returns the raw returned data. To convert to the expected return value,
     * use https://solidity.readthedocs.io/en/latest/units-and-global-variables.html?highlight=abi.decode#abi-encoding-and-decoding-functions[`abi.decode`].
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `target` must be a contract.
     * - calling `target` with `data` must not revert.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, "Address: low-level call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`], but with
     * `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, 0, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but also transferring `value` wei to `target`.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - the calling contract must have an ETH balance of at least `value`.
     * - the called Solidity function must be `payable`.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionCallWithValue(target, data, value, "Address: low-level call with value failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCallWithValue-address-bytes-uint256-}[`functionCallWithValue`], but
     * with `errorMessage` as a fallback revert reason when `target` reverts.
     *
     * _Available since v3.1._
     */
    function functionCallWithValue(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        uint256 value,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal returns (bytes memory) {
        require(address(this).balance >= value, "Address: insufficient balance for call");
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.call{value: value}(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(address target, bytes memory data) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        return functionStaticCall(target, data, "Address: low-level static call failed");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as {xref-Address-functionCall-address-bytes-string-}[`functionCall`],
     * but performing a static call.
     *
     * _Available since v3.3._
     */
    function functionStaticCall(
        address target,
        bytes memory data,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        (bool success, bytes memory returndata) = target.staticcall(data);
        return verifyCallResultFromTarget(target, success, returndata, errorMessage);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call to smart-contract was successful, and revert (either by bubbling
     * the revert reason or using the provided one) in case of unsuccessful call or if target was not a contract.
     *
     * _Available since v4.8._
     */
    function verifyCallResultFromTarget(
        address target,
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal view returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            if (returndata.length == 0) {
                // only check isContract if the call was successful and the return data is empty
                // otherwise we already know that it was a contract
                require(isContract(target), "Address: call to non-contract");
            }
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Tool to verify that a low level call was successful, and revert if it wasn't, either by bubbling the
     * revert reason or using the provided one.
     *
     * _Available since v4.3._
     */
    function verifyCallResult(
        bool success,
        bytes memory returndata,
        string memory errorMessage
    ) internal pure returns (bytes memory) {
        if (success) {
            return returndata;
        } else {
            _revert(returndata, errorMessage);
        }
    }

    function _revert(bytes memory returndata, string memory errorMessage) private pure {
        // Look for revert reason and bubble it up if present
        if (returndata.length > 0) {
            // The easiest way to bubble the revert reason is using memory via assembly
            /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
            assembly {
                let returndata_size := mload(returndata)
                revert(add(32, returndata), returndata_size)
            }
        } else {
            revert(errorMessage);
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/contracts/utils/ArraysUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Arrays.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

import "./StorageSlotUpgradeable.sol";
import "./math/MathUpgradeable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Collection of functions related to array types.
 */
library ArraysUpgradeable {
    using StorageSlotUpgradeable for bytes32;

    /**
     * @dev Searches a sorted `array` and returns the first index that contains
     * a value greater or equal to `element`. If no such index exists (i.e. all
     * values in the array are strictly less than `element`), the array length is
     * returned. Time complexity O(log n).
     *
     * `array` is expected to be sorted in ascending order, and to contain no
     * repeated elements.
     */
    function findUpperBound(uint256[] storage array, uint256 element) internal view returns (uint256) {
        if (array.length == 0) {
            return 0;
        }

        uint256 low = 0;
        uint256 high = array.length;

        while (low < high) {
            uint256 mid = MathUpgradeable.average(low, high);

            // Note that mid will always be strictly less than high (i.e. it will be a valid array index)
            // because Math.average rounds down (it does integer division with truncation).
            if (unsafeAccess(array, mid).value > element) {
                high = mid;
            } else {
                low = mid + 1;
            }
        }

        // At this point `low` is the exclusive upper bound. We will return the inclusive upper bound.
        if (low > 0 && unsafeAccess(array, low - 1).value == element) {
            return low - 1;
        } else {
            return low;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Access an array in an "unsafe" way. Skips solidity "index-out-of-range" check.
     *
     * WARNING: Only use if you are certain `pos` is lower than the array length.
     */
    function unsafeAccess(address[] storage arr, uint256 pos) internal pure returns (StorageSlotUpgradeable.AddressSlot storage) {
        bytes32 slot;
        // We use assembly to calculate the storage slot of the element at index `pos` of the dynamic array `arr`
        // following https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.17/internals/layout_in_storage.html#mappings-and-dynamic-arrays.

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(0, arr.slot)
            slot := add(keccak256(0, 0x20), pos)
        }
        return slot.getAddressSlot();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Access an array in an "unsafe" way. Skips solidity "index-out-of-range" check.
     *
     * WARNING: Only use if you are certain `pos` is lower than the array length.
     */
    function unsafeAccess(bytes32[] storage arr, uint256 pos) internal pure returns (StorageSlotUpgradeable.Bytes32Slot storage) {
        bytes32 slot;
        // We use assembly to calculate the storage slot of the element at index `pos` of the dynamic array `arr`
        // following https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.17/internals/layout_in_storage.html#mappings-and-dynamic-arrays.

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(0, arr.slot)
            slot := add(keccak256(0, 0x20), pos)
        }
        return slot.getBytes32Slot();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Access an array in an "unsafe" way. Skips solidity "index-out-of-range" check.
     *
     * WARNING: Only use if you are certain `pos` is lower than the array length.
     */
    function unsafeAccess(uint256[] storage arr, uint256 pos) internal pure returns (StorageSlotUpgradeable.Uint256Slot storage) {
        bytes32 slot;
        // We use assembly to calculate the storage slot of the element at index `pos` of the dynamic array `arr`
        // following https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.17/internals/layout_in_storage.html#mappings-and-dynamic-arrays.

        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(0, arr.slot)
            slot := add(keccak256(0, 0x20), pos)
        }
        return slot.getUint256Slot();
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/contracts/utils/ContextUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Context.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;
import "../proxy/utils/Initializable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Provides information about the current execution context, including the
 * sender of the transaction and its data. While these are generally available
 * via msg.sender and msg.data, they should not be accessed in such a direct
 * manner, since when dealing with meta-transactions the account sending and
 * paying for execution may not be the actual sender (as far as an application
 * is concerned).
 *
 * This contract is only required for intermediate, library-like contracts.
 */
abstract contract ContextUpgradeable is Initializable {
    function __Context_init() internal onlyInitializing {
    }

    function __Context_init_unchained() internal onlyInitializing {
    }
    function _msgSender() internal view virtual returns (address) {
        return msg.sender;
    }

    function _msgData() internal view virtual returns (bytes calldata) {
        return msg.data;
    }

    /**
     * @dev This empty reserved space is put in place to allow future versions to add new
     * variables without shifting down storage in the inheritance chain.
     * See https://docs.openzeppelin.com/contracts/4.x/upgradeable#storage_gaps
     */
    uint256[50] private __gap;
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/contracts/utils/CountersUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts v4.4.1 (utils/Counters.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @title Counters
 * @author Matt Condon (@shrugs)
 * @dev Provides counters that can only be incremented, decremented or reset. This can be used e.g. to track the number
 * of elements in a mapping, issuing ERC721 ids, or counting request ids.
 *
 * Include with `using Counters for Counters.Counter;`
 */
library CountersUpgradeable {
    struct Counter {
        // This variable should never be directly accessed by users of the library: interactions must be restricted to
        // the library's function. As of Solidity v0.5.2, this cannot be enforced, though there is a proposal to add
        // this feature: see https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/4637
        uint256 _value; // default: 0
    }

    function current(Counter storage counter) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return counter._value;
    }

    function increment(Counter storage counter) internal {
        unchecked {
            counter._value += 1;
        }
    }

    function decrement(Counter storage counter) internal {
        uint256 value = counter._value;
        require(value > 0, "Counter: decrement overflow");
        unchecked {
            counter._value = value - 1;
        }
    }

    function reset(Counter storage counter) internal {
        counter._value = 0;
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/contracts/utils/StorageSlotUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/StorageSlot.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Library for reading and writing primitive types to specific storage slots.
 *
 * Storage slots are often used to avoid storage conflict when dealing with upgradeable contracts.
 * This library helps with reading and writing to such slots without the need for inline assembly.
 *
 * The functions in this library return Slot structs that contain a `value` member that can be used to read or write.
 *
 * Example usage to set ERC1967 implementation slot:
 * ```
 * contract ERC1967 {
 *     bytes32 internal constant _IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT = 0x360894a13ba1a3210667c828492db98dca3e2076cc3735a920a3ca505d382bbc;
 *
 *     function _getImplementation() internal view returns (address) {
 *         return StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value;
 *     }
 *
 *     function _setImplementation(address newImplementation) internal {
 *         require(Address.isContract(newImplementation), "ERC1967: new implementation is not a contract");
 *         StorageSlot.getAddressSlot(_IMPLEMENTATION_SLOT).value = newImplementation;
 *     }
 * }
 * ```
 *
 * _Available since v4.1 for `address`, `bool`, `bytes32`, and `uint256`._
 */
library StorageSlotUpgradeable {
    struct AddressSlot {
        address value;
    }

    struct BooleanSlot {
        bool value;
    }

    struct Bytes32Slot {
        bytes32 value;
    }

    struct Uint256Slot {
        uint256 value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `AddressSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getAddressSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (AddressSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `BooleanSlot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBooleanSlot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (BooleanSlot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Bytes32Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getBytes32Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Bytes32Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns an `Uint256Slot` with member `value` located at `slot`.
     */
    function getUint256Slot(bytes32 slot) internal pure returns (Uint256Slot storage r) {
        /// @solidity memory-safe-assembly
        assembly {
            r.slot := slot
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/openzeppelin-contracts-upgradeable/contracts/utils/math/MathUpgradeable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// OpenZeppelin Contracts (last updated v4.7.0) (utils/math/Math.sol)

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/**
 * @dev Standard math utilities missing in the Solidity language.
 */
library MathUpgradeable {
    enum Rounding {
        Down, // Toward negative infinity
        Up, // Toward infinity
        Zero // Toward zero
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a > b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers.
     */
    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the average of two numbers. The result is rounded towards
     * zero.
     */
    function average(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b) / 2 can overflow.
        return (a & b) + (a ^ b) / 2;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the ceiling of the division of two numbers.
     *
     * This differs from standard division with `/` in that it rounds up instead
     * of rounding down.
     */
    function ceilDiv(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // (a + b - 1) / b can overflow on addition, so we distribute.
        return a == 0 ? 0 : (a - 1) / b + 1;
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates floor(x * y / denominator) with full precision. Throws if result overflows a uint256 or denominator == 0
     * @dev Original credit to Remco Bloemen under MIT license (https://xn--2-umb.com/21/muldiv)
     * with further edits by Uniswap Labs also under MIT license.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        unchecked {
            // 512-bit multiply [prod1 prod0] = x * y. Compute the product mod 2^256 and mod 2^256 - 1, then use
            // use the Chinese Remainder Theorem to reconstruct the 512 bit result. The result is stored in two 256
            // variables such that product = prod1 * 2^256 + prod0.
            uint256 prod0; // Least significant 256 bits of the product
            uint256 prod1; // Most significant 256 bits of the product
            assembly {
                let mm := mulmod(x, y, not(0))
                prod0 := mul(x, y)
                prod1 := sub(sub(mm, prod0), lt(mm, prod0))
            }

            // Handle non-overflow cases, 256 by 256 division.
            if (prod1 == 0) {
                return prod0 / denominator;
            }

            // Make sure the result is less than 2^256. Also prevents denominator == 0.
            require(denominator > prod1);

            ///////////////////////////////////////////////
            // 512 by 256 division.
            ///////////////////////////////////////////////

            // Make division exact by subtracting the remainder from [prod1 prod0].
            uint256 remainder;
            assembly {
                // Compute remainder using mulmod.
                remainder := mulmod(x, y, denominator)

                // Subtract 256 bit number from 512 bit number.
                prod1 := sub(prod1, gt(remainder, prod0))
                prod0 := sub(prod0, remainder)
            }

            // Factor powers of two out of denominator and compute largest power of two divisor of denominator. Always >= 1.
            // See https://cs.stackexchange.com/q/138556/92363.

            // Does not overflow because the denominator cannot be zero at this stage in the function.
            uint256 twos = denominator & (~denominator + 1);
            assembly {
                // Divide denominator by twos.
                denominator := div(denominator, twos)

                // Divide [prod1 prod0] by twos.
                prod0 := div(prod0, twos)

                // Flip twos such that it is 2^256 / twos. If twos is zero, then it becomes one.
                twos := add(div(sub(0, twos), twos), 1)
            }

            // Shift in bits from prod1 into prod0.
            prod0 |= prod1 * twos;

            // Invert denominator mod 2^256. Now that denominator is an odd number, it has an inverse modulo 2^256 such
            // that denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^256. Compute the inverse by starting with a seed that is correct for
            // four bits. That is, denominator * inv = 1 mod 2^4.
            uint256 inverse = (3 * denominator) ^ 2;

            // Use the Newton-Raphson iteration to improve the precision. Thanks to Hensel's lifting lemma, this also works
            // in modular arithmetic, doubling the correct bits in each step.
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^8
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^16
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^32
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^64
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^128
            inverse *= 2 - denominator * inverse; // inverse mod 2^256

            // Because the division is now exact we can divide by multiplying with the modular inverse of denominator.
            // This will give us the correct result modulo 2^256. Since the preconditions guarantee that the outcome is
            // less than 2^256, this is the final result. We don't need to compute the high bits of the result and prod1
            // is no longer required.
            result = prod0 * inverse;
            return result;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates x * y / denominator with full precision, following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function mulDiv(
        uint256 x,
        uint256 y,
        uint256 denominator,
        Rounding rounding
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = mulDiv(x, y, denominator);
        if (rounding == Rounding.Up && mulmod(x, y, denominator) > 0) {
            result += 1;
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the square root of a number. If the number is not a perfect square, the value is rounded down.
     *
     * Inspired by Henry S. Warren, Jr.'s "Hacker's Delight" (Chapter 11).
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }

        // For our first guess, we get the biggest power of 2 which is smaller than the square root of the target.
        //
        // We know that the "msb" (most significant bit) of our target number `a` is a power of 2 such that we have
        // `msb(a) <= a < 2*msb(a)`. This value can be written `msb(a)=2**k` with `k=log2(a)`.
        //
        // This can be rewritten `2**log2(a) <= a < 2**(log2(a) + 1)`
        // → `sqrt(2**k) <= sqrt(a) < sqrt(2**(k+1))`
        // → `2**(k/2) <= sqrt(a) < 2**((k+1)/2) <= 2**(k/2 + 1)`
        //
        // Consequently, `2**(log2(a) / 2)` is a good first approximation of `sqrt(a)` with at least 1 correct bit.
        uint256 result = 1 << (log2(a) >> 1);

        // At this point `result` is an estimation with one bit of precision. We know the true value is a uint128,
        // since it is the square root of a uint256. Newton's method converges quadratically (precision doubles at
        // every iteration). We thus need at most 7 iteration to turn our partial result with one bit of precision
        // into the expected uint128 result.
        unchecked {
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            result = (result + a / result) >> 1;
            return min(result, a / result);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @notice Calculates sqrt(a), following the selected rounding direction.
     */
    function sqrt(uint256 a, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = sqrt(a);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && result * result < a ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 128;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                value >>= 8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 4 > 0) {
                value >>= 4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 2 > 0) {
                value >>= 2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 1 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 2, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log2(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log2(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >= 10**64) {
                value /= 10**64;
                result += 64;
            }
            if (value >= 10**32) {
                value /= 10**32;
                result += 32;
            }
            if (value >= 10**16) {
                value /= 10**16;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >= 10**8) {
                value /= 10**8;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >= 10**4) {
                value /= 10**4;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >= 10**2) {
                value /= 10**2;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >= 10**1) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log10(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log10(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 10**result < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 256, rounded down, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     *
     * Adding one to the result gives the number of pairs of hex symbols needed to represent `value` as a hex string.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 result = 0;
        unchecked {
            if (value >> 128 > 0) {
                value >>= 128;
                result += 16;
            }
            if (value >> 64 > 0) {
                value >>= 64;
                result += 8;
            }
            if (value >> 32 > 0) {
                value >>= 32;
                result += 4;
            }
            if (value >> 16 > 0) {
                value >>= 16;
                result += 2;
            }
            if (value >> 8 > 0) {
                result += 1;
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Return the log in base 10, following the selected rounding direction, of a positive value.
     * Returns 0 if given 0.
     */
    function log256(uint256 value, Rounding rounding) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 result = log256(value);
            return result + (rounding == Rounding.Up && 1 << (result << 3) < value ? 1 : 0);
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/safe-contracts/contracts/GnosisSafe.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

import "./base/ModuleManager.sol";
import "./base/OwnerManager.sol";
import "./base/FallbackManager.sol";
import "./base/GuardManager.sol";
import "./common/EtherPaymentFallback.sol";
import "./common/Singleton.sol";
import "./common/SignatureDecoder.sol";
import "./common/SecuredTokenTransfer.sol";
import "./common/StorageAccessible.sol";
import "./interfaces/ISignatureValidator.sol";
import "./external/GnosisSafeMath.sol";

/// @title Gnosis Safe - A multisignature wallet with support for confirmations using signed messages based on ERC191.
/// @author Stefan George - <stefan@gnosis.io>
/// @author Richard Meissner - <richard@gnosis.io>
contract GnosisSafe is
    EtherPaymentFallback,
    Singleton,
    ModuleManager,
    OwnerManager,
    SignatureDecoder,
    SecuredTokenTransfer,
    ISignatureValidatorConstants,
    FallbackManager,
    StorageAccessible,
    GuardManager
{
    using GnosisSafeMath for uint256;

    string public constant VERSION = "1.3.0";

    // keccak256(
    //     "EIP712Domain(uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)"
    // );
    bytes32 private constant DOMAIN_SEPARATOR_TYPEHASH = 0x47e79534a245952e8b16893a336b85a3d9ea9fa8c573f3d803afb92a79469218;

    // keccak256(
    //     "SafeTx(address to,uint256 value,bytes data,uint8 operation,uint256 safeTxGas,uint256 baseGas,uint256 gasPrice,address gasToken,address refundReceiver,uint256 nonce)"
    // );
    bytes32 private constant SAFE_TX_TYPEHASH = 0xbb8310d486368db6bd6f849402fdd73ad53d316b5a4b2644ad6efe0f941286d8;

    event SafeSetup(address indexed initiator, address[] owners, uint256 threshold, address initializer, address fallbackHandler);
    event ApproveHash(bytes32 indexed approvedHash, address indexed owner);
    event SignMsg(bytes32 indexed msgHash);
    event ExecutionFailure(bytes32 txHash, uint256 payment);
    event ExecutionSuccess(bytes32 txHash, uint256 payment);

    uint256 public nonce;
    bytes32 private _deprecatedDomainSeparator;
    // Mapping to keep track of all message hashes that have been approved by ALL REQUIRED owners
    mapping(bytes32 => uint256) public signedMessages;
    // Mapping to keep track of all hashes (message or transaction) that have been approved by ANY owners
    mapping(address => mapping(bytes32 => uint256)) public approvedHashes;

    // This constructor ensures that this contract can only be used as a master copy for Proxy contracts
    constructor() {
        // By setting the threshold it is not possible to call setup anymore,
        // so we create a Safe with 0 owners and threshold 1.
        // This is an unusable Safe, perfect for the singleton
        threshold = 1;
    }

    /// @dev Setup function sets initial storage of contract.
    /// @param _owners List of Safe owners.
    /// @param _threshold Number of required confirmations for a Safe transaction.
    /// @param to Contract address for optional delegate call.
    /// @param data Data payload for optional delegate call.
    /// @param fallbackHandler Handler for fallback calls to this contract
    /// @param paymentToken Token that should be used for the payment (0 is ETH)
    /// @param payment Value that should be paid
    /// @param paymentReceiver Address that should receive the payment (or 0 if tx.origin)
    function setup(
        address[] calldata _owners,
        uint256 _threshold,
        address to,
        bytes calldata data,
        address fallbackHandler,
        address paymentToken,
        uint256 payment,
        address payable paymentReceiver
    ) external {
        // setupOwners checks if the Threshold is already set, therefore preventing that this method is called twice
        setupOwners(_owners, _threshold);
        if (fallbackHandler != address(0)) internalSetFallbackHandler(fallbackHandler);
        // As setupOwners can only be called if the contract has not been initialized we don't need a check for setupModules
        setupModules(to, data);

        if (payment > 0) {
            // To avoid running into issues with EIP-170 we reuse the handlePayment function (to avoid adjusting code of that has been verified we do not adjust the method itself)
            // baseGas = 0, gasPrice = 1 and gas = payment => amount = (payment + 0) * 1 = payment
            handlePayment(payment, 0, 1, paymentToken, paymentReceiver);
        }
        emit SafeSetup(msg.sender, _owners, _threshold, to, fallbackHandler);
    }

    /// @dev Allows to execute a Safe transaction confirmed by required number of owners and then pays the account that submitted the transaction.
    ///      Note: The fees are always transferred, even if the user transaction fails.
    /// @param to Destination address of Safe transaction.
    /// @param value Ether value of Safe transaction.
    /// @param data Data payload of Safe transaction.
    /// @param operation Operation type of Safe transaction.
    /// @param safeTxGas Gas that should be used for the Safe transaction.
    /// @param baseGas Gas costs that are independent of the transaction execution(e.g. base transaction fee, signature check, payment of the refund)
    /// @param gasPrice Gas price that should be used for the payment calculation.
    /// @param gasToken Token address (or 0 if ETH) that is used for the payment.
    /// @param refundReceiver Address of receiver of gas payment (or 0 if tx.origin).
    /// @param signatures Packed signature data ({bytes32 r}{bytes32 s}{uint8 v})
    function execTransaction(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata data,
        Enum.Operation operation,
        uint256 safeTxGas,
        uint256 baseGas,
        uint256 gasPrice,
        address gasToken,
        address payable refundReceiver,
        bytes memory signatures
    ) public payable virtual returns (bool success) {
        bytes32 txHash;
        // Use scope here to limit variable lifetime and prevent `stack too deep` errors
        {
            bytes memory txHashData =
                encodeTransactionData(
                    // Transaction info
                    to,
                    value,
                    data,
                    operation,
                    safeTxGas,
                    // Payment info
                    baseGas,
                    gasPrice,
                    gasToken,
                    refundReceiver,
                    // Signature info
                    nonce
                );
            // Increase nonce and execute transaction.
            nonce++;
            txHash = keccak256(txHashData);
            checkSignatures(txHash, txHashData, signatures);
        }
        address guard = getGuard();
        {
            if (guard != address(0)) {
                Guard(guard).checkTransaction(
                    // Transaction info
                    to,
                    value,
                    data,
                    operation,
                    safeTxGas,
                    // Payment info
                    baseGas,
                    gasPrice,
                    gasToken,
                    refundReceiver,
                    // Signature info
                    signatures,
                    msg.sender
                );
            }
        }
        // We require some gas to emit the events (at least 2500) after the execution and some to perform code until the execution (500)
        // We also include the 1/64 in the check that is not send along with a call to counteract potential shortings because of EIP-150
        require(gasleft() >= ((safeTxGas * 64) / 63).max(safeTxGas + 2500) + 500, "GS010");
        // Use scope here to limit variable lifetime and prevent `stack too deep` errors
        {
            uint256 gasUsed = gasleft();
            // If the gasPrice is 0 we assume that nearly all available gas can be used (it is always more than safeTxGas)
            // We only substract 2500 (compared to the 3000 before) to ensure that the amount passed is still higher than safeTxGas
            success = execute(to, value, data, operation, gasPrice == 0 ? (gasleft() - 2500) : safeTxGas);
            gasUsed = gasUsed.sub(gasleft());
            // If no safeTxGas and no gasPrice was set (e.g. both are 0), then the internal tx is required to be successful
            // This makes it possible to use `estimateGas` without issues, as it searches for the minimum gas where the tx doesn't revert
            require(success || safeTxGas != 0 || gasPrice != 0, "GS013");
            // We transfer the calculated tx costs to the tx.origin to avoid sending it to intermediate contracts that have made calls
            uint256 payment = 0;
            if (gasPrice > 0) {
                payment = handlePayment(gasUsed, baseGas, gasPrice, gasToken, refundReceiver);
            }
            if (success) emit ExecutionSuccess(txHash, payment);
            else emit ExecutionFailure(txHash, payment);
        }
        {
            if (guard != address(0)) {
                Guard(guard).checkAfterExecution(txHash, success);
            }
        }
    }

    function handlePayment(
        uint256 gasUsed,
        uint256 baseGas,
        uint256 gasPrice,
        address gasToken,
        address payable refundReceiver
    ) private returns (uint256 payment) {
        // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-tx-origin
        address payable receiver = refundReceiver == address(0) ? payable(tx.origin) : refundReceiver;
        if (gasToken == address(0)) {
            // For ETH we will only adjust the gas price to not be higher than the actual used gas price
            payment = gasUsed.add(baseGas).mul(gasPrice < tx.gasprice ? gasPrice : tx.gasprice);
            require(receiver.send(payment), "GS011");
        } else {
            payment = gasUsed.add(baseGas).mul(gasPrice);
            require(transferToken(gasToken, receiver, payment), "GS012");
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Checks whether the signature provided is valid for the provided data, hash. Will revert otherwise.
     * @param dataHash Hash of the data (could be either a message hash or transaction hash)
     * @param data That should be signed (this is passed to an external validator contract)
     * @param signatures Signature data that should be verified. Can be ECDSA signature, contract signature (EIP-1271) or approved hash.
     */
    function checkSignatures(
        bytes32 dataHash,
        bytes memory data,
        bytes memory signatures
    ) public view {
        // Load threshold to avoid multiple storage loads
        uint256 _threshold = threshold;
        // Check that a threshold is set
        require(_threshold > 0, "GS001");
        checkNSignatures(dataHash, data, signatures, _threshold);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Checks whether the signature provided is valid for the provided data, hash. Will revert otherwise.
     * @param dataHash Hash of the data (could be either a message hash or transaction hash)
     * @param data That should be signed (this is passed to an external validator contract)
     * @param signatures Signature data that should be verified. Can be ECDSA signature, contract signature (EIP-1271) or approved hash.
     * @param requiredSignatures Amount of required valid signatures.
     */
    function checkNSignatures(
        bytes32 dataHash,
        bytes memory data,
        bytes memory signatures,
        uint256 requiredSignatures
    ) public view {
        // Check that the provided signature data is not too short
        require(signatures.length >= requiredSignatures.mul(65), "GS020");
        // There cannot be an owner with address 0.
        address lastOwner = address(0);
        address currentOwner;
        uint8 v;
        bytes32 r;
        bytes32 s;
        uint256 i;
        for (i = 0; i < requiredSignatures; i++) {
            (v, r, s) = signatureSplit(signatures, i);
            if (v == 0) {
                // If v is 0 then it is a contract signature
                // When handling contract signatures the address of the contract is encoded into r
                currentOwner = address(uint160(uint256(r)));

                // Check that signature data pointer (s) is not pointing inside the static part of the signatures bytes
                // This check is not completely accurate, since it is possible that more signatures than the threshold are send.
                // Here we only check that the pointer is not pointing inside the part that is being processed
                require(uint256(s) >= requiredSignatures.mul(65), "GS021");

                // Check that signature data pointer (s) is in bounds (points to the length of data -> 32 bytes)
                require(uint256(s).add(32) <= signatures.length, "GS022");

                // Check if the contract signature is in bounds: start of data is s + 32 and end is start + signature length
                uint256 contractSignatureLen;
                // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                assembly {
                    contractSignatureLen := mload(add(add(signatures, s), 0x20))
                }
                require(uint256(s).add(32).add(contractSignatureLen) <= signatures.length, "GS023");

                // Check signature
                bytes memory contractSignature;
                // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
                assembly {
                    // The signature data for contract signatures is appended to the concatenated signatures and the offset is stored in s
                    contractSignature := add(add(signatures, s), 0x20)
                }
                require(ISignatureValidator(currentOwner).isValidSignature(data, contractSignature) == EIP1271_MAGIC_VALUE, "GS024");
            } else if (v == 1) {
                // If v is 1 then it is an approved hash
                // When handling approved hashes the address of the approver is encoded into r
                currentOwner = address(uint160(uint256(r)));
                // Hashes are automatically approved by the sender of the message or when they have been pre-approved via a separate transaction
                require(msg.sender == currentOwner || approvedHashes[currentOwner][dataHash] != 0, "GS025");
            } else if (v > 30) {
                // If v > 30 then default va (27,28) has been adjusted for eth_sign flow
                // To support eth_sign and similar we adjust v and hash the messageHash with the Ethereum message prefix before applying ecrecover
                currentOwner = ecrecover(keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19Ethereum Signed Message:\n32", dataHash)), v - 4, r, s);
            } else {
                // Default is the ecrecover flow with the provided data hash
                // Use ecrecover with the messageHash for EOA signatures
                currentOwner = ecrecover(dataHash, v, r, s);
            }
            require(currentOwner > lastOwner && owners[currentOwner] != address(0) && currentOwner != SENTINEL_OWNERS, "GS026");
            lastOwner = currentOwner;
        }
    }

    /// @dev Allows to estimate a Safe transaction.
    ///      This method is only meant for estimation purpose, therefore the call will always revert and encode the result in the revert data.
    ///      Since the `estimateGas` function includes refunds, call this method to get an estimated of the costs that are deducted from the safe with `execTransaction`
    /// @param to Destination address of Safe transaction.
    /// @param value Ether value of Safe transaction.
    /// @param data Data payload of Safe transaction.
    /// @param operation Operation type of Safe transaction.
    /// @return Estimate without refunds and overhead fees (base transaction and payload data gas costs).
    /// @notice Deprecated in favor of common/StorageAccessible.sol and will be removed in next version.
    function requiredTxGas(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata data,
        Enum.Operation operation
    ) external returns (uint256) {
        uint256 startGas = gasleft();
        // We don't provide an error message here, as we use it to return the estimate
        require(execute(to, value, data, operation, gasleft()));
        uint256 requiredGas = startGas - gasleft();
        // Convert response to string and return via error message
        revert(string(abi.encodePacked(requiredGas)));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Marks a hash as approved. This can be used to validate a hash that is used by a signature.
     * @param hashToApprove The hash that should be marked as approved for signatures that are verified by this contract.
     */
    function approveHash(bytes32 hashToApprove) external {
        require(owners[msg.sender] != address(0), "GS030");
        approvedHashes[msg.sender][hashToApprove] = 1;
        emit ApproveHash(hashToApprove, msg.sender);
    }

    /// @dev Returns the chain id used by this contract.
    function getChainId() public view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 id;
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            id := chainid()
        }
        return id;
    }

    function domainSeparator() public view returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encode(DOMAIN_SEPARATOR_TYPEHASH, getChainId(), this));
    }

    /// @dev Returns the bytes that are hashed to be signed by owners.
    /// @param to Destination address.
    /// @param value Ether value.
    /// @param data Data payload.
    /// @param operation Operation type.
    /// @param safeTxGas Gas that should be used for the safe transaction.
    /// @param baseGas Gas costs for that are independent of the transaction execution(e.g. base transaction fee, signature check, payment of the refund)
    /// @param gasPrice Maximum gas price that should be used for this transaction.
    /// @param gasToken Token address (or 0 if ETH) that is used for the payment.
    /// @param refundReceiver Address of receiver of gas payment (or 0 if tx.origin).
    /// @param _nonce Transaction nonce.
    /// @return Transaction hash bytes.
    function encodeTransactionData(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata data,
        Enum.Operation operation,
        uint256 safeTxGas,
        uint256 baseGas,
        uint256 gasPrice,
        address gasToken,
        address refundReceiver,
        uint256 _nonce
    ) public view returns (bytes memory) {
        bytes32 safeTxHash =
            keccak256(
                abi.encode(
                    SAFE_TX_TYPEHASH,
                    to,
                    value,
                    keccak256(data),
                    operation,
                    safeTxGas,
                    baseGas,
                    gasPrice,
                    gasToken,
                    refundReceiver,
                    _nonce
                )
            );
        return abi.encodePacked(bytes1(0x19), bytes1(0x01), domainSeparator(), safeTxHash);
    }

    /// @dev Returns hash to be signed by owners.
    /// @param to Destination address.
    /// @param value Ether value.
    /// @param data Data payload.
    /// @param operation Operation type.
    /// @param safeTxGas Fas that should be used for the safe transaction.
    /// @param baseGas Gas costs for data used to trigger the safe transaction.
    /// @param gasPrice Maximum gas price that should be used for this transaction.
    /// @param gasToken Token address (or 0 if ETH) that is used for the payment.
    /// @param refundReceiver Address of receiver of gas payment (or 0 if tx.origin).
    /// @param _nonce Transaction nonce.
    /// @return Transaction hash.
    function getTransactionHash(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes calldata data,
        Enum.Operation operation,
        uint256 safeTxGas,
        uint256 baseGas,
        uint256 gasPrice,
        address gasToken,
        address refundReceiver,
        uint256 _nonce
    ) public view returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(encodeTransactionData(to, value, data, operation, safeTxGas, baseGas, gasPrice, gasToken, refundReceiver, _nonce));
    }
}

// File: lib/safe-contracts/contracts/base/Executor.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
import "../common/Enum.sol";

/// @title Executor - A contract that can execute transactions
/// @author Richard Meissner - <richard@gnosis.pm>
contract Executor {
    function execute(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes memory data,
        Enum.Operation operation,
        uint256 txGas
    ) internal returns (bool success) {
        if (operation == Enum.Operation.DelegateCall) {
            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                success := delegatecall(txGas, to, add(data, 0x20), mload(data), 0, 0)
            }
        } else {
            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                success := call(txGas, to, value, add(data, 0x20), mload(data), 0, 0)
            }
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/safe-contracts/contracts/base/FallbackManager.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

import "../common/SelfAuthorized.sol";

/// @title Fallback Manager - A contract that manages fallback calls made to this contract
/// @author Richard Meissner - <richard@gnosis.pm>
contract FallbackManager is SelfAuthorized {
    event ChangedFallbackHandler(address handler);

    // keccak256("fallback_manager.handler.address")
    bytes32 internal constant FALLBACK_HANDLER_STORAGE_SLOT = 0x6c9a6c4a39284e37ed1cf53d337577d14212a4870fb976a4366c693b939918d5;

    function internalSetFallbackHandler(address handler) internal {
        bytes32 slot = FALLBACK_HANDLER_STORAGE_SLOT;
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            sstore(slot, handler)
        }
    }

    /// @dev Allows to add a contract to handle fallback calls.
    ///      Only fallback calls without value and with data will be forwarded.
    ///      This can only be done via a Safe transaction.
    /// @param handler contract to handle fallback calls.
    function setFallbackHandler(address handler) public authorized {
        internalSetFallbackHandler(handler);
        emit ChangedFallbackHandler(handler);
    }

    // solhint-disable-next-line payable-fallback,no-complex-fallback
    fallback() external {
        bytes32 slot = FALLBACK_HANDLER_STORAGE_SLOT;
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            let handler := sload(slot)
            if iszero(handler) {
                return(0, 0)
            }
            calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
            // The msg.sender address is shifted to the left by 12 bytes to remove the padding
            // Then the address without padding is stored right after the calldata
            mstore(calldatasize(), shl(96, caller()))
            // Add 20 bytes for the address appended add the end
            let success := call(gas(), handler, 0, 0, add(calldatasize(), 20), 0, 0)
            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
            if iszero(success) {
                revert(0, returndatasize())
            }
            return(0, returndatasize())
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/safe-contracts/contracts/base/GuardManager.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

import "../common/Enum.sol";
import "../common/SelfAuthorized.sol";
import "../interfaces/IERC165.sol";

interface Guard is IERC165 {
    function checkTransaction(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes memory data,
        Enum.Operation operation,
        uint256 safeTxGas,
        uint256 baseGas,
        uint256 gasPrice,
        address gasToken,
        address payable refundReceiver,
        bytes memory signatures,
        address msgSender
    ) external;

    function checkAfterExecution(bytes32 txHash, bool success) external;
}

abstract contract BaseGuard is Guard {
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return
            interfaceId == type(Guard).interfaceId || // 0xe6d7a83a
            interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId; // 0x01ffc9a7
    }
}

/// @title Fallback Manager - A contract that manages fallback calls made to this contract
/// @author Richard Meissner - <richard@gnosis.pm>
contract GuardManager is SelfAuthorized {
    event ChangedGuard(address guard);
    // keccak256("guard_manager.guard.address")
    bytes32 internal constant GUARD_STORAGE_SLOT = 0x4a204f620c8c5ccdca3fd54d003badd85ba500436a431f0cbda4f558c93c34c8;

    /// @dev Set a guard that checks transactions before execution
    /// @param guard The address of the guard to be used or the 0 address to disable the guard
    function setGuard(address guard) external authorized {
        if (guard != address(0)) {
            require(Guard(guard).supportsInterface(type(Guard).interfaceId), "GS300");
        }
        bytes32 slot = GUARD_STORAGE_SLOT;
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            sstore(slot, guard)
        }
        emit ChangedGuard(guard);
    }

    function getGuard() internal view returns (address guard) {
        bytes32 slot = GUARD_STORAGE_SLOT;
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            guard := sload(slot)
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/safe-contracts/contracts/base/ModuleManager.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
import "../common/Enum.sol";
import "../common/SelfAuthorized.sol";
import "./Executor.sol";

/// @title Module Manager - A contract that manages modules that can execute transactions via this contract
/// @author Stefan George - <stefan@gnosis.pm>
/// @author Richard Meissner - <richard@gnosis.pm>
contract ModuleManager is SelfAuthorized, Executor {
    event EnabledModule(address module);
    event DisabledModule(address module);
    event ExecutionFromModuleSuccess(address indexed module);
    event ExecutionFromModuleFailure(address indexed module);

    address internal constant SENTINEL_MODULES = address(0x1);

    mapping(address => address) internal modules;

    function setupModules(address to, bytes memory data) internal {
        require(modules[SENTINEL_MODULES] == address(0), "GS100");
        modules[SENTINEL_MODULES] = SENTINEL_MODULES;
        if (to != address(0))
            // Setup has to complete successfully or transaction fails.
            require(execute(to, 0, data, Enum.Operation.DelegateCall, gasleft()), "GS000");
    }

    /// @dev Allows to add a module to the whitelist.
    ///      This can only be done via a Safe transaction.
    /// @notice Enables the module `module` for the Safe.
    /// @param module Module to be whitelisted.
    function enableModule(address module) public authorized {
        // Module address cannot be null or sentinel.
        require(module != address(0) && module != SENTINEL_MODULES, "GS101");
        // Module cannot be added twice.
        require(modules[module] == address(0), "GS102");
        modules[module] = modules[SENTINEL_MODULES];
        modules[SENTINEL_MODULES] = module;
        emit EnabledModule(module);
    }

    /// @dev Allows to remove a module from the whitelist.
    ///      This can only be done via a Safe transaction.
    /// @notice Disables the module `module` for the Safe.
    /// @param prevModule Module that pointed to the module to be removed in the linked list
    /// @param module Module to be removed.
    function disableModule(address prevModule, address module) public authorized {
        // Validate module address and check that it corresponds to module index.
        require(module != address(0) && module != SENTINEL_MODULES, "GS101");
        require(modules[prevModule] == module, "GS103");
        modules[prevModule] = modules[module];
        modules[module] = address(0);
        emit DisabledModule(module);
    }

    /// @dev Allows a Module to execute a Safe transaction without any further confirmations.
    /// @param to Destination address of module transaction.
    /// @param value Ether value of module transaction.
    /// @param data Data payload of module transaction.
    /// @param operation Operation type of module transaction.
    function execTransactionFromModule(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes memory data,
        Enum.Operation operation
    ) public virtual returns (bool success) {
        // Only whitelisted modules are allowed.
        require(msg.sender != SENTINEL_MODULES && modules[msg.sender] != address(0), "GS104");
        // Execute transaction without further confirmations.
        success = execute(to, value, data, operation, gasleft());
        if (success) emit ExecutionFromModuleSuccess(msg.sender);
        else emit ExecutionFromModuleFailure(msg.sender);
    }

    /// @dev Allows a Module to execute a Safe transaction without any further confirmations and return data
    /// @param to Destination address of module transaction.
    /// @param value Ether value of module transaction.
    /// @param data Data payload of module transaction.
    /// @param operation Operation type of module transaction.
    function execTransactionFromModuleReturnData(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes memory data,
        Enum.Operation operation
    ) public returns (bool success, bytes memory returnData) {
        success = execTransactionFromModule(to, value, data, operation);
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            // Load free memory location
            let ptr := mload(0x40)
            // We allocate memory for the return data by setting the free memory location to
            // current free memory location + data size + 32 bytes for data size value
            mstore(0x40, add(ptr, add(returndatasize(), 0x20)))
            // Store the size
            mstore(ptr, returndatasize())
            // Store the data
            returndatacopy(add(ptr, 0x20), 0, returndatasize())
            // Point the return data to the correct memory location
            returnData := ptr
        }
    }

    /// @dev Returns if an module is enabled
    /// @return True if the module is enabled
    function isModuleEnabled(address module) public view returns (bool) {
        return SENTINEL_MODULES != module && modules[module] != address(0);
    }

    /// @dev Returns array of modules.
    /// @param start Start of the page.
    /// @param pageSize Maximum number of modules that should be returned.
    /// @return array Array of modules.
    /// @return next Start of the next page.
    function getModulesPaginated(address start, uint256 pageSize) external view returns (address[] memory array, address next) {
        // Init array with max page size
        array = new address[](pageSize);

        // Populate return array
        uint256 moduleCount = 0;
        address currentModule = modules[start];
        while (currentModule != address(0x0) && currentModule != SENTINEL_MODULES && moduleCount < pageSize) {
            array[moduleCount] = currentModule;
            currentModule = modules[currentModule];
            moduleCount++;
        }
        next = currentModule;
        // Set correct size of returned array
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            mstore(array, moduleCount)
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/safe-contracts/contracts/base/OwnerManager.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
import "../common/SelfAuthorized.sol";

/// @title OwnerManager - Manages a set of owners and a threshold to perform actions.
/// @author Stefan George - <stefan@gnosis.pm>
/// @author Richard Meissner - <richard@gnosis.pm>
contract OwnerManager is SelfAuthorized {
    event AddedOwner(address owner);
    event RemovedOwner(address owner);
    event ChangedThreshold(uint256 threshold);

    address internal constant SENTINEL_OWNERS = address(0x1);

    mapping(address => address) internal owners;
    uint256 internal ownerCount;
    uint256 internal threshold;

    /// @dev Setup function sets initial storage of contract.
    /// @param _owners List of Safe owners.
    /// @param _threshold Number of required confirmations for a Safe transaction.
    function setupOwners(address[] memory _owners, uint256 _threshold) internal {
        // Threshold can only be 0 at initialization.
        // Check ensures that setup function can only be called once.
        require(threshold == 0, "GS200");
        // Validate that threshold is smaller than number of added owners.
        require(_threshold <= _owners.length, "GS201");
        // There has to be at least one Safe owner.
        require(_threshold >= 1, "GS202");
        // Initializing Safe owners.
        address currentOwner = SENTINEL_OWNERS;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _owners.length; i++) {
            // Owner address cannot be null.
            address owner = _owners[i];
            require(owner != address(0) && owner != SENTINEL_OWNERS && owner != address(this) && currentOwner != owner, "GS203");
            // No duplicate owners allowed.
            require(owners[owner] == address(0), "GS204");
            owners[currentOwner] = owner;
            currentOwner = owner;
        }
        owners[currentOwner] = SENTINEL_OWNERS;
        ownerCount = _owners.length;
        threshold = _threshold;
    }

    /// @dev Allows to add a new owner to the Safe and update the threshold at the same time.
    ///      This can only be done via a Safe transaction.
    /// @notice Adds the owner `owner` to the Safe and updates the threshold to `_threshold`.
    /// @param owner New owner address.
    /// @param _threshold New threshold.
    function addOwnerWithThreshold(address owner, uint256 _threshold) public authorized {
        // Owner address cannot be null, the sentinel or the Safe itself.
        require(owner != address(0) && owner != SENTINEL_OWNERS && owner != address(this), "GS203");
        // No duplicate owners allowed.
        require(owners[owner] == address(0), "GS204");
        owners[owner] = owners[SENTINEL_OWNERS];
        owners[SENTINEL_OWNERS] = owner;
        ownerCount++;
        emit AddedOwner(owner);
        // Change threshold if threshold was changed.
        if (threshold != _threshold) changeThreshold(_threshold);
    }

    /// @dev Allows to remove an owner from the Safe and update the threshold at the same time.
    ///      This can only be done via a Safe transaction.
    /// @notice Removes the owner `owner` from the Safe and updates the threshold to `_threshold`.
    /// @param prevOwner Owner that pointed to the owner to be removed in the linked list
    /// @param owner Owner address to be removed.
    /// @param _threshold New threshold.
    function removeOwner(
        address prevOwner,
        address owner,
        uint256 _threshold
    ) public authorized {
        // Only allow to remove an owner, if threshold can still be reached.
        require(ownerCount - 1 >= _threshold, "GS201");
        // Validate owner address and check that it corresponds to owner index.
        require(owner != address(0) && owner != SENTINEL_OWNERS, "GS203");
        require(owners[prevOwner] == owner, "GS205");
        owners[prevOwner] = owners[owner];
        owners[owner] = address(0);
        ownerCount--;
        emit RemovedOwner(owner);
        // Change threshold if threshold was changed.
        if (threshold != _threshold) changeThreshold(_threshold);
    }

    /// @dev Allows to swap/replace an owner from the Safe with another address.
    ///      This can only be done via a Safe transaction.
    /// @notice Replaces the owner `oldOwner` in the Safe with `newOwner`.
    /// @param prevOwner Owner that pointed to the owner to be replaced in the linked list
    /// @param oldOwner Owner address to be replaced.
    /// @param newOwner New owner address.
    function swapOwner(
        address prevOwner,
        address oldOwner,
        address newOwner
    ) public authorized {
        // Owner address cannot be null, the sentinel or the Safe itself.
        require(newOwner != address(0) && newOwner != SENTINEL_OWNERS && newOwner != address(this), "GS203");
        // No duplicate owners allowed.
        require(owners[newOwner] == address(0), "GS204");
        // Validate oldOwner address and check that it corresponds to owner index.
        require(oldOwner != address(0) && oldOwner != SENTINEL_OWNERS, "GS203");
        require(owners[prevOwner] == oldOwner, "GS205");
        owners[newOwner] = owners[oldOwner];
        owners[prevOwner] = newOwner;
        owners[oldOwner] = address(0);
        emit RemovedOwner(oldOwner);
        emit AddedOwner(newOwner);
    }

    /// @dev Allows to update the number of required confirmations by Safe owners.
    ///      This can only be done via a Safe transaction.
    /// @notice Changes the threshold of the Safe to `_threshold`.
    /// @param _threshold New threshold.
    function changeThreshold(uint256 _threshold) public authorized {
        // Validate that threshold is smaller than number of owners.
        require(_threshold <= ownerCount, "GS201");
        // There has to be at least one Safe owner.
        require(_threshold >= 1, "GS202");
        threshold = _threshold;
        emit ChangedThreshold(threshold);
    }

    function getThreshold() public view returns (uint256) {
        return threshold;
    }

    function isOwner(address owner) public view returns (bool) {
        return owner != SENTINEL_OWNERS && owners[owner] != address(0);
    }

    /// @dev Returns array of owners.
    /// @return Array of Safe owners.
    function getOwners() public view returns (address[] memory) {
        address[] memory array = new address[](ownerCount);

        // populate return array
        uint256 index = 0;
        address currentOwner = owners[SENTINEL_OWNERS];
        while (currentOwner != SENTINEL_OWNERS) {
            array[index] = currentOwner;
            currentOwner = owners[currentOwner];
            index++;
        }
        return array;
    }
}

// File: lib/safe-contracts/contracts/common/Enum.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

/// @title Enum - Collection of enums
/// @author Richard Meissner - <richard@gnosis.pm>
contract Enum {
    enum Operation {Call, DelegateCall}
}

// File: lib/safe-contracts/contracts/common/EtherPaymentFallback.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

/// @title EtherPaymentFallback - A contract that has a fallback to accept ether payments
/// @author Richard Meissner - <richard@gnosis.pm>
contract EtherPaymentFallback {
    event SafeReceived(address indexed sender, uint256 value);

    /// @dev Fallback function accepts Ether transactions.
    receive() external payable {
        emit SafeReceived(msg.sender, msg.value);
    }
}

// File: lib/safe-contracts/contracts/common/SecuredTokenTransfer.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

/// @title SecuredTokenTransfer - Secure token transfer
/// @author Richard Meissner - <richard@gnosis.pm>
contract SecuredTokenTransfer {
    /// @dev Transfers a token and returns if it was a success
    /// @param token Token that should be transferred
    /// @param receiver Receiver to whom the token should be transferred
    /// @param amount The amount of tokens that should be transferred
    function transferToken(
        address token,
        address receiver,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal returns (bool transferred) {
        // 0xa9059cbb - keccack("transfer(address,uint256)")
        bytes memory data = abi.encodeWithSelector(0xa9059cbb, receiver, amount);
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            // We write the return value to scratch space.
            // See https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.7.6/internals/layout_in_memory.html#layout-in-memory
            let success := call(sub(gas(), 10000), token, 0, add(data, 0x20), mload(data), 0, 0x20)
            switch returndatasize()
                case 0 {
                    transferred := success
                }
                case 0x20 {
                    transferred := iszero(or(iszero(success), iszero(mload(0))))
                }
                default {
                    transferred := 0
                }
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/safe-contracts/contracts/common/SelfAuthorized.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

/// @title SelfAuthorized - authorizes current contract to perform actions
/// @author Richard Meissner - <richard@gnosis.pm>
contract SelfAuthorized {
    function requireSelfCall() private view {
        require(msg.sender == address(this), "GS031");
    }

    modifier authorized() {
        // This is a function call as it minimized the bytecode size
        requireSelfCall();
        _;
    }
}

// File: lib/safe-contracts/contracts/common/SignatureDecoder.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

/// @title SignatureDecoder - Decodes signatures that a encoded as bytes
/// @author Richard Meissner - <richard@gnosis.pm>
contract SignatureDecoder {
    /// @dev divides bytes signature into `uint8 v, bytes32 r, bytes32 s`.
    /// @notice Make sure to perform a bounds check for @param pos, to avoid out of bounds access on @param signatures
    /// @param pos which signature to read. A prior bounds check of this parameter should be performed, to avoid out of bounds access
    /// @param signatures concatenated rsv signatures
    function signatureSplit(bytes memory signatures, uint256 pos)
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            uint8 v,
            bytes32 r,
            bytes32 s
        )
    {
        // The signature format is a compact form of:
        //   {bytes32 r}{bytes32 s}{uint8 v}
        // Compact means, uint8 is not padded to 32 bytes.
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            let signaturePos := mul(0x41, pos)
            r := mload(add(signatures, add(signaturePos, 0x20)))
            s := mload(add(signatures, add(signaturePos, 0x40)))
            // Here we are loading the last 32 bytes, including 31 bytes
            // of 's'. There is no 'mload8' to do this.
            //
            // 'byte' is not working due to the Solidity parser, so lets
            // use the second best option, 'and'
            v := and(mload(add(signatures, add(signaturePos, 0x41))), 0xff)
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/safe-contracts/contracts/common/Singleton.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

/// @title Singleton - Base for singleton contracts (should always be first super contract)
///         This contract is tightly coupled to our proxy contract (see `proxies/GnosisSafeProxy.sol`)
/// @author Richard Meissner - <richard@gnosis.io>
contract Singleton {
    // singleton always needs to be first declared variable, to ensure that it is at the same location as in the Proxy contract.
    // It should also always be ensured that the address is stored alone (uses a full word)
    address private singleton;
}

// File: lib/safe-contracts/contracts/common/StorageAccessible.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

/// @title StorageAccessible - generic base contract that allows callers to access all internal storage.
/// @notice See https://github.com/gnosis/util-contracts/blob/bb5fe5fb5df6d8400998094fb1b32a178a47c3a1/contracts/StorageAccessible.sol
contract StorageAccessible {
    /**
     * @dev Reads `length` bytes of storage in the currents contract
     * @param offset - the offset in the current contract's storage in words to start reading from
     * @param length - the number of words (32 bytes) of data to read
     * @return the bytes that were read.
     */
    function getStorageAt(uint256 offset, uint256 length) public view returns (bytes memory) {
        bytes memory result = new bytes(length * 32);
        for (uint256 index = 0; index < length; index++) {
            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                let word := sload(add(offset, index))
                mstore(add(add(result, 0x20), mul(index, 0x20)), word)
            }
        }
        return result;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a delegatecall on a targetContract in the context of self.
     * Internally reverts execution to avoid side effects (making it static).
     *
     * This method reverts with data equal to `abi.encode(bool(success), bytes(response))`.
     * Specifically, the `returndata` after a call to this method will be:
     * `success:bool || response.length:uint256 || response:bytes`.
     *
     * @param targetContract Address of the contract containing the code to execute.
     * @param calldataPayload Calldata that should be sent to the target contract (encoded method name and arguments).
     */
    function simulateAndRevert(address targetContract, bytes memory calldataPayload) external {
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            let success := delegatecall(gas(), targetContract, add(calldataPayload, 0x20), mload(calldataPayload), 0, 0)

            mstore(0x00, success)
            mstore(0x20, returndatasize())
            returndatacopy(0x40, 0, returndatasize())
            revert(0, add(returndatasize(), 0x40))
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/safe-contracts/contracts/external/GnosisSafeMath.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

/**
 * @title GnosisSafeMath
 * @dev Math operations with safety checks that revert on error
 * Renamed from SafeMath to GnosisSafeMath to avoid conflicts
 * TODO: remove once open zeppelin update to solc 0.5.0
 */
library GnosisSafeMath {
    /**
     * @dev Multiplies two numbers, reverts on overflow.
     */
    function mul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // Gas optimization: this is cheaper than requiring 'a' not being zero, but the
        // benefit is lost if 'b' is also tested.
        // See: https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-solidity/pull/522
        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        }

        uint256 c = a * b;
        require(c / a == b);

        return c;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Subtracts two numbers, reverts on overflow (i.e. if subtrahend is greater than minuend).
     */
    function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        require(b <= a);
        uint256 c = a - b;

        return c;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Adds two numbers, reverts on overflow.
     */
    function add(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 c = a + b;
        require(c >= a);

        return c;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a >= b ? a : b;
    }
}

// File: lib/safe-contracts/contracts/interfaces/IERC165.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

/// @notice More details at https://github.com/OpenZeppelin/openzeppelin-contracts/blob/master/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol
interface IERC165 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if this contract implements the interface defined by
     * `interfaceId`. See the corresponding
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-165#how-interfaces-are-identified[EIP section]
     * to learn more about how these ids are created.
     *
     * This function call must use less than 30 000 gas.
     */
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId) external view returns (bool);
}

// File: lib/safe-contracts/contracts/interfaces/ISignatureValidator.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

contract ISignatureValidatorConstants {
    // bytes4(keccak256("isValidSignature(bytes,bytes)")
    bytes4 internal constant EIP1271_MAGIC_VALUE = 0x20c13b0b;
}

abstract contract ISignatureValidator is ISignatureValidatorConstants {
    /**
     * @dev Should return whether the signature provided is valid for the provided data
     * @param _data Arbitrary length data signed on the behalf of address(this)
     * @param _signature Signature byte array associated with _data
     *
     * MUST return the bytes4 magic value 0x20c13b0b when function passes.
     * MUST NOT modify state (using STATICCALL for solc < 0.5, view modifier for solc > 0.5)
     * MUST allow external calls
     */
    function isValidSignature(bytes memory _data, bytes memory _signature) public view virtual returns (bytes4);
}

// File: lib/safe-contracts/contracts/proxies/GnosisSafeProxy.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

/// @title IProxy - Helper interface to access masterCopy of the Proxy on-chain
/// @author Richard Meissner - <richard@gnosis.io>
interface IProxy {
    function masterCopy() external view returns (address);
}

/// @title GnosisSafeProxy - Generic proxy contract allows to execute all transactions applying the code of a master contract.
/// @author Stefan George - <stefan@gnosis.io>
/// @author Richard Meissner - <richard@gnosis.io>
contract GnosisSafeProxy {
    // singleton always needs to be first declared variable, to ensure that it is at the same location in the contracts to which calls are delegated.
    // To reduce deployment costs this variable is internal and needs to be retrieved via `getStorageAt`
    address internal singleton;

    /// @dev Constructor function sets address of singleton contract.
    /// @param _singleton Singleton address.
    constructor(address _singleton) {
        require(_singleton != address(0), "Invalid singleton address provided");
        singleton = _singleton;
    }

    /// @dev Fallback function forwards all transactions and returns all received return data.
    fallback() external payable {
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            let _singleton := and(sload(0), 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff)
            // 0xa619486e == keccak("masterCopy()"). The value is right padded to 32-bytes with 0s
            if eq(calldataload(0), 0xa619486e00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000) {
                mstore(0, _singleton)
                return(0, 0x20)
            }
            calldatacopy(0, 0, calldatasize())
            let success := delegatecall(gas(), _singleton, 0, calldatasize(), 0, 0)
            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
            if eq(success, 0) {
                revert(0, returndatasize())
            }
            return(0, returndatasize())
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/safe-contracts/contracts/proxies/GnosisSafeProxyFactory.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

import "./GnosisSafeProxy.sol";
import "./IProxyCreationCallback.sol";

/// @title Proxy Factory - Allows to create new proxy contact and execute a message call to the new proxy within one transaction.
/// @author Stefan George - <stefan@gnosis.pm>
contract GnosisSafeProxyFactory {
    event ProxyCreation(GnosisSafeProxy proxy, address singleton);

    /// @dev Allows to create new proxy contact and execute a message call to the new proxy within one transaction.
    /// @param singleton Address of singleton contract.
    /// @param data Payload for message call sent to new proxy contract.
    function createProxy(address singleton, bytes memory data) public returns (GnosisSafeProxy proxy) {
        proxy = new GnosisSafeProxy(singleton);
        if (data.length > 0)
            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                if eq(call(gas(), proxy, 0, add(data, 0x20), mload(data), 0, 0), 0) {
                    revert(0, 0)
                }
            }
        emit ProxyCreation(proxy, singleton);
    }

    /// @dev Allows to retrieve the runtime code of a deployed Proxy. This can be used to check that the expected Proxy was deployed.
    function proxyRuntimeCode() public pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return type(GnosisSafeProxy).runtimeCode;
    }

    /// @dev Allows to retrieve the creation code used for the Proxy deployment. With this it is easily possible to calculate predicted address.
    function proxyCreationCode() public pure returns (bytes memory) {
        return type(GnosisSafeProxy).creationCode;
    }

    /// @dev Allows to create new proxy contact using CREATE2 but it doesn't run the initializer.
    ///      This method is only meant as an utility to be called from other methods
    /// @param _singleton Address of singleton contract.
    /// @param initializer Payload for message call sent to new proxy contract.
    /// @param saltNonce Nonce that will be used to generate the salt to calculate the address of the new proxy contract.
    function deployProxyWithNonce(
        address _singleton,
        bytes memory initializer,
        uint256 saltNonce
    ) internal returns (GnosisSafeProxy proxy) {
        // If the initializer changes the proxy address should change too. Hashing the initializer data is cheaper than just concatinating it
        bytes32 salt = keccak256(abi.encodePacked(keccak256(initializer), saltNonce));
        bytes memory deploymentData = abi.encodePacked(type(GnosisSafeProxy).creationCode, uint256(uint160(_singleton)));
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            proxy := create2(0x0, add(0x20, deploymentData), mload(deploymentData), salt)
        }
        require(address(proxy) != address(0), "Create2 call failed");
    }

    /// @dev Allows to create new proxy contact and execute a message call to the new proxy within one transaction.
    /// @param _singleton Address of singleton contract.
    /// @param initializer Payload for message call sent to new proxy contract.
    /// @param saltNonce Nonce that will be used to generate the salt to calculate the address of the new proxy contract.
    function createProxyWithNonce(
        address _singleton,
        bytes memory initializer,
        uint256 saltNonce
    ) public returns (GnosisSafeProxy proxy) {
        proxy = deployProxyWithNonce(_singleton, initializer, saltNonce);
        if (initializer.length > 0)
            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                if eq(call(gas(), proxy, 0, add(initializer, 0x20), mload(initializer), 0, 0), 0) {
                    revert(0, 0)
                }
            }
        emit ProxyCreation(proxy, _singleton);
    }

    /// @dev Allows to create new proxy contact, execute a message call to the new proxy and call a specified callback within one transaction
    /// @param _singleton Address of singleton contract.
    /// @param initializer Payload for message call sent to new proxy contract.
    /// @param saltNonce Nonce that will be used to generate the salt to calculate the address of the new proxy contract.
    /// @param callback Callback that will be invoked after the new proxy contract has been successfully deployed and initialized.
    function createProxyWithCallback(
        address _singleton,
        bytes memory initializer,
        uint256 saltNonce,
        IProxyCreationCallback callback
    ) public returns (GnosisSafeProxy proxy) {
        uint256 saltNonceWithCallback = uint256(keccak256(abi.encodePacked(saltNonce, callback)));
        proxy = createProxyWithNonce(_singleton, initializer, saltNonceWithCallback);
        if (address(callback) != address(0)) callback.proxyCreated(proxy, _singleton, initializer, saltNonce);
    }

    /// @dev Allows to get the address for a new proxy contact created via `createProxyWithNonce`
    ///      This method is only meant for address calculation purpose when you use an initializer that would revert,
    ///      therefore the response is returned with a revert. When calling this method set `from` to the address of the proxy factory.
    /// @param _singleton Address of singleton contract.
    /// @param initializer Payload for message call sent to new proxy contract.
    /// @param saltNonce Nonce that will be used to generate the salt to calculate the address of the new proxy contract.
    function calculateCreateProxyWithNonceAddress(
        address _singleton,
        bytes calldata initializer,
        uint256 saltNonce
    ) external returns (GnosisSafeProxy proxy) {
        proxy = deployProxyWithNonce(_singleton, initializer, saltNonce);
        revert(string(abi.encodePacked(proxy)));
    }
}

// File: lib/safe-contracts/contracts/proxies/IProxyCreationCallback.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;
import "./GnosisSafeProxy.sol";

interface IProxyCreationCallback {
    function proxyCreated(
        GnosisSafeProxy proxy,
        address _singleton,
        bytes calldata initializer,
        uint256 saltNonce
    ) external;
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/conduit/lib/ConduitEnums.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

enum ConduitItemType {
    NATIVE, // unused
    ERC20,
    ERC721,
    ERC1155
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

import { ConduitItemType } from "./ConduitEnums.sol";

struct ConduitTransfer {
    ConduitItemType itemType;
    address token;
    address from;
    address to;
    uint256 identifier;
    uint256 amount;
}

struct ConduitBatch1155Transfer {
    address token;
    address from;
    address to;
    uint256[] ids;
    uint256[] amounts;
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/interfaces/AmountDerivationErrors.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

/**
 * @title AmountDerivationErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice AmountDerivationErrors contains errors related to amount derivation.
 */
interface AmountDerivationErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to apply a fraction as part of
     *      a partial fill that does not divide the target amount cleanly.
     */
    error InexactFraction();
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/interfaces/ConduitControllerInterface.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

/**
 * @title ConduitControllerInterface
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConduitControllerInterface contains all external function interfaces,
 *         structs, events, and errors for the conduit controller.
 */
interface ConduitControllerInterface {
    /**
     * @dev Track the conduit key, current owner, new potential owner, and open
     *      channels for each deployed conduit.
     */
    struct ConduitProperties {
        bytes32 key;
        address owner;
        address potentialOwner;
        address[] channels;
        mapping(address => uint256) channelIndexesPlusOne;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a new conduit is created.
     *
     * @param conduit    The newly created conduit.
     * @param conduitKey The conduit key used to create the new conduit.
     */
    event NewConduit(address conduit, bytes32 conduitKey);

    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever conduit ownership is transferred.
     *
     * @param conduit       The conduit for which ownership has been
     *                      transferred.
     * @param previousOwner The previous owner of the conduit.
     * @param newOwner      The new owner of the conduit.
     */
    event OwnershipTransferred(
        address indexed conduit,
        address indexed previousOwner,
        address indexed newOwner
    );

    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a conduit owner registers a new potential
     *      owner for that conduit.
     *
     * @param newPotentialOwner The new potential owner of the conduit.
     */
    event PotentialOwnerUpdated(address indexed newPotentialOwner);

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a new conduit using a
     *      conduit key where the first twenty bytes of the key do not match the
     *      address of the caller.
     */
    error InvalidCreator();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a new conduit when no
     *      initial owner address is supplied.
     */
    error InvalidInitialOwner();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to set a new potential owner
     *      that is already set.
     */
    error NewPotentialOwnerAlreadySet(
        address conduit,
        address newPotentialOwner
    );

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to cancel ownership transfer
     *      when no new potential owner is currently set.
     */
    error NoPotentialOwnerCurrentlySet(address conduit);

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to interact with a conduit that
     *      does not yet exist.
     */
    error NoConduit();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to create a conduit that
     *      already exists.
     */
    error ConduitAlreadyExists(address conduit);

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update channels or transfer
     *      ownership of a conduit when the caller is not the owner of the
     *      conduit in question.
     */
    error CallerIsNotOwner(address conduit);

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to register a new potential
     *      owner and supplying the null address.
     */
    error NewPotentialOwnerIsZeroAddress(address conduit);

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to claim ownership of a conduit
     *      with a caller that is not the current potential owner for the
     *      conduit in question.
     */
    error CallerIsNotNewPotentialOwner(address conduit);

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to retrieve a channel using an
     *      index that is out of range.
     */
    error ChannelOutOfRange(address conduit);

    /**
     * @notice Deploy a new conduit using a supplied conduit key and assigning
     *         an initial owner for the deployed conduit. Note that the first
     *         twenty bytes of the supplied conduit key must match the caller
     *         and that a new conduit cannot be created if one has already been
     *         deployed using the same conduit key.
     *
     * @param conduitKey   The conduit key used to deploy the conduit. Note that
     *                     the first twenty bytes of the conduit key must match
     *                     the caller of this contract.
     * @param initialOwner The initial owner to set for the new conduit.
     *
     * @return conduit The address of the newly deployed conduit.
     */
    function createConduit(bytes32 conduitKey, address initialOwner)
        external
        returns (address conduit);

    /**
     * @notice Open or close a channel on a given conduit, thereby allowing the
     *         specified account to execute transfers against that conduit.
     *         Extreme care must be taken when updating channels, as malicious
     *         or vulnerable channels can transfer any ERC20, ERC721 and ERC1155
     *         tokens where the token holder has granted the conduit approval.
     *         Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to open or close the channel.
     * @param channel The channel to open or close on the conduit.
     * @param isOpen  A boolean indicating whether to open or close the channel.
     */
    function updateChannel(
        address conduit,
        address channel,
        bool isOpen
    ) external;

    /**
     * @notice Initiate conduit ownership transfer by assigning a new potential
     *         owner for the given conduit. Once set, the new potential owner
     *         may call `acceptOwnership` to claim ownership of the conduit.
     *         Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to initiate ownership transfer.
     * @param newPotentialOwner The new potential owner of the conduit.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address conduit, address newPotentialOwner)
        external;

    /**
     * @notice Clear the currently set potential owner, if any, from a conduit.
     *         Only the owner of the conduit in question may call this function.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to cancel ownership transfer.
     */
    function cancelOwnershipTransfer(address conduit) external;

    /**
     * @notice Accept ownership of a supplied conduit. Only accounts that the
     *         current owner has set as the new potential owner may call this
     *         function.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to accept ownership.
     */
    function acceptOwnership(address conduit) external;

    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the current owner of a deployed conduit.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the associated owner.
     *
     * @return owner The owner of the supplied conduit.
     */
    function ownerOf(address conduit) external view returns (address owner);

    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the conduit key for a deployed conduit via reverse
     *         lookup.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the associated conduit
     *                key.
     *
     * @return conduitKey The conduit key used to deploy the supplied conduit.
     */
    function getKey(address conduit) external view returns (bytes32 conduitKey);

    /**
     * @notice Derive the conduit associated with a given conduit key and
     *         determine whether that conduit exists (i.e. whether it has been
     *         deployed).
     *
     * @param conduitKey The conduit key used to derive the conduit.
     *
     * @return conduit The derived address of the conduit.
     * @return exists  A boolean indicating whether the derived conduit has been
     *                 deployed or not.
     */
    function getConduit(bytes32 conduitKey)
        external
        view
        returns (address conduit, bool exists);

    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the potential owner, if any, for a given conduit. The
     *         current owner may set a new potential owner via
     *         `transferOwnership` and that owner may then accept ownership of
     *         the conduit in question via `acceptOwnership`.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the potential owner.
     *
     * @return potentialOwner The potential owner, if any, for the conduit.
     */
    function getPotentialOwner(address conduit)
        external
        view
        returns (address potentialOwner);

    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the status (either open or closed) of a given channel on
     *         a conduit.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the channel status.
     * @param channel The channel for which to retrieve the status.
     *
     * @return isOpen The status of the channel on the given conduit.
     */
    function getChannelStatus(address conduit, address channel)
        external
        view
        returns (bool isOpen);

    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the total number of open channels for a given conduit.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve the total channel count.
     *
     * @return totalChannels The total number of open channels for the conduit.
     */
    function getTotalChannels(address conduit)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256 totalChannels);

    /**
     * @notice Retrieve an open channel at a specific index for a given conduit.
     *         Note that the index of a channel can change as a result of other
     *         channels being closed on the conduit.
     *
     * @param conduit      The conduit for which to retrieve the open channel.
     * @param channelIndex The index of the channel in question.
     *
     * @return channel The open channel, if any, at the specified channel index.
     */
    function getChannel(address conduit, uint256 channelIndex)
        external
        view
        returns (address channel);

    /**
     * @notice Retrieve all open channels for a given conduit. Note that calling
     *         this function for a conduit with many channels will revert with
     *         an out-of-gas error.
     *
     * @param conduit The conduit for which to retrieve open channels.
     *
     * @return channels An array of open channels on the given conduit.
     */
    function getChannels(address conduit)
        external
        view
        returns (address[] memory channels);

    /**
     * @dev Retrieve the conduit creation code and runtime code hashes.
     */
    function getConduitCodeHashes()
        external
        view
        returns (bytes32 creationCodeHash, bytes32 runtimeCodeHash);
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

import {
    ConduitTransfer,
    ConduitBatch1155Transfer
} from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";

/**
 * @title ConduitInterface
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConduitInterface contains all external function interfaces, events,
 *         and errors for conduit contracts.
 */
interface ConduitInterface {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute transfers using a
     *      caller that does not have an open channel.
     */
    error ChannelClosed(address channel);

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update a channel to the
     *      current status of that channel.
     */
    error ChannelStatusAlreadySet(address channel, bool isOpen);

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute a transfer for an
     *      item that does not have an ERC20/721/1155 item type.
     */
    error InvalidItemType();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to update the status of a
     *      channel from a caller that is not the conduit controller.
     */
    error InvalidController();

    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a channel is opened or closed.
     *
     * @param channel The channel that has been updated.
     * @param open    A boolean indicating whether the conduit is open or not.
     */
    event ChannelUpdated(address indexed channel, bool open);

    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of ERC20/721/1155 transfers. Only a caller
     *         with an open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param transfers The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function execute(ConduitTransfer[] calldata transfers)
        external
        returns (bytes4 magicValue);

    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of batch 1155 transfers. Only a caller with an
     *         open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeBatch1155(
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
    ) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);

    /**
     * @notice Execute a sequence of transfers, both single and batch 1155. Only
     *         a caller with an open channel can call this function.
     *
     * @param standardTransfers  The ERC20/721/1155 transfers to perform.
     * @param batch1155Transfers The 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     *
     * @return magicValue A magic value indicating that the transfers were
     *                    performed successfully.
     */
    function executeWithBatch1155(
        ConduitTransfer[] calldata standardTransfers,
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batch1155Transfers
    ) external returns (bytes4 magicValue);

    /**
     * @notice Open or close a given channel. Only callable by the controller.
     *
     * @param channel The channel to open or close.
     * @param isOpen  The status of the channel (either open or closed).
     */
    function updateChannel(address channel, bool isOpen) external;
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/interfaces/ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

import { SpentItem, ReceivedItem } from "../lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";

/**
 * @title ConsiderationEventsAndErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConsiderationEventsAndErrors contains all events and errors.
 */
interface ConsiderationEventsAndErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever an order is successfully fulfilled.
     *
     * @param orderHash     The hash of the fulfilled order.
     * @param offerer       The offerer of the fulfilled order.
     * @param zone          The zone of the fulfilled order.
     * @param recipient     The recipient of each spent item on the fulfilled
     *                      order, or the null address if there is no specific
     *                      fulfiller (i.e. the order is part of a group of
     *                      orders). Defaults to the caller unless explicitly
     *                      specified otherwise by the fulfiller.
     * @param offer         The offer items spent as part of the order.
     * @param consideration The consideration items received as part of the
     *                      order along with the recipients of each item.
     */
    event OrderFulfilled(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address indexed offerer,
        address indexed zone,
        address recipient,
        SpentItem[] offer,
        ReceivedItem[] consideration
    );

    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever an order is successfully cancelled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The hash of the cancelled order.
     * @param offerer   The offerer of the cancelled order.
     * @param zone      The zone of the cancelled order.
     */
    event OrderCancelled(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address indexed offerer,
        address indexed zone
    );

    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever an order is explicitly validated. Note that
     *      this event will not be emitted on partial fills even though they do
     *      validate the order as part of partial fulfillment.
     *
     * @param orderHash The hash of the validated order.
     * @param offerer   The offerer of the validated order.
     * @param zone      The zone of the validated order.
     */
    event OrderValidated(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address indexed offerer,
        address indexed zone
    );

    /**
     * @dev Emit an event whenever a counter for a given offerer is incremented.
     *
     * @param newCounter The new counter for the offerer.
     * @param offerer  The offerer in question.
     */
    event CounterIncremented(uint256 newCounter, address indexed offerer);

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order that has
     *      already been fully filled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The order hash on which a fill was attempted.
     */
    error OrderAlreadyFilled(bytes32 orderHash);

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order outside the
     *      specified start time and end time.
     */
    error InvalidTime();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order referencing an
     *      invalid conduit (i.e. one that has not been deployed).
     */
    error InvalidConduit(bytes32 conduitKey, address conduit);

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an order is supplied for fulfillment with
     *      a consideration array that is shorter than the original array.
     */
    error MissingOriginalConsiderationItems();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a call to a conduit fails with revert data
     *      that is too expensive to return.
     */
    error InvalidCallToConduit(address conduit);

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error if a consideration amount has not been fully
     *      zeroed out after applying all fulfillments.
     *
     * @param orderIndex         The index of the order with the consideration
     *                           item with a shortfall.
     * @param considerationIndex The index of the consideration item on the
     *                           order.
     * @param shortfallAmount    The unfulfilled consideration amount.
     */
    error ConsiderationNotMet(
        uint256 orderIndex,
        uint256 considerationIndex,
        uint256 shortfallAmount
    );

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when insufficient ether is supplied as part of
     *      msg.value when fulfilling orders.
     */
    error InsufficientEtherSupplied();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ether transfer reverts.
     */
    error EtherTransferGenericFailure(address account, uint256 amount);

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a partial fill is attempted on an order
     *      that does not specify partial fill support in its order type.
     */
    error PartialFillsNotEnabledForOrder();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order that has been
     *      cancelled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The hash of the cancelled order.
     */
    error OrderIsCancelled(bytes32 orderHash);

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill a basic order that has
     *      been partially filled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The hash of the partially used order.
     */
    error OrderPartiallyFilled(bytes32 orderHash);

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to cancel an order as a caller
     *      other than the indicated offerer or zone.
     */
    error InvalidCanceller();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when supplying a fraction with a value of zero
     *      for the numerator or denominator, or one where the numerator exceeds
     *      the denominator.
     */
    error BadFraction();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a caller attempts to supply callvalue to a
     *      non-payable basic order route or does not supply any callvalue to a
     *      payable basic order route.
     */
    error InvalidMsgValue(uint256 value);

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill a basic order using
     *      calldata not produced by default ABI encoding.
     */
    error InvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill any number of
     *      available orders when none are fulfillable.
     */
    error NoSpecifiedOrdersAvailable();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order with an
     *      offer for ETH outside of matching orders.
     */
    error InvalidNativeOfferItem();
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/interfaces/ConsiderationInterface.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

import {
    BasicOrderParameters,
    OrderComponents,
    Fulfillment,
    FulfillmentComponent,
    Execution,
    Order,
    AdvancedOrder,
    OrderStatus,
    CriteriaResolver
} from "../lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";

/**
 * @title ConsiderationInterface
 * @author 0age
 * @custom:version 1.1
 * @notice Consideration is a generalized ETH/ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155 marketplace.
 *         It minimizes external calls to the greatest extent possible and
 *         provides lightweight methods for common routes as well as more
 *         flexible methods for composing advanced orders.
 *
 * @dev ConsiderationInterface contains all external function interfaces for
 *      Consideration.
 */
interface ConsiderationInterface {
    /**
     * @notice Fulfill an order offering an ERC721 token by supplying Ether (or
     *         the native token for the given chain) as consideration for the
     *         order. An arbitrary number of "additional recipients" may also be
     *         supplied which will each receive native tokens from the fulfiller
     *         as consideration.
     *
     * @param parameters Additional information on the fulfilled order. Note
     *                   that the offerer must first approve this contract (or
     *                   their preferred conduit if indicated by the order) for
     *                   their offered ERC721 token to be transferred.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillBasicOrder(BasicOrderParameters calldata parameters)
        external
        payable
        returns (bool fulfilled);

    /**
     * @notice Fulfill an order with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *         consideration. Note that this function does not support
     *         criteria-based orders or partial filling of orders (though
     *         filling the remainder of a partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param order               The order to fulfill. Note that both the
     *                            offerer and the fulfiller must first approve
     *                            this contract (or the corresponding conduit if
     *                            indicated) to transfer any relevant tokens on
     *                            their behalf and that contracts must implement
     *                            `onERC1155Received` to receive ERC1155 tokens
     *                            as consideration.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used, with direct approvals set on
     *                            Consideration.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillOrder(Order calldata order, bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey)
        external
        payable
        returns (bool fulfilled);

    /**
     * @notice Fill an order, fully or partially, with an arbitrary number of
     *         items for offer and consideration alongside criteria resolvers
     *         containing specific token identifiers and associated proofs.
     *
     * @param advancedOrder       The order to fulfill along with the fraction
     *                            of the order to attempt to fill. Note that
     *                            both the offerer and the fulfiller must first
     *                            approve this contract (or their preferred
     *                            conduit if indicated by the order) to transfer
     *                            any relevant tokens on their behalf and that
     *                            contracts must implement `onERC1155Received`
     *                            to receive ERC1155 tokens as consideration.
     *                            Also note that all offer and consideration
     *                            components must have no remainder after
     *                            multiplication of the respective amount with
     *                            the supplied fraction for the partial fill to
     *                            be considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers   An array where each element contains a
     *                            reference to a specific offer or
     *                            consideration, a token identifier, and a proof
     *                            that the supplied token identifier is
     *                            contained in the merkle root held by the item
     *                            in question's criteria element. Note that an
     *                            empty criteria indicates that any
     *                            (transferable) token identifier on the token
     *                            in question is valid and that no associated
     *                            proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used, with direct approvals set on
     *                            Consideration.
     * @param recipient           The intended recipient for all received items,
     *                            with `address(0)` indicating that the caller
     *                            should receive the items.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillAdvancedOrder(
        AdvancedOrder calldata advancedOrder,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient
    ) external payable returns (bool fulfilled);

    /**
     * @notice Attempt to fill a group of orders, each with an arbitrary number
     *         of items for offer and consideration. Any order that is not
     *         currently active, has already been fully filled, or has been
     *         cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration
     *         items will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the
     *         supplied offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated
     *         items will be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended
     *         recipient, respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an
     *         issue with order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *         Note that this function does not support criteria-based orders or
     *         partial filling of orders (though filling the remainder of a
     *         partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param orders                    The orders to fulfill. Note that both
     *                                  the offerer and the fulfiller must first
     *                                  approve this contract (or the
     *                                  corresponding conduit if indicated) to
     *                                  transfer any relevant tokens on their
     *                                  behalf and that contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` to receive ERC1155
     *                                  tokens as consideration.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used, with
     *                                  direct approvals set on this contract.
     * @param maximumFulfilled          The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function fulfillAvailableOrders(
        Order[] calldata orders,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled
    )
        external
        payable
        returns (bool[] memory availableOrders, Execution[] memory executions);

    /**
     * @notice Attempt to fill a group of orders, fully or partially, with an
     *         arbitrary number of items for offer and consideration per order
     *         alongside criteria resolvers containing specific token
     *         identifiers and associated proofs. Any order that is not
     *         currently active, has already been fully filled, or has been
     *         cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration
     *         items will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the
     *         supplied offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated
     *         items will be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended
     *         recipient, respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an
     *         issue with order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders            The orders to fulfill along with the
     *                                  fraction of those orders to attempt to
     *                                  fill. Note that both the offerer and the
     *                                  fulfiller must first approve this
     *                                  contract (or their preferred conduit if
     *                                  indicated by the order) to transfer any
     *                                  relevant tokens on their behalf and that
     *                                  contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` to enable receipt of
     *                                  ERC1155 tokens as consideration. Also
     *                                  note that all offer and consideration
     *                                  components must have no remainder after
     *                                  multiplication of the respective amount
     *                                  with the supplied fraction for an
     *                                  order's partial fill amount to be
     *                                  considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers         An array where each element contains a
     *                                  reference to a specific offer or
     *                                  consideration, a token identifier, and a
     *                                  proof that the supplied token identifier
     *                                  is contained in the merkle root held by
     *                                  the item in question's criteria element.
     *                                  Note that an empty criteria indicates
     *                                  that any (transferable) token
     *                                  identifier on the token in question is
     *                                  valid and that no associated proof needs
     *                                  to be supplied.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used, with
     *                                  direct approvals set on this contract.
     * @param recipient                 The intended recipient for all received
     *                                  items, with `address(0)` indicating that
     *                                  the caller should receive the items.
     * @param maximumFulfilled          The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] calldata advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled
    )
        external
        payable
        returns (bool[] memory availableOrders, Execution[] memory executions);

    /**
     * @notice Match an arbitrary number of orders, each with an arbitrary
     *         number of items for offer and consideration along with as set of
     *         fulfillments allocating offer components to consideration
     *         components. Note that this function does not support
     *         criteria-based or partial filling of orders (though filling the
     *         remainder of a partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param orders       The orders to match. Note that both the offerer and
     *                     fulfiller on each order must first approve this
     *                     contract (or their conduit if indicated by the order)
     *                     to transfer any relevant tokens on their behalf and
     *                     each consideration recipient must implement
     *                     `onERC1155Received` to enable ERC1155 token receipt.
     * @param fulfillments An array of elements allocating offer components to
     *                     consideration components. Note that each
     *                     consideration component must be fully met for the
     *                     match operation to be valid.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function matchOrders(
        Order[] calldata orders,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    ) external payable returns (Execution[] memory executions);

    /**
     * @notice Match an arbitrary number of full or partial orders, each with an
     *         arbitrary number of items for offer and consideration, supplying
     *         criteria resolvers containing specific token identifiers and
     *         associated proofs as well as fulfillments allocating offer
     *         components to consideration components.
     *
     * @param orders            The advanced orders to match. Note that both the
     *                          offerer and fulfiller on each order must first
     *                          approve this contract (or a preferred conduit if
     *                          indicated by the order) to transfer any relevant
     *                          tokens on their behalf and each consideration
     *                          recipient must implement `onERC1155Received` in
     *                          order to receive ERC1155 tokens. Also note that
     *                          the offer and consideration components for each
     *                          order must have no remainder after multiplying
     *                          the respective amount with the supplied fraction
     *                          in order for the group of partial fills to be
     *                          considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a reference
     *                          to a specific order as well as that order's
     *                          offer or consideration, a token identifier, and
     *                          a proof that the supplied token identifier is
     *                          contained in the order's merkle root. Note that
     *                          an empty root indicates that any (transferable)
     *                          token identifier is valid and that no associated
     *                          proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillments      An array of elements allocating offer components
     *                          to consideration components. Note that each
     *                          consideration component must be fully met in
     *                          order for the match operation to be valid.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function matchAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] calldata orders,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    ) external payable returns (Execution[] memory executions);

    /**
     * @notice Cancel an arbitrary number of orders. Note that only the offerer
     *         or the zone of a given order may cancel it. Callers should ensure
     *         that the intended order was cancelled by calling `getOrderStatus`
     *         and confirming that `isCancelled` returns `true`.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to cancel.
     *
     * @return cancelled A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders have
     *                   been successfully cancelled.
     */
    function cancel(OrderComponents[] calldata orders)
        external
        returns (bool cancelled);

    /**
     * @notice Validate an arbitrary number of orders, thereby registering their
     *         signatures as valid and allowing the fulfiller to skip signature
     *         verification on fulfillment. Note that validated orders may still
     *         be unfulfillable due to invalid item amounts or other factors;
     *         callers should determine whether validated orders are fulfillable
     *         by simulating the fulfillment call prior to execution. Also note
     *         that anyone can validate a signed order, but only the offerer can
     *         validate an order without supplying a signature.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to validate.
     *
     * @return validated A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders have
     *                   been successfully validated.
     */
    function validate(Order[] calldata orders)
        external
        returns (bool validated);

    /**
     * @notice Cancel all orders from a given offerer with a given zone in bulk
     *         by incrementing a counter. Note that only the offerer may
     *         increment the counter.
     *
     * @return newCounter The new counter.
     */
    function incrementCounter() external returns (uint256 newCounter);

    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the order hash for a given order.
     *
     * @param order The components of the order.
     *
     * @return orderHash The order hash.
     */
    function getOrderHash(OrderComponents calldata order)
        external
        view
        returns (bytes32 orderHash);

    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the status of a given order by hash, including whether
     *         the order has been cancelled or validated and the fraction of the
     *         order that has been filled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The order hash in question.
     *
     * @return isValidated A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been validated (i.e. previously approved or
     *                     partially filled).
     * @return isCancelled A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been cancelled.
     * @return totalFilled The total portion of the order that has been filled
     *                     (i.e. the "numerator").
     * @return totalSize   The total size of the order that is either filled or
     *                     unfilled (i.e. the "denominator").
     */
    function getOrderStatus(bytes32 orderHash)
        external
        view
        returns (
            bool isValidated,
            bool isCancelled,
            uint256 totalFilled,
            uint256 totalSize
        );

    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the current counter for a given offerer.
     *
     * @param offerer The offerer in question.
     *
     * @return counter The current counter.
     */
    function getCounter(address offerer)
        external
        view
        returns (uint256 counter);

    /**
     * @notice Retrieve configuration information for this contract.
     *
     * @return version           The contract version.
     * @return domainSeparator   The domain separator for this contract.
     * @return conduitController The conduit Controller set for this contract.
     */
    function information()
        external
        view
        returns (
            string memory version,
            bytes32 domainSeparator,
            address conduitController
        );

    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the name of this contract.
     *
     * @return contractName The name of this contract.
     */
    function name() external view returns (string memory contractName);
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/interfaces/CriteriaResolutionErrors.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

/**
 * @title CriteriaResolutionErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice CriteriaResolutionErrors contains all errors related to criteria
 *         resolution.
 */
interface CriteriaResolutionErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when providing a criteria resolver that refers
     *      to an order that has not been supplied.
     */
    error OrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error if an offer item still has unresolved criteria
     *      after applying all criteria resolvers.
     */
    error UnresolvedOfferCriteria();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error if a consideration item still has unresolved
     *      criteria after applying all criteria resolvers.
     */
    error UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when providing a criteria resolver that refers
     *      to an order with an offer item that has not been supplied.
     */
    error OfferCriteriaResolverOutOfRange();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when providing a criteria resolver that refers
     *      to an order with a consideration item that has not been supplied.
     */
    error ConsiderationCriteriaResolverOutOfRange();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when providing a criteria resolver that refers
     *      to an order with an item that does not expect a criteria to be
     *      resolved.
     */
    error CriteriaNotEnabledForItem();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when providing a criteria resolver that
     *      contains an invalid proof with respect to the given item and
     *      chosen identifier.
     */
    error InvalidProof();
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/interfaces/EIP1271Interface.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

interface EIP1271Interface {
    function isValidSignature(bytes32 digest, bytes calldata signature)
        external
        view
        returns (bytes4);
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/interfaces/FulfillmentApplicationErrors.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

import { Side } from "../lib/ConsiderationEnums.sol";

/**
 * @title FulfillmentApplicationErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice FulfillmentApplicationErrors contains errors related to fulfillment
 *         application and aggregation.
 */
interface FulfillmentApplicationErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a fulfillment is provided that does not
     *      declare at least one component as part of a call to fulfill
     *      available orders.
     */
    error MissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation(Side side);

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a fulfillment is provided that does not
     *      declare at least one offer component and at least one consideration
     *      component.
     */
    error OfferAndConsiderationRequiredOnFulfillment();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when the initial offer item named by a
     *      fulfillment component does not match the type, token, identifier,
     *      or conduit preference of the initial consideration item.
     */
    error MismatchedFulfillmentOfferAndConsiderationComponents();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an order or item index are out of range
     *      or a fulfillment component does not match the type, token,
     *      identifier, or conduit preference of the initial consideration item.
     */
    error InvalidFulfillmentComponentData();
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/interfaces/ReentrancyErrors.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

/**
 * @title ReentrancyErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ReentrancyErrors contains errors related to reentrancy.
 */
interface ReentrancyErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a caller attempts to reenter a protected
     *      function.
     */
    error NoReentrantCalls();
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/interfaces/SignatureVerificationErrors.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

/**
 * @title SignatureVerificationErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice SignatureVerificationErrors contains all errors related to signature
 *         verification.
 */
interface SignatureVerificationErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a signature that does not contain a v
     *      value of 27 or 28 has been supplied.
     *
     * @param v The invalid v value.
     */
    error BadSignatureV(uint8 v);

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when the signer recovered by the supplied
     *      signature does not match the offerer or an allowed EIP-1271 signer
     *      as specified by the offerer in the event they are a contract.
     */
    error InvalidSigner();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a signer cannot be recovered from the
     *      supplied signature.
     */
    error InvalidSignature();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an EIP-1271 call to an account fails.
     */
    error BadContractSignature();
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/interfaces/TokenTransferrerErrors.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

/**
 * @title TokenTransferrerErrors
 */
interface TokenTransferrerErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC721 transfer with amount other than
     *      one is attempted.
     */
    error InvalidERC721TransferAmount();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
     *      item has an amount of zero.
     */
    error MissingItemAmount();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fulfill an order where an
     *      item has unused parameters. This includes both the token and the
     *      identifier parameters for native transfers as well as the identifier
     *      parameter for ERC20 transfers. Note that the conduit does not
     *      perform this check, leaving it up to the calling channel to enforce
     *      when desired.
     */
    error UnusedItemParameters();

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20, ERC721, or ERC1155 token
     *      transfer reverts.
     *
     * @param token      The token for which the transfer was attempted.
     * @param from       The source of the attempted transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the attempted transfer.
     * @param identifier The identifier for the attempted transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount for the attempted transfer.
     */
    error TokenTransferGenericFailure(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount
    );

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when a batch ERC1155 token transfer reverts.
     *
     * @param token       The token for which the transfer was attempted.
     * @param from        The source of the attempted transfer.
     * @param to          The recipient of the attempted transfer.
     * @param identifiers The identifiers for the attempted transfer.
     * @param amounts     The amounts for the attempted transfer.
     */
    error ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256[] identifiers,
        uint256[] amounts
    );

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an ERC20 token transfer returns a falsey
     *      value.
     *
     * @param token      The token for which the ERC20 transfer was attempted.
     * @param from       The source of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount for the attempted ERC20 transfer.
     */
    error BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    );

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when an account being called as an assumed
     *      contract does not have code and returns no data.
     *
     * @param account The account that should contain code.
     */
    error NoContract(address account);

    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to execute an 1155 batch
     *      transfer using calldata not produced by default ABI encoding or with
     *      different lengths for ids and amounts arrays.
     */
    error Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding();
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/interfaces/ZoneInteractionErrors.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

/**
 * @title ZoneInteractionErrors
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ZoneInteractionErrors contains errors related to zone interaction.
 */
interface ZoneInteractionErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Revert with an error when attempting to fill an order that specifies
     *      a restricted submitter as its order type when not submitted by
     *      either the offerer or the order's zone or approved as valid by the
     *      zone in question via a staticcall to `isValidOrder`.
     *
     * @param orderHash The order hash for the invalid restricted order.
     */
    error InvalidRestrictedOrder(bytes32 orderHash);
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/interfaces/ZoneInterface.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

import {
    AdvancedOrder,
    CriteriaResolver
} from "../lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";

interface ZoneInterface {
    // Called by Consideration whenever extraData is not provided by the caller.
    function isValidOrder(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address caller,
        address offerer,
        bytes32 zoneHash
    ) external view returns (bytes4 validOrderMagicValue);

    // Called by Consideration whenever any extraData is provided by the caller.
    function isValidOrderIncludingExtraData(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address caller,
        AdvancedOrder calldata order,
        bytes32[] calldata priorOrderHashes,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers
    ) external view returns (bytes4 validOrderMagicValue);
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/AmountDeriver.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import {
    AmountDerivationErrors
} from "../interfaces/AmountDerivationErrors.sol";

import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";

/**
 * @title AmountDeriver
 * @author 0age
 * @notice AmountDeriver contains view and pure functions related to deriving
 *         item amounts based on partial fill quantity and on linear
 *         interpolation based on current time when the start amount and end
 *         amount differ.
 */
contract AmountDeriver is AmountDerivationErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to derive the current amount of a given item
     *      based on the current price, the starting price, and the ending
     *      price. If the start and end prices differ, the current price will be
     *      interpolated on a linear basis. Note that this function expects that
     *      the startTime parameter of orderParameters is not greater than the
     *      current block timestamp and that the endTime parameter is greater
     *      than the current block timestamp. If this condition is not upheld,
     *      duration / elapsed / remaining variables will underflow.
     *
     * @param startAmount The starting amount of the item.
     * @param endAmount   The ending amount of the item.
     * @param startTime   The starting time of the order.
     * @param endTime     The end time of the order.
     * @param roundUp     A boolean indicating whether the resultant amount
     *                    should be rounded up or down.
     *
     * @return amount The current amount.
     */
    function _locateCurrentAmount(
        uint256 startAmount,
        uint256 endAmount,
        uint256 startTime,
        uint256 endTime,
        bool roundUp
    ) internal view returns (uint256 amount) {
        // Only modify end amount if it doesn't already equal start amount.
        if (startAmount != endAmount) {
            // Declare variables to derive in the subsequent unchecked scope.
            uint256 duration;
            uint256 elapsed;
            uint256 remaining;

            // Skip underflow checks as startTime <= block.timestamp < endTime.
            unchecked {
                // Derive the duration for the order and place it on the stack.
                duration = endTime - startTime;

                // Derive time elapsed since the order started & place on stack.
                elapsed = block.timestamp - startTime;

                // Derive time remaining until order expires and place on stack.
                remaining = duration - elapsed;
            }

            // Aggregate new amounts weighted by time with rounding factor.
            uint256 totalBeforeDivision = ((startAmount * remaining) +
                (endAmount * elapsed));

            // Use assembly to combine operations and skip divide-by-zero check.
            assembly {
                // Multiply by iszero(iszero(totalBeforeDivision)) to ensure
                // amount is set to zero if totalBeforeDivision is zero,
                // as intermediate overflow can occur if it is zero.
                amount := mul(
                    iszero(iszero(totalBeforeDivision)),
                    // Subtract 1 from the numerator and add 1 to the result if
                    // roundUp is true to get the proper rounding direction.
                    // Division is performed with no zero check as duration
                    // cannot be zero as long as startTime < endTime.
                    add(
                        div(sub(totalBeforeDivision, roundUp), duration),
                        roundUp
                    )
                )
            }

            // Return the current amount.
            return amount;
        }

        // Return the original amount as startAmount == endAmount.
        return endAmount;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to return a fraction of a given value and to
     *      ensure the resultant value does not have any fractional component.
     *      Note that this function assumes that zero will never be supplied as
     *      the denominator parameter; invalid / undefined behavior will result
     *      should a denominator of zero be provided.
     *
     * @param numerator   A value indicating the portion of the order that
     *                    should be filled.
     * @param denominator A value indicating the total size of the order. Note
     *                    that this value cannot be equal to zero.
     * @param value       The value for which to compute the fraction.
     *
     * @return newValue The value after applying the fraction.
     */
    function _getFraction(
        uint256 numerator,
        uint256 denominator,
        uint256 value
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 newValue) {
        // Return value early in cases where the fraction resolves to 1.
        if (numerator == denominator) {
            return value;
        }

        // Ensure fraction can be applied to the value with no remainder. Note
        // that the denominator cannot be zero.
        assembly {
            // Ensure new value contains no remainder via mulmod operator.
            // Credit to @hrkrshnn + @axic for proposing this optimal solution.
            if mulmod(value, numerator, denominator) {
                mstore(0, InexactFraction_error_signature)
                revert(0, InexactFraction_error_len)
            }
        }

        // Multiply the numerator by the value and ensure no overflow occurs.
        uint256 valueTimesNumerator = value * numerator;

        // Divide and check for remainder. Note that denominator cannot be zero.
        assembly {
            // Perform division without zero check.
            newValue := div(valueTimesNumerator, denominator)
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to apply a fraction to a consideration
     * or offer item.
     *
     * @param startAmount     The starting amount of the item.
     * @param endAmount       The ending amount of the item.
     * @param numerator       A value indicating the portion of the order that
     *                        should be filled.
     * @param denominator     A value indicating the total size of the order.
     * @param startTime       The starting time of the order.
     * @param endTime         The end time of the order.
     * @param roundUp         A boolean indicating whether the resultant
     *                        amount should be rounded up or down.
     *
     * @return amount The received item to transfer with the final amount.
     */
    function _applyFraction(
        uint256 startAmount,
        uint256 endAmount,
        uint256 numerator,
        uint256 denominator,
        uint256 startTime,
        uint256 endTime,
        bool roundUp
    ) internal view returns (uint256 amount) {
        // If start amount equals end amount, apply fraction to end amount.
        if (startAmount == endAmount) {
            // Apply fraction to end amount.
            amount = _getFraction(numerator, denominator, endAmount);
        } else {
            // Otherwise, apply fraction to both and interpolated final amount.
            amount = _locateCurrentAmount(
                _getFraction(numerator, denominator, startAmount),
                _getFraction(numerator, denominator, endAmount),
                startTime,
                endTime,
                roundUp
            );
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/Assertions.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import { OrderParameters } from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";

import { GettersAndDerivers } from "./GettersAndDerivers.sol";

import {
    TokenTransferrerErrors
} from "../interfaces/TokenTransferrerErrors.sol";

import { CounterManager } from "./CounterManager.sol";

import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";

/**
 * @title Assertions
 * @author 0age
 * @notice Assertions contains logic for making various assertions that do not
 *         fit neatly within a dedicated semantic scope.
 */
contract Assertions is
    GettersAndDerivers,
    CounterManager,
    TokenTransferrerErrors
{
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController)
        GettersAndDerivers(conduitController)
    {}

    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to ensure that the supplied consideration
     *      array length on a given set of order parameters is not less than the
     *      original consideration array length for that order and to retrieve
     *      the current counter for a given order's offerer and zone and use it
     *      to derive the order hash.
     *
     * @param orderParameters The parameters of the order to hash.
     *
     * @return The hash.
     */
    function _assertConsiderationLengthAndGetOrderHash(
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters
    ) internal view returns (bytes32) {
        // Ensure supplied consideration array length is not less than original.
        _assertConsiderationLengthIsNotLessThanOriginalConsiderationLength(
            orderParameters.consideration.length,
            orderParameters.totalOriginalConsiderationItems
        );

        // Derive and return order hash using current counter for the offerer.
        return
            _deriveOrderHash(
                orderParameters,
                _getCounter(orderParameters.offerer)
            );
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to ensure that the supplied consideration
     *      array length for an order to be fulfilled is not less than the
     *      original consideration array length for that order.
     *
     * @param suppliedConsiderationItemTotal The number of consideration items
     *                                       supplied when fulfilling the order.
     * @param originalConsiderationItemTotal The number of consideration items
     *                                       supplied on initial order creation.
     */
    function _assertConsiderationLengthIsNotLessThanOriginalConsiderationLength(
        uint256 suppliedConsiderationItemTotal,
        uint256 originalConsiderationItemTotal
    ) internal pure {
        // Ensure supplied consideration array length is not less than original.
        if (suppliedConsiderationItemTotal < originalConsiderationItemTotal) {
            revert MissingOriginalConsiderationItems();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to ensure that a given item amount is not
     *      zero.
     *
     * @param amount The amount to check.
     */
    function _assertNonZeroAmount(uint256 amount) internal pure {
        // Revert if the supplied amount is equal to zero.
        if (amount == 0) {
            revert MissingItemAmount();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to validate calldata offsets for dynamic
     *      types in BasicOrderParameters and other parameters. This ensures
     *      that functions using the calldata object normally will be using the
     *      same data as the assembly functions and that values that are bound
     *      to a given range are within that range. Note that no parameters are
     *      supplied as all basic order functions use the same calldata
     *      encoding.
     */
    function _assertValidBasicOrderParameters() internal pure {
        // Declare a boolean designating basic order parameter offset validity.
        bool validOffsets;

        // Utilize assembly in order to read offset data directly from calldata.
        assembly {
            /*
             * Checks:
             * 1. Order parameters struct offset == 0x20
             * 2. Additional recipients arr offset == 0x240
             * 3. Signature offset == 0x260 + (recipients.length * 0x40)
             * 4. BasicOrderType between 0 and 23 (i.e. < 24)
             */
            validOffsets := and(
                // Order parameters at calldata 0x04 must have offset of 0x20.
                eq(
                    calldataload(BasicOrder_parameters_cdPtr),
                    BasicOrder_parameters_ptr
                ),
                // Additional recipients at cd 0x224 must have offset of 0x240.
                eq(
                    calldataload(BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_head_cdPtr),
                    BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_head_ptr
                )
            )

            validOffsets := and(
                validOffsets,
                eq(
                    // Load signature offset from calldata 0x244.
                    calldataload(BasicOrder_signature_cdPtr),
                    // Derive expected offset as start of recipients + len * 64.
                    add(
                        BasicOrder_signature_ptr,
                        mul(
                            // Additional recipients length at calldata 0x264.
                            calldataload(
                                BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_length_cdPtr
                            ),
                            // Each additional recipient has a length of 0x40.
                            AdditionalRecipients_size
                        )
                    )
                )
            )

            validOffsets := and(
                validOffsets,
                lt(
                    // BasicOrderType parameter at calldata offset 0x124.
                    calldataload(BasicOrder_basicOrderType_cdPtr),
                    // Value should be less than 24.
                    BasicOrder_basicOrderType_range
                )
            )
        }

        // Revert with an error if basic order parameter offsets are invalid.
        if (!validOffsets) {
            revert InvalidBasicOrderParameterEncoding();
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/BasicOrderFulfiller.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";

import {
    OrderType,
    ItemType,
    BasicOrderRouteType
} from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";

import {
    AdditionalRecipient,
    BasicOrderParameters,
    OfferItem,
    ConsiderationItem,
    SpentItem,
    ReceivedItem
} from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";

import { OrderValidator } from "./OrderValidator.sol";

import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";

/**
 * @title BasicOrderFulfiller
 * @author 0age
 * @notice BasicOrderFulfiller contains functionality for fulfilling "basic"
 *         orders with minimal overhead. See documentation for details on what
 *         qualifies as a basic order.
 */
contract BasicOrderFulfiller is OrderValidator {
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) OrderValidator(conduitController) {}

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to fulfill an order offering an ERC20, ERC721, or
     *      ERC1155 item by supplying Ether (or other native tokens), ERC20
     *      tokens, an ERC721 item, or an ERC1155 item as consideration. Six
     *      permutations are supported: Native token to ERC721, Native token to
     *      ERC1155, ERC20 to ERC721, ERC20 to ERC1155, ERC721 to ERC20, and
     *      ERC1155 to ERC20 (with native tokens supplied as msg.value). For an
     *      order to be eligible for fulfillment via this method, it must
     *      contain a single offer item (though that item may have a greater
     *      amount if the item is not an ERC721). An arbitrary number of
     *      "additional recipients" may also be supplied which will each receive
     *      native tokens or ERC20 items from the fulfiller as consideration.
     *      Refer to the documentation for a more comprehensive summary of how
     *      to utilize this method and what orders are compatible with it.
     *
     * @param parameters Additional information on the fulfilled order. Note
     *                   that the offerer and the fulfiller must first approve
     *                   this contract (or their chosen conduit if indicated)
     *                   before any tokens can be transferred. Also note that
     *                   contract recipients of ERC1155 consideration items must
     *                   implement `onERC1155Received` in order to receive those
     *                   items.
     *
     * @return A boolean indicating whether the order has been fulfilled.
     */
    function _validateAndFulfillBasicOrder(
        BasicOrderParameters calldata parameters
    ) internal returns (bool) {
        // Declare enums for order type & route to extract from basicOrderType.
        BasicOrderRouteType route;
        OrderType orderType;

        // Declare additional recipient item type to derive from the route type.
        ItemType additionalRecipientsItemType;

        // Utilize assembly to extract the order type and the basic order route.
        assembly {
            // Read basicOrderType from calldata.
            let basicOrderType := calldataload(BasicOrder_basicOrderType_cdPtr)

            // Mask all but 2 least-significant bits to derive the order type.
            orderType := and(basicOrderType, 3)

            // Divide basicOrderType by four to derive the route.
            route := shr(2, basicOrderType)

            // If route > 1 additionalRecipient items are ERC20 (1) else Eth (0)
            additionalRecipientsItemType := gt(route, 1)
        }

        {
            // Declare temporary variable for enforcing payable status.
            bool correctPayableStatus;

            // Utilize assembly to compare the route to the callvalue.
            assembly {
                // route 0 and 1 are payable, otherwise route is not payable.
                correctPayableStatus := eq(
                    additionalRecipientsItemType,
                    iszero(callvalue())
                )
            }

            // Revert if msg.value has not been supplied as part of payable
            // routes or has been supplied as part of non-payable routes.
            if (!correctPayableStatus) {
                revert InvalidMsgValue(msg.value);
            }
        }

        // Declare more arguments that will be derived from route and calldata.
        address additionalRecipientsToken;
        ItemType offeredItemType;
        bool offerTypeIsAdditionalRecipientsType;

        // Declare scope for received item type to manage stack pressure.
        {
            ItemType receivedItemType;

            // Utilize assembly to retrieve function arguments and cast types.
            assembly {
                // Check if offered item type == additional recipient item type.
                offerTypeIsAdditionalRecipientsType := gt(route, 3)

                // If route > 3 additionalRecipientsToken is at 0xc4 else 0x24.
                additionalRecipientsToken := calldataload(
                    add(
                        BasicOrder_considerationToken_cdPtr,
                        mul(
                            offerTypeIsAdditionalRecipientsType,
                            BasicOrder_common_params_size
                        )
                    )
                )

                // If route > 2, receivedItemType is route - 2. If route is 2,
                // the receivedItemType is ERC20 (1). Otherwise, it is Eth (0).
                receivedItemType := add(
                    mul(sub(route, 2), gt(route, 2)),
                    eq(route, 2)
                )

                // If route > 3, offeredItemType is ERC20 (1). Route is 2 or 3,
                // offeredItemType = route. Route is 0 or 1, it is route + 2.
                offeredItemType := sub(
                    add(route, mul(iszero(additionalRecipientsItemType), 2)),
                    mul(
                        offerTypeIsAdditionalRecipientsType,
                        add(receivedItemType, 1)
                    )
                )
            }

            // Derive & validate order using parameters and update order status.
            _prepareBasicFulfillmentFromCalldata(
                parameters,
                orderType,
                receivedItemType,
                additionalRecipientsItemType,
                additionalRecipientsToken,
                offeredItemType
            );
        }

        // Declare conduitKey argument used by transfer functions.
        bytes32 conduitKey;

        // Utilize assembly to derive conduit (if relevant) based on route.
        assembly {
            // use offerer conduit for routes 0-3, fulfiller conduit otherwise.
            conduitKey := calldataload(
                add(
                    BasicOrder_offererConduit_cdPtr,
                    mul(offerTypeIsAdditionalRecipientsType, OneWord)
                )
            )
        }

        // Transfer tokens based on the route.
        if (additionalRecipientsItemType == ItemType.NATIVE) {
            // Ensure neither the token nor the identifier parameters are set.
            if (
                (uint160(parameters.considerationToken) |
                    parameters.considerationIdentifier) != 0
            ) {
                revert UnusedItemParameters();
            }

            // Transfer the ERC721 or ERC1155 item, bypassing the accumulator.
            _transferIndividual721Or1155Item(
                offeredItemType,
                parameters.offerToken,
                parameters.offerer,
                msg.sender,
                parameters.offerIdentifier,
                parameters.offerAmount,
                conduitKey
            );

            // Transfer native to recipients, return excess to caller & wrap up.
            _transferEthAndFinalize(
                parameters.considerationAmount,
                parameters.offerer,
                parameters.additionalRecipients
            );
        } else {
            // Initialize an accumulator array. From this point forward, no new
            // memory regions can be safely allocated until the accumulator is
            // no longer being utilized, as the accumulator operates in an
            // open-ended fashion from this memory pointer; existing memory may
            // still be accessed and modified, however.
            bytes memory accumulator = new bytes(AccumulatorDisarmed);

            // Choose transfer method for ERC721 or ERC1155 item based on route.
            if (route == BasicOrderRouteType.ERC20_TO_ERC721) {
                // Transfer ERC721 to caller using offerer's conduit preference.
                _transferERC721(
                    parameters.offerToken,
                    parameters.offerer,
                    msg.sender,
                    parameters.offerIdentifier,
                    parameters.offerAmount,
                    conduitKey,
                    accumulator
                );
            } else if (route == BasicOrderRouteType.ERC20_TO_ERC1155) {
                // Transfer ERC1155 to caller with offerer's conduit preference.
                _transferERC1155(
                    parameters.offerToken,
                    parameters.offerer,
                    msg.sender,
                    parameters.offerIdentifier,
                    parameters.offerAmount,
                    conduitKey,
                    accumulator
                );
            } else if (route == BasicOrderRouteType.ERC721_TO_ERC20) {
                // Transfer ERC721 to offerer using caller's conduit preference.
                _transferERC721(
                    parameters.considerationToken,
                    msg.sender,
                    parameters.offerer,
                    parameters.considerationIdentifier,
                    parameters.considerationAmount,
                    conduitKey,
                    accumulator
                );
            } else {
                // route == BasicOrderRouteType.ERC1155_TO_ERC20

                // Transfer ERC1155 to offerer with caller's conduit preference.
                _transferERC1155(
                    parameters.considerationToken,
                    msg.sender,
                    parameters.offerer,
                    parameters.considerationIdentifier,
                    parameters.considerationAmount,
                    conduitKey,
                    accumulator
                );
            }

            // Transfer ERC20 tokens to all recipients and wrap up.
            _transferERC20AndFinalize(
                parameters.offerer,
                parameters,
                offerTypeIsAdditionalRecipientsType,
                accumulator
            );

            // Trigger any remaining accumulated transfers via call to conduit.
            _triggerIfArmed(accumulator);
        }

        // Clear the reentrancy guard.
        _clearReentrancyGuard();

        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to prepare fulfillment of a basic order with
     *      manual calldata and memory access. This calculates the order hash,
     *      emits an OrderFulfilled event, and asserts basic order validity.
     *      Note that calldata offsets must be validated as this function
     *      accesses constant calldata pointers for dynamic types that match
     *      default ABI encoding, but valid ABI encoding can use arbitrary
     *      offsets. Checking that the offsets were produced by default encoding
     *      will ensure that other functions using Solidity's calldata accessors
     *      (which calculate pointers from the stored offsets) are reading the
     *      same data as the order hash is derived from. Also note that This
     *      function accesses memory directly. It does not clear the expanded
     *      memory regions used, nor does it update the free memory pointer, so
     *      other direct memory access must not assume that unused memory is
     *      empty.
     *
     * @param parameters                   The parameters of the basic order.
     * @param orderType                    The order type.
     * @param receivedItemType             The item type of the initial
     *                                     consideration item on the order.
     * @param additionalRecipientsItemType The item type of any additional
     *                                     consideration item on the order.
     * @param additionalRecipientsToken    The ERC20 token contract address (if
     *                                     applicable) for any additional
     *                                     consideration item on the order.
     * @param offeredItemType              The item type of the offered item on
     *                                     the order.
     */
    function _prepareBasicFulfillmentFromCalldata(
        BasicOrderParameters calldata parameters,
        OrderType orderType,
        ItemType receivedItemType,
        ItemType additionalRecipientsItemType,
        address additionalRecipientsToken,
        ItemType offeredItemType
    ) internal {
        // Ensure this function cannot be triggered during a reentrant call.
        _setReentrancyGuard();

        // Ensure current timestamp falls between order start time and end time.
        _verifyTime(parameters.startTime, parameters.endTime, true);

        // Verify that calldata offsets for all dynamic types were produced by
        // default encoding. This ensures that the constants we use for calldata
        // pointers to dynamic types are the same as those calculated by
        // Solidity using their offsets. Also verify that the basic order type
        // is within range.
        _assertValidBasicOrderParameters();

        // Ensure supplied consideration array length is not less than original.
        _assertConsiderationLengthIsNotLessThanOriginalConsiderationLength(
            parameters.additionalRecipients.length,
            parameters.totalOriginalAdditionalRecipients
        );

        // Declare stack element for the order hash.
        bytes32 orderHash;

        {
            /**
             * First, handle consideration items. Memory Layout:
             *  0x60: final hash of the array of consideration item hashes
             *  0x80-0x160: reused space for EIP712 hashing of each item
             *   - 0x80: ConsiderationItem EIP-712 typehash (constant)
             *   - 0xa0: itemType
             *   - 0xc0: token
             *   - 0xe0: identifier
             *   - 0x100: startAmount
             *   - 0x120: endAmount
             *   - 0x140: recipient
             *  0x160-END_ARR: array of consideration item hashes
             *   - 0x160: primary consideration item EIP712 hash
             *   - 0x180-END_ARR: additional recipient item EIP712 hashes
             *  END_ARR: beginning of data for OrderFulfilled event
             *   - END_ARR + 0x120: length of ReceivedItem array
             *   - END_ARR + 0x140: beginning of data for first ReceivedItem
             * (Note: END_ARR = 0x180 + RECIPIENTS_LENGTH * 0x20)
             */

            // Load consideration item typehash from runtime and place on stack.
            bytes32 typeHash = _CONSIDERATION_ITEM_TYPEHASH;

            // Utilize assembly to enable reuse of memory regions and use
            // constant pointers when possible.
            assembly {
                /*
                 * 1. Calculate the EIP712 ConsiderationItem hash for the
                 * primary consideration item of the basic order.
                 */

                // Write ConsiderationItem type hash and item type to memory.
                mstore(BasicOrder_considerationItem_typeHash_ptr, typeHash)
                mstore(
                    BasicOrder_considerationItem_itemType_ptr,
                    receivedItemType
                )

                // Copy calldata region with (token, identifier, amount) from
                // BasicOrderParameters to ConsiderationItem. The
                // considerationAmount is written to startAmount and endAmount
                // as basic orders do not have dynamic amounts.
                calldatacopy(
                    BasicOrder_considerationItem_token_ptr,
                    BasicOrder_considerationToken_cdPtr,
                    ThreeWords
                )

                // Copy calldata region with considerationAmount and offerer
                // from BasicOrderParameters to endAmount and recipient in
                // ConsiderationItem.
                calldatacopy(
                    BasicOrder_considerationItem_endAmount_ptr,
                    BasicOrder_considerationAmount_cdPtr,
                    TwoWords
                )

                // Calculate EIP712 ConsiderationItem hash and store it in the
                // array of EIP712 consideration hashes.
                mstore(
                    BasicOrder_considerationHashesArray_ptr,
                    keccak256(
                        BasicOrder_considerationItem_typeHash_ptr,
                        EIP712_ConsiderationItem_size
                    )
                )

                /*
                 * 2. Write a ReceivedItem struct for the primary consideration
                 * item to the consideration array in OrderFulfilled.
                 */

                // Get the length of the additional recipients array.
                let totalAdditionalRecipients := calldataload(
                    BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_length_cdPtr
                )

                // Calculate pointer to length of OrderFulfilled consideration
                // array.
                let eventConsiderationArrPtr := add(
                    OrderFulfilled_consideration_length_baseOffset,
                    mul(totalAdditionalRecipients, OneWord)
                )

                // Set the length of the consideration array to the number of
                // additional recipients, plus one for the primary consideration
                // item.
                mstore(
                    eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                    add(
                        calldataload(
                            BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_length_cdPtr
                        ),
                        1
                    )
                )

                // Overwrite the consideration array pointer so it points to the
                // body of the first element
                eventConsiderationArrPtr := add(
                    eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                    OneWord
                )

                // Set itemType at start of the ReceivedItem memory region.
                mstore(eventConsiderationArrPtr, receivedItemType)

                // Copy calldata region (token, identifier, amount & recipient)
                // from BasicOrderParameters to ReceivedItem memory.
                calldatacopy(
                    add(eventConsiderationArrPtr, Common_token_offset),
                    BasicOrder_considerationToken_cdPtr,
                    FourWords
                )

                /*
                 * 3. Calculate EIP712 ConsiderationItem hashes for original
                 * additional recipients and add a ReceivedItem for each to the
                 * consideration array in the OrderFulfilled event. The original
                 * additional recipients are all the considerations signed by
                 * the offerer aside from the primary consideration of the
                 * order. Uses memory region from 0x80-0x160 as a buffer for
                 * calculating EIP712 ConsiderationItem hashes.
                 */

                // Put pointer to consideration hashes array on the stack.
                // This will be updated as each additional recipient is hashed
                let
                    considerationHashesPtr
                := BasicOrder_considerationHashesArray_ptr

                // Write item type, token, & identifier for additional recipient
                // to memory region for hashing EIP712 ConsiderationItem; these
                // values will be reused for each recipient.
                mstore(
                    BasicOrder_considerationItem_itemType_ptr,
                    additionalRecipientsItemType
                )
                mstore(
                    BasicOrder_considerationItem_token_ptr,
                    additionalRecipientsToken
                )
                mstore(BasicOrder_considerationItem_identifier_ptr, 0)

                // Read length of the additionalRecipients array from calldata
                // and iterate.
                totalAdditionalRecipients := calldataload(
                    BasicOrder_totalOriginalAdditionalRecipients_cdPtr
                )
                let i := 0
                // prettier-ignore
                for {} lt(i, totalAdditionalRecipients) {
                    i := add(i, 1)
                } {
                    /*
                     * Calculate EIP712 ConsiderationItem hash for recipient.
                     */

                    // Retrieve calldata pointer for additional recipient.
                    let additionalRecipientCdPtr := add(
                        BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_data_cdPtr,
                        mul(AdditionalRecipients_size, i)
                    )

                    // Copy startAmount from calldata to the ConsiderationItem
                    // struct.
                    calldatacopy(
                        BasicOrder_considerationItem_startAmount_ptr,
                        additionalRecipientCdPtr,
                        OneWord
                    )

                    // Copy endAmount and recipient from calldata to the
                    // ConsiderationItem struct.
                    calldatacopy(
                        BasicOrder_considerationItem_endAmount_ptr,
                        additionalRecipientCdPtr,
                        AdditionalRecipients_size
                    )

                    // Add 1 word to the pointer as part of each loop to reduce
                    // operations needed to get local offset into the array.
                    considerationHashesPtr := add(
                        considerationHashesPtr,
                        OneWord
                    )

                    // Calculate EIP712 ConsiderationItem hash and store it in
                    // the array of consideration hashes.
                    mstore(
                        considerationHashesPtr,
                        keccak256(
                            BasicOrder_considerationItem_typeHash_ptr,
                            EIP712_ConsiderationItem_size
                        )
                    )

                    /*
                     * Write ReceivedItem to OrderFulfilled data.
                     */

                    // At this point, eventConsiderationArrPtr points to the
                    // beginning of the ReceivedItem struct of the previous
                    // element in the array. Increase it by the size of the
                    // struct to arrive at the pointer for the current element.
                    eventConsiderationArrPtr := add(
                        eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                        ReceivedItem_size
                    )

                    // Write itemType to the ReceivedItem struct.
                    mstore(
                        eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                        additionalRecipientsItemType
                    )

                    // Write token to the next word of the ReceivedItem struct.
                    mstore(
                        add(eventConsiderationArrPtr, OneWord),
                        additionalRecipientsToken
                    )

                    // Copy endAmount & recipient words to ReceivedItem struct.
                    calldatacopy(
                        add(
                            eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                            ReceivedItem_amount_offset
                        ),
                        additionalRecipientCdPtr,
                        TwoWords
                    )
                }

                /*
                 * 4. Hash packed array of ConsiderationItem EIP712 hashes:
                 *   `keccak256(abi.encodePacked(receivedItemHashes))`
                 * Note that it is set at 0x60 — all other memory begins at
                 * 0x80. 0x60 is the "zero slot" and will be restored at the end
                 * of the assembly section and before required by the compiler.
                 */
                mstore(
                    receivedItemsHash_ptr,
                    keccak256(
                        BasicOrder_considerationHashesArray_ptr,
                        mul(add(totalAdditionalRecipients, 1), OneWord)
                    )
                )

                /*
                 * 5. Add a ReceivedItem for each tip to the consideration array
                 * in the OrderFulfilled event. The tips are all the
                 * consideration items that were not signed by the offerer and
                 * were provided by the fulfiller.
                 */

                // Overwrite length to length of the additionalRecipients array.
                totalAdditionalRecipients := calldataload(
                    BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_length_cdPtr
                )
                // prettier-ignore
                for {} lt(i, totalAdditionalRecipients) {
                    i := add(i, 1)
                } {
                    // Retrieve calldata pointer for additional recipient.
                    let additionalRecipientCdPtr := add(
                        BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_data_cdPtr,
                        mul(AdditionalRecipients_size, i)
                    )

                    // At this point, eventConsiderationArrPtr points to the
                    // beginning of the ReceivedItem struct of the previous
                    // element in the array. Increase it by the size of the
                    // struct to arrive at the pointer for the current element.
                    eventConsiderationArrPtr := add(
                        eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                        ReceivedItem_size
                    )

                    // Write itemType to the ReceivedItem struct.
                    mstore(
                        eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                        additionalRecipientsItemType
                    )

                    // Write token to the next word of the ReceivedItem struct.
                    mstore(
                        add(eventConsiderationArrPtr, OneWord),
                        additionalRecipientsToken
                    )

                    // Copy endAmount & recipient words to ReceivedItem struct.
                    calldatacopy(
                        add(
                            eventConsiderationArrPtr,
                            ReceivedItem_amount_offset
                        ),
                        additionalRecipientCdPtr,
                        TwoWords
                    )
                }
            }
        }

        {
            /**
             * Next, handle offered items. Memory Layout:
             *  EIP712 data for OfferItem
             *   - 0x80:  OfferItem EIP-712 typehash (constant)
             *   - 0xa0:  itemType
             *   - 0xc0:  token
             *   - 0xe0:  identifier (reused for offeredItemsHash)
             *   - 0x100: startAmount
             *   - 0x120: endAmount
             */

            // Place offer item typehash on the stack.
            bytes32 typeHash = _OFFER_ITEM_TYPEHASH;

            // Utilize assembly to enable reuse of memory regions when possible.
            assembly {
                /*
                 * 1. Calculate OfferItem EIP712 hash
                 */

                // Write the OfferItem typeHash to memory.
                mstore(BasicOrder_offerItem_typeHash_ptr, typeHash)

                // Write the OfferItem item type to memory.
                mstore(BasicOrder_offerItem_itemType_ptr, offeredItemType)

                // Copy calldata region with (offerToken, offerIdentifier,
                // offerAmount) from OrderParameters to (token, identifier,
                // startAmount) in OfferItem struct. The offerAmount is written
                // to startAmount and endAmount as basic orders do not have
                // dynamic amounts.
                calldatacopy(
                    BasicOrder_offerItem_token_ptr,
                    BasicOrder_offerToken_cdPtr,
                    ThreeWords
                )

                // Copy offerAmount from calldata to endAmount in OfferItem
                // struct.
                calldatacopy(
                    BasicOrder_offerItem_endAmount_ptr,
                    BasicOrder_offerAmount_cdPtr,
                    OneWord
                )

                // Compute EIP712 OfferItem hash, write result to scratch space:
                //   `keccak256(abi.encode(offeredItem))`
                mstore(
                    0,
                    keccak256(
                        BasicOrder_offerItem_typeHash_ptr,
                        EIP712_OfferItem_size
                    )
                )

                /*
                 * 2. Calculate hash of array of EIP712 hashes and write the
                 * result to the corresponding OfferItem struct:
                 *   `keccak256(abi.encodePacked(offerItemHashes))`
                 */
                mstore(BasicOrder_order_offerHashes_ptr, keccak256(0, OneWord))

                /*
                 * 3. Write SpentItem to offer array in OrderFulfilled event.
                 */
                let eventConsiderationArrPtr := add(
                    OrderFulfilled_offer_length_baseOffset,
                    mul(
                        calldataload(
                            BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_length_cdPtr
                        ),
                        OneWord
                    )
                )

                // Set a length of 1 for the offer array.
                mstore(eventConsiderationArrPtr, 1)

                // Write itemType to the SpentItem struct.
                mstore(add(eventConsiderationArrPtr, OneWord), offeredItemType)

                // Copy calldata region with (offerToken, offerIdentifier,
                // offerAmount) from OrderParameters to (token, identifier,
                // amount) in SpentItem struct.
                calldatacopy(
                    add(eventConsiderationArrPtr, AdditionalRecipients_size),
                    BasicOrder_offerToken_cdPtr,
                    ThreeWords
                )
            }
        }

        {
            /**
             * Once consideration items and offer items have been handled,
             * derive the final order hash. Memory Layout:
             *  0x80-0x1c0: EIP712 data for order
             *   - 0x80:   Order EIP-712 typehash (constant)
             *   - 0xa0:   orderParameters.offerer
             *   - 0xc0:   orderParameters.zone
             *   - 0xe0:   keccak256(abi.encodePacked(offerHashes))
             *   - 0x100:  keccak256(abi.encodePacked(considerationHashes))
             *   - 0x120:  orderParameters.basicOrderType (% 4 = orderType)
             *   - 0x140:  orderParameters.startTime
             *   - 0x160:  orderParameters.endTime
             *   - 0x180:  orderParameters.zoneHash
             *   - 0x1a0:  orderParameters.salt
             *   - 0x1c0:  orderParameters.conduitKey
             *   - 0x1e0:  _counters[orderParameters.offerer] (from storage)
             */

            // Read the offerer from calldata and place on the stack.
            address offerer;
            assembly {
                offerer := calldataload(BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr)
            }

            // Read offerer's current counter from storage and place on stack.
            uint256 counter = _getCounter(offerer);

            // Load order typehash from runtime code and place on stack.
            bytes32 typeHash = _ORDER_TYPEHASH;

            assembly {
                // Set the OrderItem typeHash in memory.
                mstore(BasicOrder_order_typeHash_ptr, typeHash)

                // Copy offerer and zone from OrderParameters in calldata to the
                // Order struct.
                calldatacopy(
                    BasicOrder_order_offerer_ptr,
                    BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr,
                    TwoWords
                )

                // Copy receivedItemsHash from zero slot to the Order struct.
                mstore(
                    BasicOrder_order_considerationHashes_ptr,
                    mload(receivedItemsHash_ptr)
                )

                // Write the supplied orderType to the Order struct.
                mstore(BasicOrder_order_orderType_ptr, orderType)

                // Copy startTime, endTime, zoneHash, salt & conduit from
                // calldata to the Order struct.
                calldatacopy(
                    BasicOrder_order_startTime_ptr,
                    BasicOrder_startTime_cdPtr,
                    FiveWords
                )

                // Write offerer's counter, retrieved from storage, to struct.
                mstore(BasicOrder_order_counter_ptr, counter)

                // Compute the EIP712 Order hash.
                orderHash := keccak256(
                    BasicOrder_order_typeHash_ptr,
                    EIP712_Order_size
                )
            }
        }

        assembly {
            /**
             * After the order hash has been derived, emit OrderFulfilled event:
             *   event OrderFulfilled(
             *     bytes32 orderHash,
             *     address indexed offerer,
             *     address indexed zone,
             *     address fulfiller,
             *     SpentItem[] offer,
             *       > (itemType, token, id, amount)
             *     ReceivedItem[] consideration
             *       > (itemType, token, id, amount, recipient)
             *   )
             * topic0 - OrderFulfilled event signature
             * topic1 - offerer
             * topic2 - zone
             * data:
             *  - 0x00: orderHash
             *  - 0x20: fulfiller
             *  - 0x40: offer arr ptr (0x80)
             *  - 0x60: consideration arr ptr (0x120)
             *  - 0x80: offer arr len (1)
             *  - 0xa0: offer.itemType
             *  - 0xc0: offer.token
             *  - 0xe0: offer.identifier
             *  - 0x100: offer.amount
             *  - 0x120: 1 + recipients.length
             *  - 0x140: recipient 0
             */

            // Derive pointer to start of OrderFulfilled event data
            let eventDataPtr := add(
                OrderFulfilled_baseOffset,
                mul(
                    calldataload(BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_length_cdPtr),
                    OneWord
                )
            )

            // Write the order hash to the head of the event's data region.
            mstore(eventDataPtr, orderHash)

            // Write the fulfiller (i.e. the caller) next for receiver argument.
            mstore(add(eventDataPtr, OrderFulfilled_fulfiller_offset), caller())

            // Write the SpentItem and ReceivedItem array offsets (constants).
            mstore(
                // SpentItem array offset
                add(eventDataPtr, OrderFulfilled_offer_head_offset),
                OrderFulfilled_offer_body_offset
            )
            mstore(
                // ReceivedItem array offset
                add(eventDataPtr, OrderFulfilled_consideration_head_offset),
                OrderFulfilled_consideration_body_offset
            )

            // Derive total data size including SpentItem and ReceivedItem data.
            // SpentItem portion is already included in the baseSize constant,
            // as there can only be one element in the array.
            let dataSize := add(
                OrderFulfilled_baseSize,
                mul(
                    calldataload(BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_length_cdPtr),
                    ReceivedItem_size
                )
            )

            // Emit OrderFulfilled log with three topics (the event signature
            // as well as the two indexed arguments, the offerer and the zone).
            log3(
                // Supply the pointer for event data in memory.
                eventDataPtr,
                // Supply the size of event data in memory.
                dataSize,
                // Supply the OrderFulfilled event signature.
                OrderFulfilled_selector,
                // Supply the first topic (the offerer).
                calldataload(BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr),
                // Supply the second topic (the zone).
                calldataload(BasicOrder_zone_cdPtr)
            )

            // Restore the zero slot.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }

        // Determine whether order is restricted and, if so, that it is valid.
        _assertRestrictedBasicOrderValidity(
            orderHash,
            parameters.zoneHash,
            orderType,
            parameters.offerer,
            parameters.zone
        );

        // Verify and update the status of the derived order.
        _validateBasicOrderAndUpdateStatus(
            orderHash,
            parameters.offerer,
            parameters.signature
        );
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer Ether (or other native tokens) to a
     *      given recipient as part of basic order fulfillment. Note that
     *      conduits are not utilized for native tokens as the transferred
     *      amount must be provided as msg.value.
     *
     * @param amount               The amount to transfer.
     * @param to                   The recipient of the native token transfer.
     * @param additionalRecipients The additional recipients of the order.
     */
    function _transferEthAndFinalize(
        uint256 amount,
        address payable to,
        AdditionalRecipient[] calldata additionalRecipients
    ) internal {
        // Put ether value supplied by the caller on the stack.
        uint256 etherRemaining = msg.value;

        // Retrieve total number of additional recipients and place on stack.
        uint256 totalAdditionalRecipients = additionalRecipients.length;

        // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Iterate over each additional recipient.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalAdditionalRecipients; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the additional recipient.
                AdditionalRecipient calldata additionalRecipient = (
                    additionalRecipients[i]
                );

                // Read ether amount to transfer to recipient & place on stack.
                uint256 additionalRecipientAmount = additionalRecipient.amount;

                // Ensure that sufficient Ether is available.
                if (additionalRecipientAmount > etherRemaining) {
                    revert InsufficientEtherSupplied();
                }

                // Transfer Ether to the additional recipient.
                _transferEth(
                    additionalRecipient.recipient,
                    additionalRecipientAmount
                );

                // Reduce ether value available. Skip underflow check as
                // subtracted value is confirmed above as less than remaining.
                etherRemaining -= additionalRecipientAmount;
            }
        }

        // Ensure that sufficient Ether is still available.
        if (amount > etherRemaining) {
            revert InsufficientEtherSupplied();
        }

        // Transfer Ether to the offerer.
        _transferEth(to, amount);

        // If any Ether remains after transfers, return it to the caller.
        if (etherRemaining > amount) {
            // Skip underflow check as etherRemaining > amount.
            unchecked {
                // Transfer remaining Ether to the caller.
                _transferEth(payable(msg.sender), etherRemaining - amount);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC20 tokens to a given recipient as
     *      part of basic order fulfillment.
     *
     * @param offerer     The offerer of the fulfiller order.
     * @param parameters  The basic order parameters.
     * @param fromOfferer A boolean indicating whether to decrement amount from
     *                    the offered amount.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _transferERC20AndFinalize(
        address offerer,
        BasicOrderParameters calldata parameters,
        bool fromOfferer,
        bytes memory accumulator
    ) internal {
        // Declare from and to variables determined by fromOfferer value.
        address from;
        address to;

        // Declare token and amount variables determined by fromOfferer value.
        address token;
        uint256 amount;

        // Declare and check identifier variable within an isolated scope.
        {
            // Declare identifier variable determined by fromOfferer value.
            uint256 identifier;

            // Set ERC20 token transfer variables based on fromOfferer boolean.
            if (fromOfferer) {
                // Use offerer as from value and msg.sender as to value.
                from = offerer;
                to = msg.sender;

                // Use offer token and related values if token is from offerer.
                token = parameters.offerToken;
                identifier = parameters.offerIdentifier;
                amount = parameters.offerAmount;
            } else {
                // Use msg.sender as from value and offerer as to value.
                from = msg.sender;
                to = offerer;

                // Otherwise, use consideration token and related values.
                token = parameters.considerationToken;
                identifier = parameters.considerationIdentifier;
                amount = parameters.considerationAmount;
            }

            // Ensure that no identifier is supplied.
            if (identifier != 0) {
                revert UnusedItemParameters();
            }
        }

        // Determine the appropriate conduit to utilize.
        bytes32 conduitKey;

        // Utilize assembly to derive conduit (if relevant) based on route.
        assembly {
            // Use offerer conduit if fromOfferer, fulfiller conduit otherwise.
            conduitKey := calldataload(
                sub(
                    BasicOrder_fulfillerConduit_cdPtr,
                    mul(fromOfferer, OneWord)
                )
            )
        }

        // Retrieve total number of additional recipients and place on stack.
        uint256 totalAdditionalRecipients = (
            parameters.additionalRecipients.length
        );

        // Iterate over each additional recipient.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalAdditionalRecipients; ) {
            // Retrieve the additional recipient.
            AdditionalRecipient calldata additionalRecipient = (
                parameters.additionalRecipients[i]
            );

            uint256 additionalRecipientAmount = additionalRecipient.amount;

            // Decrement the amount to transfer to fulfiller if indicated.
            if (fromOfferer) {
                amount -= additionalRecipientAmount;
            }

            // Transfer ERC20 tokens to additional recipient given approval.
            _transferERC20(
                token,
                from,
                additionalRecipient.recipient,
                additionalRecipientAmount,
                conduitKey,
                accumulator
            );

            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }

        // Transfer ERC20 token amount (from account must have proper approval).
        _transferERC20(token, from, to, amount, conduitKey, accumulator);
    }
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/Consideration.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import {
    ConsiderationInterface
} from "../interfaces/ConsiderationInterface.sol";

import {
    OrderComponents,
    BasicOrderParameters,
    OrderParameters,
    Order,
    AdvancedOrder,
    OrderStatus,
    CriteriaResolver,
    Fulfillment,
    FulfillmentComponent,
    Execution
} from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";

import { OrderCombiner } from "./OrderCombiner.sol";

/**
 * @title Consideration
 * @author 0age
 * @custom:coauthor d1ll0n
 * @custom:coauthor transmissions11
 * @custom:version 1.1
 * @notice Consideration is a generalized ETH/ERC20/ERC721/ERC1155 marketplace.
 *         It minimizes external calls to the greatest extent possible and
 *         provides lightweight methods for common routes as well as more
 *         flexible methods for composing advanced orders or groups of orders.
 *         Each order contains an arbitrary number of items that may be spent
 *         (the "offer") along with an arbitrary number of items that must be
 *         received back by the indicated recipients (the "consideration").
 */
contract Consideration is ConsiderationInterface, OrderCombiner {
    /**
     * @notice Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *         separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) OrderCombiner(conduitController) {}

    /**
     * @notice Fulfill an order offering an ERC20, ERC721, or ERC1155 item by
     *         supplying Ether (or other native tokens), ERC20 tokens, an ERC721
     *         item, or an ERC1155 item as consideration. Six permutations are
     *         supported: Native token to ERC721, Native token to ERC1155, ERC20
     *         to ERC721, ERC20 to ERC1155, ERC721 to ERC20, and ERC1155 to
     *         ERC20 (with native tokens supplied as msg.value). For an order to
     *         be eligible for fulfillment via this method, it must contain a
     *         single offer item (though that item may have a greater amount if
     *         the item is not an ERC721). An arbitrary number of "additional
     *         recipients" may also be supplied which will each receive native
     *         tokens or ERC20 items from the fulfiller as consideration. Refer
     *         to the documentation for a more comprehensive summary of how to
     *         utilize this method and what orders are compatible with it.
     *
     * @param parameters Additional information on the fulfilled order. Note
     *                   that the offerer and the fulfiller must first approve
     *                   this contract (or their chosen conduit if indicated)
     *                   before any tokens can be transferred. Also note that
     *                   contract recipients of ERC1155 consideration items must
     *                   implement `onERC1155Received` in order to receive those
     *                   items.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillBasicOrder(BasicOrderParameters calldata parameters)
        external
        payable
        override
        returns (bool fulfilled)
    {
        // Validate and fulfill the basic order.
        fulfilled = _validateAndFulfillBasicOrder(parameters);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Fulfill an order with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *         consideration. Note that this function does not support
     *         criteria-based orders or partial filling of orders (though
     *         filling the remainder of a partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param order               The order to fulfill. Note that both the
     *                            offerer and the fulfiller must first approve
     *                            this contract (or the corresponding conduit if
     *                            indicated) to transfer any relevant tokens on
     *                            their behalf and that contracts must implement
     *                            `onERC1155Received` to receive ERC1155 tokens
     *                            as consideration.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used (and direct approvals set on
     *                            Consideration).
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillOrder(Order calldata order, bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey)
        external
        payable
        override
        returns (bool fulfilled)
    {
        // Convert order to "advanced" order, then validate and fulfill it.
        fulfilled = _validateAndFulfillAdvancedOrder(
            _convertOrderToAdvanced(order),
            new CriteriaResolver[](0), // No criteria resolvers supplied.
            fulfillerConduitKey,
            msg.sender
        );
    }

    /**
     * @notice Fill an order, fully or partially, with an arbitrary number of
     *         items for offer and consideration alongside criteria resolvers
     *         containing specific token identifiers and associated proofs.
     *
     * @param advancedOrder       The order to fulfill along with the fraction
     *                            of the order to attempt to fill. Note that
     *                            both the offerer and the fulfiller must first
     *                            approve this contract (or their conduit if
     *                            indicated by the order) to transfer any
     *                            relevant tokens on their behalf and that
     *                            contracts must implement `onERC1155Received`
     *                            to receive ERC1155 tokens as consideration.
     *                            Also note that all offer and consideration
     *                            components must have no remainder after
     *                            multiplication of the respective amount with
     *                            the supplied fraction for the partial fill to
     *                            be considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers   An array where each element contains a
     *                            reference to a specific offer or
     *                            consideration, a token identifier, and a proof
     *                            that the supplied token identifier is
     *                            contained in the merkle root held by the item
     *                            in question's criteria element. Note that an
     *                            empty criteria indicates that any
     *                            (transferable) token identifier on the token
     *                            in question is valid and that no associated
     *                            proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used (and direct approvals set on
     *                            Consideration).
     * @param recipient           The intended recipient for all received items,
     *                            with `address(0)` indicating that the caller
     *                            should receive the items.
     *
     * @return fulfilled A boolean indicating whether the order has been
     *                   successfully fulfilled.
     */
    function fulfillAdvancedOrder(
        AdvancedOrder calldata advancedOrder,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient
    ) external payable override returns (bool fulfilled) {
        // Validate and fulfill the order.
        fulfilled = _validateAndFulfillAdvancedOrder(
            advancedOrder,
            criteriaResolvers,
            fulfillerConduitKey,
            recipient == address(0) ? msg.sender : recipient
        );
    }

    /**
     * @notice Attempt to fill a group of orders, each with an arbitrary number
     *         of items for offer and consideration. Any order that is not
     *         currently active, has already been fully filled, or has been
     *         cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration
     *         items will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the
     *         supplied offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated
     *         items will be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended
     *         recipient, respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an
     *         issue with order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *         Note that this function does not support criteria-based orders or
     *         partial filling of orders (though filling the remainder of a
     *         partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param orders                    The orders to fulfill. Note that both
     *                                  the offerer and the fulfiller must first
     *                                  approve this contract (or the
     *                                  corresponding conduit if indicated) to
     *                                  transfer any relevant tokens on their
     *                                  behalf and that contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` to receive ERC1155
     *                                  tokens as consideration.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used (and
     *                                  direct approvals set on Consideration).
     * @param maximumFulfilled          The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function fulfillAvailableOrders(
        Order[] calldata orders,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled
    )
        external
        payable
        override
        returns (bool[] memory availableOrders, Execution[] memory executions)
    {
        // Convert orders to "advanced" orders and fulfill all available orders.
        return
            _fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders(
                _convertOrdersToAdvanced(orders), // Convert to advanced orders.
                new CriteriaResolver[](0), // No criteria resolvers supplied.
                offerFulfillments,
                considerationFulfillments,
                fulfillerConduitKey,
                msg.sender,
                maximumFulfilled
            );
    }

    /**
     * @notice Attempt to fill a group of orders, fully or partially, with an
     *         arbitrary number of items for offer and consideration per order
     *         alongside criteria resolvers containing specific token
     *         identifiers and associated proofs. Any order that is not
     *         currently active, has already been fully filled, or has been
     *         cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration
     *         items will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the
     *         supplied offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated
     *         items will be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended
     *         recipient, respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an
     *         issue with order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders            The orders to fulfill along with the
     *                                  fraction of those orders to attempt to
     *                                  fill. Note that both the offerer and the
     *                                  fulfiller must first approve this
     *                                  contract (or their conduit if indicated
     *                                  by the order) to transfer any relevant
     *                                  tokens on their behalf and that
     *                                  contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` in order to receive
     *                                  ERC1155 tokens as consideration. Also
     *                                  note that all offer and consideration
     *                                  components must have no remainder after
     *                                  multiplication of the respective amount
     *                                  with the supplied fraction for an
     *                                  order's partial fill amount to be
     *                                  considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers         An array where each element contains a
     *                                  reference to a specific offer or
     *                                  consideration, a token identifier, and a
     *                                  proof that the supplied token identifier
     *                                  is contained in the merkle root held by
     *                                  the item in question's criteria element.
     *                                  Note that an empty criteria indicates
     *                                  that any (transferable) token
     *                                  identifier on the token in question is
     *                                  valid and that no associated proof needs
     *                                  to be supplied.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used (and
     *                                  direct approvals set on Consideration).
     * @param recipient                 The intended recipient for all received
     *                                  items, with `address(0)` indicating that
     *                                  the caller should receive the items.
     * @param maximumFulfilled          The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled
    )
        external
        payable
        override
        returns (bool[] memory availableOrders, Execution[] memory executions)
    {
        // Fulfill all available orders.
        return
            _fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders(
                advancedOrders,
                criteriaResolvers,
                offerFulfillments,
                considerationFulfillments,
                fulfillerConduitKey,
                recipient == address(0) ? msg.sender : recipient,
                maximumFulfilled
            );
    }

    /**
     * @notice Match an arbitrary number of orders, each with an arbitrary
     *         number of items for offer and consideration along with a set of
     *         fulfillments allocating offer components to consideration
     *         components. Note that this function does not support
     *         criteria-based or partial filling of orders (though filling the
     *         remainder of a partially-filled order is supported).
     *
     * @param orders            The orders to match. Note that both the offerer
     *                          and fulfiller on each order must first approve
     *                          this contract (or their conduit if indicated by
     *                          the order) to transfer any relevant tokens on
     *                          their behalf and each consideration recipient
     *                          must implement `onERC1155Received` in order to
     *                          receive ERC1155 tokens.
     * @param fulfillments      An array of elements allocating offer components
     *                          to consideration components. Note that each
     *                          consideration component must be fully met in
     *                          order for the match operation to be valid.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function matchOrders(
        Order[] calldata orders,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    ) external payable override returns (Execution[] memory executions) {
        // Convert to advanced, validate, and match orders using fulfillments.
        return
            _matchAdvancedOrders(
                _convertOrdersToAdvanced(orders),
                new CriteriaResolver[](0), // No criteria resolvers supplied.
                fulfillments
            );
    }

    /**
     * @notice Match an arbitrary number of full or partial orders, each with an
     *         arbitrary number of items for offer and consideration, supplying
     *         criteria resolvers containing specific token identifiers and
     *         associated proofs as well as fulfillments allocating offer
     *         components to consideration components.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders    The advanced orders to match. Note that both the
     *                          offerer and fulfiller on each order must first
     *                          approve this contract (or their conduit if
     *                          indicated by the order) to transfer any relevant
     *                          tokens on their behalf and each consideration
     *                          recipient must implement `onERC1155Received` in
     *                          order to receive ERC1155 tokens. Also note that
     *                          the offer and consideration components for each
     *                          order must have no remainder after multiplying
     *                          the respective amount with the supplied fraction
     *                          in order for the group of partial fills to be
     *                          considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a reference
     *                          to a specific order as well as that order's
     *                          offer or consideration, a token identifier, and
     *                          a proof that the supplied token identifier is
     *                          contained in the order's merkle root. Note that
     *                          an empty root indicates that any (transferable)
     *                          token identifier is valid and that no associated
     *                          proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillments      An array of elements allocating offer components
     *                          to consideration components. Note that each
     *                          consideration component must be fully met in
     *                          order for the match operation to be valid.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function matchAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] calldata criteriaResolvers,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    ) external payable override returns (Execution[] memory executions) {
        // Validate and match the advanced orders using supplied fulfillments.
        return
            _matchAdvancedOrders(
                advancedOrders,
                criteriaResolvers,
                fulfillments
            );
    }

    /**
     * @notice Cancel an arbitrary number of orders. Note that only the offerer
     *         or the zone of a given order may cancel it. Callers should ensure
     *         that the intended order was cancelled by calling `getOrderStatus`
     *         and confirming that `isCancelled` returns `true`.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to cancel.
     *
     * @return cancelled A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders have
     *                   been successfully cancelled.
     */
    function cancel(OrderComponents[] calldata orders)
        external
        override
        returns (bool cancelled)
    {
        // Cancel the orders.
        cancelled = _cancel(orders);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Validate an arbitrary number of orders, thereby registering their
     *         signatures as valid and allowing the fulfiller to skip signature
     *         verification on fulfillment. Note that validated orders may still
     *         be unfulfillable due to invalid item amounts or other factors;
     *         callers should determine whether validated orders are fulfillable
     *         by simulating the fulfillment call prior to execution. Also note
     *         that anyone can validate a signed order, but only the offerer can
     *         validate an order without supplying a signature.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to validate.
     *
     * @return validated A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders have
     *                   been successfully validated.
     */
    function validate(Order[] calldata orders)
        external
        override
        returns (bool validated)
    {
        // Validate the orders.
        validated = _validate(orders);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Cancel all orders from a given offerer with a given zone in bulk
     *         by incrementing a counter. Note that only the offerer may
     *         increment the counter.
     *
     * @return newCounter The new counter.
     */
    function incrementCounter() external override returns (uint256 newCounter) {
        // Increment current counter for the supplied offerer.
        newCounter = _incrementCounter();
    }

    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the order hash for a given order.
     *
     * @param order The components of the order.
     *
     * @return orderHash The order hash.
     */
    function getOrderHash(OrderComponents calldata order)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (bytes32 orderHash)
    {
        // Derive order hash by supplying order parameters along with counter.
        orderHash = _deriveOrderHash(
            OrderParameters(
                order.offerer,
                order.zone,
                order.offer,
                order.consideration,
                order.orderType,
                order.startTime,
                order.endTime,
                order.zoneHash,
                order.salt,
                order.conduitKey,
                order.consideration.length
            ),
            order.counter
        );
    }

    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the status of a given order by hash, including whether
     *         the order has been cancelled or validated and the fraction of the
     *         order that has been filled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The order hash in question.
     *
     * @return isValidated A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been validated (i.e. previously approved or
     *                     partially filled).
     * @return isCancelled A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been cancelled.
     * @return totalFilled The total portion of the order that has been filled
     *                     (i.e. the "numerator").
     * @return totalSize   The total size of the order that is either filled or
     *                     unfilled (i.e. the "denominator").
     */
    function getOrderStatus(bytes32 orderHash)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (
            bool isValidated,
            bool isCancelled,
            uint256 totalFilled,
            uint256 totalSize
        )
    {
        // Retrieve the order status using the order hash.
        return _getOrderStatus(orderHash);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the current counter for a given offerer.
     *
     * @param offerer The offerer in question.
     *
     * @return counter The current counter.
     */
    function getCounter(address offerer)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (uint256 counter)
    {
        // Return the counter for the supplied offerer.
        counter = _getCounter(offerer);
    }

    /**
     * @notice Retrieve configuration information for this contract.
     *
     * @return version           The contract version.
     * @return domainSeparator   The domain separator for this contract.
     * @return conduitController The conduit Controller set for this contract.
     */
    function information()
        external
        view
        override
        returns (
            string memory version,
            bytes32 domainSeparator,
            address conduitController
        )
    {
        // Return the information for this contract.
        return _information();
    }

    /**
     * @notice Retrieve the name of this contract.
     *
     * @return contractName The name of this contract.
     */
    function name()
        external
        pure
        override
        returns (string memory contractName)
    {
        // Return the name of the contract.
        contractName = _name();
    }
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/ConsiderationBase.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import {
    ConduitControllerInterface
} from "../interfaces/ConduitControllerInterface.sol";

import {
    ConsiderationEventsAndErrors
} from "../interfaces/ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol";

import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";

/**
 * @title ConsiderationBase
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConsiderationBase contains immutable constants and constructor logic.
 */
contract ConsiderationBase is ConsiderationEventsAndErrors {
    // Precompute hashes, original chainId, and domain separator on deployment.
    bytes32 internal immutable _NAME_HASH;
    bytes32 internal immutable _VERSION_HASH;
    bytes32 internal immutable _EIP_712_DOMAIN_TYPEHASH;
    bytes32 internal immutable _OFFER_ITEM_TYPEHASH;
    bytes32 internal immutable _CONSIDERATION_ITEM_TYPEHASH;
    bytes32 internal immutable _ORDER_TYPEHASH;
    uint256 internal immutable _CHAIN_ID;
    bytes32 internal immutable _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR;

    // Allow for interaction with the conduit controller.
    ConduitControllerInterface internal immutable _CONDUIT_CONTROLLER;

    // Cache the conduit creation code hash used by the conduit controller.
    bytes32 internal immutable _CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH;

    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) {
        // Derive name and version hashes alongside required EIP-712 typehashes.
        (
            _NAME_HASH,
            _VERSION_HASH,
            _EIP_712_DOMAIN_TYPEHASH,
            _OFFER_ITEM_TYPEHASH,
            _CONSIDERATION_ITEM_TYPEHASH,
            _ORDER_TYPEHASH
        ) = _deriveTypehashes();

        // Store the current chainId and derive the current domain separator.
        _CHAIN_ID = block.chainid;
        _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR = _deriveDomainSeparator();

        // Set the supplied conduit controller.
        _CONDUIT_CONTROLLER = ConduitControllerInterface(conduitController);

        // Retrieve the conduit creation code hash from the supplied controller.
        (_CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH, ) = (
            _CONDUIT_CONTROLLER.getConduitCodeHashes()
        );
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to derive the EIP-712 domain separator.
     *
     * @return The derived domain separator.
     */
    function _deriveDomainSeparator() internal view returns (bytes32) {
        // prettier-ignore
        return keccak256(
            abi.encode(
                _EIP_712_DOMAIN_TYPEHASH,
                _NAME_HASH,
                _VERSION_HASH,
                block.chainid,
                address(this)
            )
        );
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to retrieve the default name of this
     *      contract and return.
     *
     * @return The name of this contract.
     */
    function _name() internal pure virtual returns (string memory) {
        // Return the name of the contract.
        assembly {
            // First element is the offset for the returned string. Offset the
            // value in memory by one word so that the free memory pointer will
            // be overwritten by the next write.
            mstore(OneWord, OneWord)

            // Name is right padded, so it touches the length which is left
            // padded. This enables writing both values at once. The free memory
            // pointer will be overwritten in the process.
            mstore(NameLengthPtr, NameWithLength)

            // Standard ABI encoding pads returned data to the nearest word. Use
            // the already empty zero slot memory region for this purpose and
            // return the final name string, offset by the original single word.
            return(OneWord, ThreeWords)
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to retrieve the default name of this contract
     *      as a string that can be used internally.
     *
     * @return The name of this contract.
     */
    function _nameString() internal pure virtual returns (string memory) {
        // Return the name of the contract.
        return "Consideration";
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to derive required EIP-712 typehashes and
     *      other hashes during contract creation.
     *
     * @return nameHash                  The hash of the name of the contract.
     * @return versionHash               The hash of the version string of the
     *                                   contract.
     * @return eip712DomainTypehash      The primary EIP-712 domain typehash.
     * @return offerItemTypehash         The EIP-712 typehash for OfferItem
     *                                   types.
     * @return considerationItemTypehash The EIP-712 typehash for
     *                                   ConsiderationItem types.
     * @return orderTypehash             The EIP-712 typehash for Order types.
     */
    function _deriveTypehashes()
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            bytes32 nameHash,
            bytes32 versionHash,
            bytes32 eip712DomainTypehash,
            bytes32 offerItemTypehash,
            bytes32 considerationItemTypehash,
            bytes32 orderTypehash
        )
    {
        // Derive hash of the name of the contract.
        nameHash = keccak256(bytes(_nameString()));

        // Derive hash of the version string of the contract.
        versionHash = keccak256(bytes("1.1"));

        // Construct the OfferItem type string.
        // prettier-ignore
        bytes memory offerItemTypeString = abi.encodePacked(
            "OfferItem(",
                "uint8 itemType,",
                "address token,",
                "uint256 identifierOrCriteria,",
                "uint256 startAmount,",
                "uint256 endAmount",
            ")"
        );

        // Construct the ConsiderationItem type string.
        // prettier-ignore
        bytes memory considerationItemTypeString = abi.encodePacked(
            "ConsiderationItem(",
                "uint8 itemType,",
                "address token,",
                "uint256 identifierOrCriteria,",
                "uint256 startAmount,",
                "uint256 endAmount,",
                "address recipient",
            ")"
        );

        // Construct the OrderComponents type string, not including the above.
        // prettier-ignore
        bytes memory orderComponentsPartialTypeString = abi.encodePacked(
            "OrderComponents(",
                "address offerer,",
                "address zone,",
                "OfferItem[] offer,",
                "ConsiderationItem[] consideration,",
                "uint8 orderType,",
                "uint256 startTime,",
                "uint256 endTime,",
                "bytes32 zoneHash,",
                "uint256 salt,",
                "bytes32 conduitKey,",
                "uint256 counter",
            ")"
        );

        // Construct the primary EIP-712 domain type string.
        // prettier-ignore
        eip712DomainTypehash = keccak256(
            abi.encodePacked(
                "EIP712Domain(",
                    "string name,",
                    "string version,",
                    "uint256 chainId,",
                    "address verifyingContract",
                ")"
            )
        );

        // Derive the OfferItem type hash using the corresponding type string.
        offerItemTypehash = keccak256(offerItemTypeString);

        // Derive ConsiderationItem type hash using corresponding type string.
        considerationItemTypehash = keccak256(considerationItemTypeString);

        // Derive OrderItem type hash via combination of relevant type strings.
        orderTypehash = keccak256(
            abi.encodePacked(
                orderComponentsPartialTypeString,
                considerationItemTypeString,
                offerItemTypeString
            )
        );
    }
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/ConsiderationConstants.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

/*
 * -------------------------- Disambiguation & Other Notes ---------------------
 *    - The term "head" is used as it is in the documentation for ABI encoding,
 *      but only in reference to dynamic types, i.e. it always refers to the
 *      offset or pointer to the body of a dynamic type. In calldata, the head
 *      is always an offset (relative to the parent object), while in memory,
 *      the head is always the pointer to the body. More information found here:
 *      https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.14/abi-spec.html#argument-encoding
 *        - Note that the length of an array is separate from and precedes the
 *          head of the array.
 *
 *    - The term "body" is used in place of the term "head" used in the ABI
 *      documentation. It refers to the start of the data for a dynamic type,
 *      e.g. the first word of a struct or the first word of the first element
 *      in an array.
 *
 *    - The term "pointer" is used to describe the absolute position of a value
 *      and never an offset relative to another value.
 *        - The suffix "_ptr" refers to a memory pointer.
 *        - The suffix "_cdPtr" refers to a calldata pointer.
 *
 *    - The term "offset" is used to describe the position of a value relative
 *      to some parent value. For example, OrderParameters_conduit_offset is the
 *      offset to the "conduit" value in the OrderParameters struct relative to
 *      the start of the body.
 *        - Note: Offsets are used to derive pointers.
 *
 *    - Some structs have pointers defined for all of their fields in this file.
 *      Lines which are commented out are fields that are not used in the
 *      codebase but have been left in for readability.
 */

// Declare constants for name, version, and reentrancy sentinel values.

// Name is right padded, so it touches the length which is left padded. This
// enables writing both values at once. Length goes at byte 95 in memory, and
// name fills bytes 96-109, so both values can be written left-padded to 77.
uint256 constant NameLengthPtr = 77;
uint256 constant NameWithLength = 0x0d436F6E73696465726174696F6E;

uint256 constant Version = 0x312e31;
uint256 constant Version_length = 3;
uint256 constant Version_shift = 0xe8;

uint256 constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
uint256 constant _ENTERED = 2;

// Common Offsets
// Offsets for identically positioned fields shared by:
// OfferItem, ConsiderationItem, SpentItem, ReceivedItem

uint256 constant Common_token_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Common_identifier_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant Common_amount_offset = 0x60;

uint256 constant ReceivedItem_size = 0xa0;
uint256 constant ReceivedItem_amount_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ReceivedItem_recipient_offset = 0x80;

uint256 constant ReceivedItem_CommonParams_size = 0x60;

uint256 constant ConsiderationItem_recipient_offset = 0xa0;
// Store the same constant in an abbreviated format for a line length fix.
uint256 constant ConsiderItem_recipient_offset = 0xa0;

uint256 constant Execution_offerer_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Execution_conduit_offset = 0x40;

uint256 constant InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_signature = (
    0x7fda727900000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_len = 0x04;

uint256 constant Panic_error_signature = (
    0x4e487b7100000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant Panic_error_offset = 0x04;
uint256 constant Panic_error_length = 0x24;
uint256 constant Panic_arithmetic = 0x11;

uint256 constant MissingItemAmount_error_signature = (
    0x91b3e51400000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant MissingItemAmount_error_len = 0x04;

uint256 constant OrderParameters_offer_head_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant OrderParameters_conduit_offset = 0x120;
uint256 constant OrderParameters_counter_offset = 0x140;

uint256 constant Fulfillment_itemIndex_offset = 0x20;

uint256 constant AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset = 0x20;

uint256 constant AlmostOneWord = 0x1f;
uint256 constant OneWord = 0x20;
uint256 constant TwoWords = 0x40;
uint256 constant ThreeWords = 0x60;
uint256 constant FourWords = 0x80;
uint256 constant FiveWords = 0xa0;

uint256 constant FreeMemoryPointerSlot = 0x40;
uint256 constant ZeroSlot = 0x60;
uint256 constant DefaultFreeMemoryPointer = 0x80;

uint256 constant Slot0x80 = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0xA0 = 0xa0;

uint256 constant BasicOrder_endAmount_cdPtr = 0x104;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_common_params_size = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationHashesArray_ptr = 0x160;

uint256 constant EIP712_Order_size = 0x180;
uint256 constant EIP712_OfferItem_size = 0xc0;
uint256 constant EIP712_ConsiderationItem_size = 0xe0;
uint256 constant AdditionalRecipients_size = 0x40;

uint256 constant EIP712_DomainSeparator_offset = 0x02;
uint256 constant EIP712_OrderHash_offset = 0x22;
uint256 constant EIP712_DigestPayload_size = 0x42;

uint256 constant receivedItemsHash_ptr = 0x60;

/*
 *  Memory layout in _prepareBasicFulfillmentFromCalldata of
 *  data for OrderFulfilled
 *
 *   event OrderFulfilled(
 *     bytes32 orderHash,
 *     address indexed offerer,
 *     address indexed zone,
 *     address fulfiller,
 *     SpentItem[] offer,
 *       > (itemType, token, id, amount)
 *     ReceivedItem[] consideration
 *       > (itemType, token, id, amount, recipient)
 *   )
 *
 *  - 0x00: orderHash
 *  - 0x20: fulfiller
 *  - 0x40: offer offset (0x80)
 *  - 0x60: consideration offset (0x120)
 *  - 0x80: offer.length (1)
 *  - 0xa0: offerItemType
 *  - 0xc0: offerToken
 *  - 0xe0: offerIdentifier
 *  - 0x100: offerAmount
 *  - 0x120: consideration.length (1 + additionalRecipients.length)
 *  - 0x140: considerationItemType
 *  - 0x160: considerationToken
 *  - 0x180: considerationIdentifier
 *  - 0x1a0: considerationAmount
 *  - 0x1c0: considerationRecipient
 *  - ...
 */

// Minimum length of the OrderFulfilled event data.
// Must be added to the size of the ReceivedItem array for additionalRecipients
// (0xa0 * additionalRecipients.length) to calculate full size of the buffer.
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_baseSize = 0x1e0;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_selector = (
    0x9d9af8e38d66c62e2c12f0225249fd9d721c54b83f48d9352c97c6cacdcb6f31
);

// Minimum offset in memory to OrderFulfilled event data.
// Must be added to the size of the EIP712 hash array for additionalRecipients
// (32 * additionalRecipients.length) to calculate the pointer to event data.
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_baseOffset = 0x180;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_consideration_length_baseOffset = 0x2a0;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_offer_length_baseOffset = 0x200;

// uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_orderHash_offset = 0x00;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_fulfiller_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_offer_head_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_offer_body_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_consideration_head_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant OrderFulfilled_consideration_body_offset = 0x120;

// BasicOrderParameters
uint256 constant BasicOrder_parameters_cdPtr = 0x04;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationToken_cdPtr = 0x24;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationIdentifier_cdPtr = 0x44;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationAmount_cdPtr = 0x64;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerer_cdPtr = 0x84;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_zone_cdPtr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerToken_cdPtr = 0xc4;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerIdentifier_cdPtr = 0xe4;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerAmount_cdPtr = 0x104;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_basicOrderType_cdPtr = 0x124;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_startTime_cdPtr = 0x144;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_endTime_cdPtr = 0x164;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_zoneHash_cdPtr = 0x184;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_salt_cdPtr = 0x1a4;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offererConduit_cdPtr = 0x1c4;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_fulfillerConduit_cdPtr = 0x1e4;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_totalOriginalAdditionalRecipients_cdPtr = 0x204;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_head_cdPtr = 0x224;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_signature_cdPtr = 0x244;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_length_cdPtr = 0x264;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_data_cdPtr = 0x284;

uint256 constant BasicOrder_parameters_ptr = 0x20;

uint256 constant BasicOrder_basicOrderType_range = 0x18; // 24 values

/*
 *  Memory layout in _prepareBasicFulfillmentFromCalldata of
 *  EIP712 data for ConsiderationItem
 *   - 0x80: ConsiderationItem EIP-712 typehash (constant)
 *   - 0xa0: itemType
 *   - 0xc0: token
 *   - 0xe0: identifier
 *   - 0x100: startAmount
 *   - 0x120: endAmount
 *   - 0x140: recipient
 */
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_typeHash_ptr = 0x80; // memoryPtr
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_itemType_ptr = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_token_ptr = 0xc0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_identifier_ptr = 0xe0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_startAmount_ptr = 0x100;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_endAmount_ptr = 0x120;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_considerationItem_recipient_ptr = 0x140;

/*
 *  Memory layout in _prepareBasicFulfillmentFromCalldata of
 *  EIP712 data for OfferItem
 *   - 0x80:  OfferItem EIP-712 typehash (constant)
 *   - 0xa0:  itemType
 *   - 0xc0:  token
 *   - 0xe0:  identifier (reused for offeredItemsHash)
 *   - 0x100: startAmount
 *   - 0x120: endAmount
 */
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerItem_typeHash_ptr = DefaultFreeMemoryPointer;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerItem_itemType_ptr = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerItem_token_ptr = 0xc0;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerItem_identifier_ptr = 0xe0;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerItem_startAmount_ptr = 0x100;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_offerItem_endAmount_ptr = 0x120;

/*
 *  Memory layout in _prepareBasicFulfillmentFromCalldata of
 *  EIP712 data for Order
 *   - 0x80:   Order EIP-712 typehash (constant)
 *   - 0xa0:   orderParameters.offerer
 *   - 0xc0:   orderParameters.zone
 *   - 0xe0:   keccak256(abi.encodePacked(offerHashes))
 *   - 0x100:  keccak256(abi.encodePacked(considerationHashes))
 *   - 0x120:  orderType
 *   - 0x140:  startTime
 *   - 0x160:  endTime
 *   - 0x180:  zoneHash
 *   - 0x1a0:  salt
 *   - 0x1c0:  conduit
 *   - 0x1e0:  _counters[orderParameters.offerer] (from storage)
 */
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_typeHash_ptr = 0x80;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_offerer_ptr = 0xa0;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_zone_ptr = 0xc0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_offerHashes_ptr = 0xe0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_considerationHashes_ptr = 0x100;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_orderType_ptr = 0x120;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_startTime_ptr = 0x140;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_endTime_ptr = 0x160;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_zoneHash_ptr = 0x180;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_salt_ptr = 0x1a0;
// uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_conduitKey_ptr = 0x1c0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_order_counter_ptr = 0x1e0;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_additionalRecipients_head_ptr = 0x240;
uint256 constant BasicOrder_signature_ptr = 0x260;

// Signature-related
bytes32 constant EIP2098_allButHighestBitMask = (
    0x7fffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff
);
bytes32 constant ECDSA_twentySeventhAndTwentyEighthBytesSet = (
    0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000101000000
);
uint256 constant ECDSA_MaxLength = 65;
uint256 constant ECDSA_signature_s_offset = 0x40;
uint256 constant ECDSA_signature_v_offset = 0x60;

bytes32 constant EIP1271_isValidSignature_selector = (
    0x1626ba7e00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant EIP1271_isValidSignature_signatureHead_negativeOffset = 0x20;
uint256 constant EIP1271_isValidSignature_digest_negativeOffset = 0x40;
uint256 constant EIP1271_isValidSignature_selector_negativeOffset = 0x44;
uint256 constant EIP1271_isValidSignature_calldata_baseLength = 0x64;

uint256 constant EIP1271_isValidSignature_signature_head_offset = 0x40;

// abi.encodeWithSignature("NoContract(address)")
uint256 constant NoContract_error_signature = (
    0x5f15d67200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant NoContract_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_length = 0x24; // 4 + 32 == 36

uint256 constant EIP_712_PREFIX = (
    0x1901000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);

uint256 constant ExtraGasBuffer = 0x20;
uint256 constant CostPerWord = 3;
uint256 constant MemoryExpansionCoefficient = 0x200; // 512

uint256 constant Create2AddressDerivation_ptr = 0x0b;
uint256 constant Create2AddressDerivation_length = 0x55;

uint256 constant MaskOverByteTwelve = (
    0x0000000000000000000000ff0000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);

uint256 constant MaskOverLastTwentyBytes = (
    0x000000000000000000000000ffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff
);

uint256 constant MaskOverFirstFourBytes = (
    0xffffffff00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);

uint256 constant Conduit_execute_signature = (
    0x4ce34aa200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);

uint256 constant MaxUint8 = 0xff;
uint256 constant MaxUint120 = 0xffffffffffffffffffffffffffffff;

uint256 constant Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_length = 0x01;

uint256 constant Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_offset_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_length_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_transferItemType_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_transferToken_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_transferFrom_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_transferTo_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_transferIdentifier_ptr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant Conduit_execute_transferAmount_ptr = 0xe4;

uint256 constant OneConduitExecute_size = 0x104;

// Sentinel value to indicate that the conduit accumulator is not armed.
uint256 constant AccumulatorDisarmed = 0x20;
uint256 constant AccumulatorArmed = 0x40;
uint256 constant Accumulator_conduitKey_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant Accumulator_selector_ptr = 0x40;
uint256 constant Accumulator_array_offset_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant Accumulator_array_length_ptr = 0x64;

uint256 constant Accumulator_itemSizeOffsetDifference = 0x3c;

uint256 constant Accumulator_array_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant Conduit_transferItem_size = 0xc0;
uint256 constant Conduit_transferItem_token_ptr = 0x20;
uint256 constant Conduit_transferItem_from_ptr = 0x40;
uint256 constant Conduit_transferItem_to_ptr = 0x60;
uint256 constant Conduit_transferItem_identifier_ptr = 0x80;
uint256 constant Conduit_transferItem_amount_ptr = 0xa0;

// Declare constant for errors related to amount derivation.
// error InexactFraction() @ AmountDerivationErrors.sol
uint256 constant InexactFraction_error_signature = (
    0xc63cf08900000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant InexactFraction_error_len = 0x04;

// Declare constant for errors related to signature verification.
uint256 constant Ecrecover_precompile = 1;
uint256 constant Ecrecover_args_size = 0x80;
uint256 constant Signature_lower_v = 27;

// error BadSignatureV(uint8) @ SignatureVerificationErrors.sol
uint256 constant BadSignatureV_error_signature = (
    0x1f003d0a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant BadSignatureV_error_offset = 0x04;
uint256 constant BadSignatureV_error_length = 0x24;

// error InvalidSigner() @ SignatureVerificationErrors.sol
uint256 constant InvalidSigner_error_signature = (
    0x815e1d6400000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant InvalidSigner_error_length = 0x04;

// error InvalidSignature() @ SignatureVerificationErrors.sol
uint256 constant InvalidSignature_error_signature = (
    0x8baa579f00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant InvalidSignature_error_length = 0x04;

// error BadContractSignature() @ SignatureVerificationErrors.sol
uint256 constant BadContractSignature_error_signature = (
    0x4f7fb80d00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant BadContractSignature_error_length = 0x04;

uint256 constant NumBitsAfterSelector = 0xe0;

// 69 is the lowest modulus for which the remainder
// of every selector other than the two match functions
// is greater than those of the match functions.
uint256 constant NonMatchSelector_MagicModulus = 69;
// Of the two match function selectors, the highest
// remainder modulo 69 is 29.
uint256 constant NonMatchSelector_MagicRemainder = 0x1d;

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/ConsiderationEnums.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

// prettier-ignore
enum OrderType {
    // 0: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    FULL_OPEN,

    // 1: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    PARTIAL_OPEN,

    // 2: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    FULL_RESTRICTED,

    // 3: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    PARTIAL_RESTRICTED
}

// prettier-ignore
enum BasicOrderType {
    // 0: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_FULL_OPEN,

    // 1: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_OPEN,

    // 2: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_FULL_RESTRICTED,

    // 3: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,

    // 4: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_FULL_OPEN,

    // 5: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_OPEN,

    // 6: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_FULL_RESTRICTED,

    // 7: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ETH_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,

    // 8: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_FULL_OPEN,

    // 9: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_OPEN,

    // 10: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_FULL_RESTRICTED,

    // 11: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC721_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,

    // 12: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_FULL_OPEN,

    // 13: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_OPEN,

    // 14: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_FULL_RESTRICTED,

    // 15: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,

    // 16: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_FULL_OPEN,

    // 17: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_OPEN,

    // 18: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_FULL_RESTRICTED,

    // 19: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC721_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED,

    // 20: no partial fills, anyone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_FULL_OPEN,

    // 21: partial fills supported, anyone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_OPEN,

    // 22: no partial fills, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_FULL_RESTRICTED,

    // 23: partial fills supported, only offerer or zone can execute
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20_PARTIAL_RESTRICTED
}

// prettier-ignore
enum BasicOrderRouteType {
    // 0: provide Ether (or other native token) to receive offered ERC721 item.
    ETH_TO_ERC721,

    // 1: provide Ether (or other native token) to receive offered ERC1155 item.
    ETH_TO_ERC1155,

    // 2: provide ERC20 item to receive offered ERC721 item.
    ERC20_TO_ERC721,

    // 3: provide ERC20 item to receive offered ERC1155 item.
    ERC20_TO_ERC1155,

    // 4: provide ERC721 item to receive offered ERC20 item.
    ERC721_TO_ERC20,

    // 5: provide ERC1155 item to receive offered ERC20 item.
    ERC1155_TO_ERC20
}

// prettier-ignore
enum ItemType {
    // 0: ETH on mainnet, MATIC on polygon, etc.
    NATIVE,

    // 1: ERC20 items (ERC777 and ERC20 analogues could also technically work)
    ERC20,

    // 2: ERC721 items
    ERC721,

    // 3: ERC1155 items
    ERC1155,

    // 4: ERC721 items where a number of tokenIds are supported
    ERC721_WITH_CRITERIA,

    // 5: ERC1155 items where a number of ids are supported
    ERC1155_WITH_CRITERIA
}

// prettier-ignore
enum Side {
    // 0: Items that can be spent
    OFFER,

    // 1: Items that must be received
    CONSIDERATION
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

import {
    OrderType,
    BasicOrderType,
    ItemType,
    Side
} from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";

/**
 * @dev An order contains eleven components: an offerer, a zone (or account that
 *      can cancel the order or restrict who can fulfill the order depending on
 *      the type), the order type (specifying partial fill support as well as
 *      restricted order status), the start and end time, a hash that will be
 *      provided to the zone when validating restricted orders, a salt, a key
 *      corresponding to a given conduit, a counter, and an arbitrary number of
 *      offer items that can be spent along with consideration items that must
 *      be received by their respective recipient.
 */
struct OrderComponents {
    address offerer;
    address zone;
    OfferItem[] offer;
    ConsiderationItem[] consideration;
    OrderType orderType;
    uint256 startTime;
    uint256 endTime;
    bytes32 zoneHash;
    uint256 salt;
    bytes32 conduitKey;
    uint256 counter;
}

/**
 * @dev An offer item has five components: an item type (ETH or other native
 *      tokens, ERC20, ERC721, and ERC1155, as well as criteria-based ERC721 and
 *      ERC1155), a token address, a dual-purpose "identifierOrCriteria"
 *      component that will either represent a tokenId or a merkle root
 *      depending on the item type, and a start and end amount that support
 *      increasing or decreasing amounts over the duration of the respective
 *      order.
 */
struct OfferItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifierOrCriteria;
    uint256 startAmount;
    uint256 endAmount;
}

/**
 * @dev A consideration item has the same five components as an offer item and
 *      an additional sixth component designating the required recipient of the
 *      item.
 */
struct ConsiderationItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifierOrCriteria;
    uint256 startAmount;
    uint256 endAmount;
    address payable recipient;
}

/**
 * @dev A spent item is translated from a utilized offer item and has four
 *      components: an item type (ETH or other native tokens, ERC20, ERC721, and
 *      ERC1155), a token address, a tokenId, and an amount.
 */
struct SpentItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifier;
    uint256 amount;
}

/**
 * @dev A received item is translated from a utilized consideration item and has
 *      the same four components as a spent item, as well as an additional fifth
 *      component designating the required recipient of the item.
 */
struct ReceivedItem {
    ItemType itemType;
    address token;
    uint256 identifier;
    uint256 amount;
    address payable recipient;
}

/**
 * @dev For basic orders involving ETH / native / ERC20 <=> ERC721 / ERC1155
 *      matching, a group of six functions may be called that only requires a
 *      subset of the usual order arguments. Note the use of a "basicOrderType"
 *      enum; this represents both the usual order type as well as the "route"
 *      of the basic order (a simple derivation function for the basic order
 *      type is `basicOrderType = orderType + (4 * basicOrderRoute)`.)
 */
struct BasicOrderParameters {
    // calldata offset
    address considerationToken; // 0x24
    uint256 considerationIdentifier; // 0x44
    uint256 considerationAmount; // 0x64
    address payable offerer; // 0x84
    address zone; // 0xa4
    address offerToken; // 0xc4
    uint256 offerIdentifier; // 0xe4
    uint256 offerAmount; // 0x104
    BasicOrderType basicOrderType; // 0x124
    uint256 startTime; // 0x144
    uint256 endTime; // 0x164
    bytes32 zoneHash; // 0x184
    uint256 salt; // 0x1a4
    bytes32 offererConduitKey; // 0x1c4
    bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey; // 0x1e4
    uint256 totalOriginalAdditionalRecipients; // 0x204
    AdditionalRecipient[] additionalRecipients; // 0x224
    bytes signature; // 0x244
    // Total length, excluding dynamic array data: 0x264 (580)
}

/**
 * @dev Basic orders can supply any number of additional recipients, with the
 *      implied assumption that they are supplied from the offered ETH (or other
 *      native token) or ERC20 token for the order.
 */
struct AdditionalRecipient {
    uint256 amount;
    address payable recipient;
}

/**
 * @dev The full set of order components, with the exception of the counter,
 *      must be supplied when fulfilling more sophisticated orders or groups of
 *      orders. The total number of original consideration items must also be
 *      supplied, as the caller may specify additional consideration items.
 */
struct OrderParameters {
    address offerer; // 0x00
    address zone; // 0x20
    OfferItem[] offer; // 0x40
    ConsiderationItem[] consideration; // 0x60
    OrderType orderType; // 0x80
    uint256 startTime; // 0xa0
    uint256 endTime; // 0xc0
    bytes32 zoneHash; // 0xe0
    uint256 salt; // 0x100
    bytes32 conduitKey; // 0x120
    uint256 totalOriginalConsiderationItems; // 0x140
    // offer.length                          // 0x160
}

/**
 * @dev Orders require a signature in addition to the other order parameters.
 */
struct Order {
    OrderParameters parameters;
    bytes signature;
}

/**
 * @dev Advanced orders include a numerator (i.e. a fraction to attempt to fill)
 *      and a denominator (the total size of the order) in addition to the
 *      signature and other order parameters. It also supports an optional field
 *      for supplying extra data; this data will be included in a staticcall to
 *      `isValidOrderIncludingExtraData` on the zone for the order if the order
 *      type is restricted and the offerer or zone are not the caller.
 */
struct AdvancedOrder {
    OrderParameters parameters;
    uint120 numerator;
    uint120 denominator;
    bytes signature;
    bytes extraData;
}

/**
 * @dev Orders can be validated (either explicitly via `validate`, or as a
 *      consequence of a full or partial fill), specifically cancelled (they can
 *      also be cancelled in bulk via incrementing a per-zone counter), and
 *      partially or fully filled (with the fraction filled represented by a
 *      numerator and denominator).
 */
struct OrderStatus {
    bool isValidated;
    bool isCancelled;
    uint120 numerator;
    uint120 denominator;
}

/**
 * @dev A criteria resolver specifies an order, side (offer vs. consideration),
 *      and item index. It then provides a chosen identifier (i.e. tokenId)
 *      alongside a merkle proof demonstrating the identifier meets the required
 *      criteria.
 */
struct CriteriaResolver {
    uint256 orderIndex;
    Side side;
    uint256 index;
    uint256 identifier;
    bytes32[] criteriaProof;
}

/**
 * @dev A fulfillment is applied to a group of orders. It decrements a series of
 *      offer and consideration items, then generates a single execution
 *      element. A given fulfillment can be applied to as many offer and
 *      consideration items as desired, but must contain at least one offer and
 *      at least one consideration that match. The fulfillment must also remain
 *      consistent on all key parameters across all offer items (same offerer,
 *      token, type, tokenId, and conduit preference) as well as across all
 *      consideration items (token, type, tokenId, and recipient).
 */
struct Fulfillment {
    FulfillmentComponent[] offerComponents;
    FulfillmentComponent[] considerationComponents;
}

/**
 * @dev Each fulfillment component contains one index referencing a specific
 *      order and another referencing a specific offer or consideration item.
 */
struct FulfillmentComponent {
    uint256 orderIndex;
    uint256 itemIndex;
}

/**
 * @dev An execution is triggered once all consideration items have been zeroed
 *      out. It sends the item in question from the offerer to the item's
 *      recipient, optionally sourcing approvals from either this contract
 *      directly or from the offerer's chosen conduit if one is specified. An
 *      execution is not provided as an argument, but rather is derived via
 *      orders, criteria resolvers, and fulfillments (where the total number of
 *      executions will be less than or equal to the total number of indicated
 *      fulfillments) and returned as part of `matchOrders`.
 */
struct Execution {
    ReceivedItem item;
    address offerer;
    bytes32 conduitKey;
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/CounterManager.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import {
    ConsiderationEventsAndErrors
} from "../interfaces/ConsiderationEventsAndErrors.sol";

import { ReentrancyGuard } from "./ReentrancyGuard.sol";

/**
 * @title CounterManager
 * @author 0age
 * @notice CounterManager contains a storage mapping and related functionality
 *         for retrieving and incrementing a per-offerer counter.
 */
contract CounterManager is ConsiderationEventsAndErrors, ReentrancyGuard {
    // Only orders signed using an offerer's current counter are fulfillable.
    mapping(address => uint256) private _counters;

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to cancel all orders from a given offerer with a
     *      given zone in bulk by incrementing a counter. Note that only the
     *      offerer may increment the counter.
     *
     * @return newCounter The new counter.
     */
    function _incrementCounter() internal returns (uint256 newCounter) {
        // Ensure that the reentrancy guard is not currently set.
        _assertNonReentrant();

        // Skip overflow check as counter cannot be incremented that far.
        unchecked {
            // Increment current counter for the supplied offerer.
            newCounter = ++_counters[msg.sender];
        }

        // Emit an event containing the new counter.
        emit CounterIncremented(newCounter, msg.sender);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to retrieve the current counter for a given
     *      offerer.
     *
     * @param offerer The offerer in question.
     *
     * @return currentCounter The current counter.
     */
    function _getCounter(address offerer)
        internal
        view
        returns (uint256 currentCounter)
    {
        // Return the counter for the supplied offerer.
        currentCounter = _counters[offerer];
    }
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/CriteriaResolution.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import { ItemType, Side } from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";

import {
    OfferItem,
    ConsiderationItem,
    OrderParameters,
    AdvancedOrder,
    CriteriaResolver
} from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";

import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";

import {
    CriteriaResolutionErrors
} from "../interfaces/CriteriaResolutionErrors.sol";

/**
 * @title CriteriaResolution
 * @author 0age
 * @notice CriteriaResolution contains a collection of pure functions related to
 *         resolving criteria-based items.
 */
contract CriteriaResolution is CriteriaResolutionErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to apply criteria resolvers containing
     *      specific token identifiers and associated proofs to order items.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders     The orders to apply criteria resolvers to.
     * @param criteriaResolvers  An array where each element contains a
     *                           reference to a specific order as well as that
     *                           order's offer or consideration, a token
     *                           identifier, and a proof that the supplied token
     *                           identifier is contained in the order's merkle
     *                           root. Note that a root of zero indicates that
     *                           any transferable token identifier is valid and
     *                           that no proof needs to be supplied.
     */
    function _applyCriteriaResolvers(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] memory criteriaResolvers
    ) internal pure {
        // Skip overflow checks as all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Retrieve length of criteria resolvers array and place on stack.
            uint256 totalCriteriaResolvers = criteriaResolvers.length;

            // Retrieve length of orders array and place on stack.
            uint256 totalAdvancedOrders = advancedOrders.length;

            // Iterate over each criteria resolver.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalCriteriaResolvers; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the criteria resolver.
                CriteriaResolver memory criteriaResolver = (
                    criteriaResolvers[i]
                );

                // Read the order index from memory and place it on the stack.
                uint256 orderIndex = criteriaResolver.orderIndex;

                // Ensure that the order index is in range.
                if (orderIndex >= totalAdvancedOrders) {
                    revert OrderCriteriaResolverOutOfRange();
                }

                // Skip criteria resolution for order if not fulfilled.
                if (advancedOrders[orderIndex].numerator == 0) {
                    continue;
                }

                // Retrieve the parameters for the order.
                OrderParameters memory orderParameters = (
                    advancedOrders[orderIndex].parameters
                );

                // Read component index from memory and place it on the stack.
                uint256 componentIndex = criteriaResolver.index;

                // Declare values for item's type and criteria.
                ItemType itemType;
                uint256 identifierOrCriteria;

                // If the criteria resolver refers to an offer item...
                if (criteriaResolver.side == Side.OFFER) {
                    // Retrieve the offer.
                    OfferItem[] memory offer = orderParameters.offer;

                    // Ensure that the component index is in range.
                    if (componentIndex >= offer.length) {
                        revert OfferCriteriaResolverOutOfRange();
                    }

                    // Retrieve relevant item using the component index.
                    OfferItem memory offerItem = offer[componentIndex];

                    // Read item type and criteria from memory & place on stack.
                    itemType = offerItem.itemType;
                    identifierOrCriteria = offerItem.identifierOrCriteria;

                    // Optimistically update item type to remove criteria usage.
                    // Use assembly to operate on ItemType enum as a number.
                    ItemType newItemType;
                    assembly {
                        // Item type 4 becomes 2 and item type 5 becomes 3.
                        newItemType := sub(3, eq(itemType, 4))
                    }
                    offerItem.itemType = newItemType;

                    // Optimistically update identifier w/ supplied identifier.
                    offerItem.identifierOrCriteria = criteriaResolver
                        .identifier;
                } else {
                    // Otherwise, the resolver refers to a consideration item.
                    ConsiderationItem[] memory consideration = (
                        orderParameters.consideration
                    );

                    // Ensure that the component index is in range.
                    if (componentIndex >= consideration.length) {
                        revert ConsiderationCriteriaResolverOutOfRange();
                    }

                    // Retrieve relevant item using order and component index.
                    ConsiderationItem memory considerationItem = (
                        consideration[componentIndex]
                    );

                    // Read item type and criteria from memory & place on stack.
                    itemType = considerationItem.itemType;
                    identifierOrCriteria = (
                        considerationItem.identifierOrCriteria
                    );

                    // Optimistically update item type to remove criteria usage.
                    // Use assembly to operate on ItemType enum as a number.
                    ItemType newItemType;
                    assembly {
                        // Item type 4 becomes 2 and item type 5 becomes 3.
                        newItemType := sub(3, eq(itemType, 4))
                    }
                    considerationItem.itemType = newItemType;

                    // Optimistically update identifier w/ supplied identifier.
                    considerationItem.identifierOrCriteria = (
                        criteriaResolver.identifier
                    );
                }

                // Ensure the specified item type indicates criteria usage.
                if (!_isItemWithCriteria(itemType)) {
                    revert CriteriaNotEnabledForItem();
                }

                // If criteria is not 0 (i.e. a collection-wide offer)...
                if (identifierOrCriteria != uint256(0)) {
                    // Verify identifier inclusion in criteria root using proof.
                    _verifyProof(
                        criteriaResolver.identifier,
                        identifierOrCriteria,
                        criteriaResolver.criteriaProof
                    );
                }
            }

            // Iterate over each advanced order.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalAdvancedOrders; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the advanced order.
                AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder = advancedOrders[i];

                // Skip criteria resolution for order if not fulfilled.
                if (advancedOrder.numerator == 0) {
                    continue;
                }

                // Retrieve the parameters for the order.
                OrderParameters memory orderParameters = (
                    advancedOrder.parameters
                );

                // Read consideration length from memory and place on stack.
                uint256 totalItems = orderParameters.consideration.length;

                // Iterate over each consideration item on the order.
                for (uint256 j = 0; j < totalItems; ++j) {
                    // Ensure item type no longer indicates criteria usage.
                    if (
                        _isItemWithCriteria(
                            orderParameters.consideration[j].itemType
                        )
                    ) {
                        revert UnresolvedConsiderationCriteria();
                    }
                }

                // Read offer length from memory and place on stack.
                totalItems = orderParameters.offer.length;

                // Iterate over each offer item on the order.
                for (uint256 j = 0; j < totalItems; ++j) {
                    // Ensure item type no longer indicates criteria usage.
                    if (
                        _isItemWithCriteria(orderParameters.offer[j].itemType)
                    ) {
                        revert UnresolvedOfferCriteria();
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to check whether a given item type represents
     *      a criteria-based ERC721 or ERC1155 item (e.g. an item that can be
     *      resolved to one of a number of different identifiers at the time of
     *      order fulfillment).
     *
     * @param itemType The item type in question.
     *
     * @return withCriteria A boolean indicating that the item type in question
     *                      represents a criteria-based item.
     */
    function _isItemWithCriteria(ItemType itemType)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bool withCriteria)
    {
        // ERC721WithCriteria is ItemType 4. ERC1155WithCriteria is ItemType 5.
        assembly {
            withCriteria := gt(itemType, 3)
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to ensure that a given element is contained
     *      in a merkle root via a supplied proof.
     *
     * @param leaf  The element for which to prove inclusion.
     * @param root  The merkle root that inclusion will be proved against.
     * @param proof The merkle proof.
     */
    function _verifyProof(
        uint256 leaf,
        uint256 root,
        bytes32[] memory proof
    ) internal pure {
        // Declare a variable that will be used to determine proof validity.
        bool isValid;

        // Utilize assembly to efficiently verify the proof against the root.
        assembly {
            // Store the leaf at the beginning of scratch space.
            mstore(0, leaf)

            // Derive the hash of the leaf to use as the initial proof element.
            let computedHash := keccak256(0, OneWord)

            // Based on: https://github.com/Rari-Capital/solmate/blob/v7/src/utils/MerkleProof.sol
            // Get memory start location of the first element in proof array.
            let data := add(proof, OneWord)

            // Iterate over each proof element to compute the root hash.
            for {
                // Left shift by 5 is equivalent to multiplying by 0x20.
                let end := add(data, shl(5, mload(proof)))
            } lt(data, end) {
                // Increment by one word at a time.
                data := add(data, OneWord)
            } {
                // Get the proof element.
                let loadedData := mload(data)

                // Sort proof elements and place them in scratch space.
                // Slot of `computedHash` in scratch space.
                // If the condition is true: 0x20, otherwise: 0x00.
                let scratch := shl(5, gt(computedHash, loadedData))

                // Store elements to hash contiguously in scratch space. Scratch
                // space is 64 bytes (0x00 - 0x3f) & both elements are 32 bytes.
                mstore(scratch, computedHash)
                mstore(xor(scratch, OneWord), loadedData)

                // Derive the updated hash.
                computedHash := keccak256(0, TwoWords)
            }

            // Compare the final hash to the supplied root.
            isValid := eq(computedHash, root)
        }

        // Revert if computed hash does not equal supplied root.
        if (!isValid) {
            revert InvalidProof();
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/Executor.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import { ConduitInterface } from "../interfaces/ConduitInterface.sol";

import { ConduitItemType } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitEnums.sol";

import { ItemType } from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";

import { ReceivedItem } from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";

import { Verifiers } from "./Verifiers.sol";

import { TokenTransferrer } from "./TokenTransferrer.sol";

import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";

/**
 * @title Executor
 * @author 0age
 * @notice Executor contains functions related to processing executions (i.e.
 *         transferring items, either directly or via conduits).
 */
contract Executor is Verifiers, TokenTransferrer {
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) Verifiers(conduitController) {}

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer a given item, either directly or via
     *      a corresponding conduit.
     *
     * @param item        The item to transfer, including an amount and a
     *                    recipient.
     * @param from        The account supplying the item.
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _transfer(
        ReceivedItem memory item,
        address from,
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        bytes memory accumulator
    ) internal {
        // If the item type indicates Ether or a native token...
        if (item.itemType == ItemType.NATIVE) {
            // Ensure neither the token nor the identifier parameters are set.
            if ((uint160(item.token) | item.identifier) != 0) {
                revert UnusedItemParameters();
            }

            // transfer the native tokens to the recipient.
            _transferEth(item.recipient, item.amount);
        } else if (item.itemType == ItemType.ERC20) {
            // Ensure that no identifier is supplied.
            if (item.identifier != 0) {
                revert UnusedItemParameters();
            }

            // Transfer ERC20 tokens from the source to the recipient.
            _transferERC20(
                item.token,
                from,
                item.recipient,
                item.amount,
                conduitKey,
                accumulator
            );
        } else if (item.itemType == ItemType.ERC721) {
            // Transfer ERC721 token from the source to the recipient.
            _transferERC721(
                item.token,
                from,
                item.recipient,
                item.identifier,
                item.amount,
                conduitKey,
                accumulator
            );
        } else {
            // Transfer ERC1155 token from the source to the recipient.
            _transferERC1155(
                item.token,
                from,
                item.recipient,
                item.identifier,
                item.amount,
                conduitKey,
                accumulator
            );
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer an individual ERC721 or ERC1155 item
     *      from a given originator to a given recipient. The accumulator will
     *      be bypassed, meaning that this function should be utilized in cases
     *      where multiple item transfers can be accumulated into a single
     *      conduit call. Sufficient approvals must be set, either on the
     *      respective conduit or on this contract itself.
     *
     * @param itemType   The type of item to transfer, either ERC721 or ERC1155.
     * @param token      The token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier The tokenId to transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
     * @param conduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                   if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                   signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                   approvals set on this contract.
     */
    function _transferIndividual721Or1155Item(
        ItemType itemType,
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes32 conduitKey
    ) internal {
        // Determine if the transfer is to be performed via a conduit.
        if (conduitKey != bytes32(0)) {
            // Use free memory pointer as calldata offset for the conduit call.
            uint256 callDataOffset;

            // Utilize assembly to place each argument in free memory.
            assembly {
                // Retrieve the free memory pointer and use it as the offset.
                callDataOffset := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)

                // Write ConduitInterface.execute.selector to memory.
                mstore(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_signature)

                // Write the offset to the ConduitTransfer array in memory.
                mstore(
                    add(
                        callDataOffset,
                        Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_offset_ptr
                    ),
                    Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_ptr
                )

                // Write the length of the ConduitTransfer array to memory.
                mstore(
                    add(
                        callDataOffset,
                        Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_length_ptr
                    ),
                    Conduit_execute_ConduitTransfer_length
                )

                // Write the item type to memory.
                mstore(
                    add(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_transferItemType_ptr),
                    itemType
                )

                // Write the token to memory.
                mstore(
                    add(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_transferToken_ptr),
                    token
                )

                // Write the transfer source to memory.
                mstore(
                    add(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_transferFrom_ptr),
                    from
                )

                // Write the transfer recipient to memory.
                mstore(add(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_transferTo_ptr), to)

                // Write the token identifier to memory.
                mstore(
                    add(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_transferIdentifier_ptr),
                    identifier
                )

                // Write the transfer amount to memory.
                mstore(
                    add(callDataOffset, Conduit_execute_transferAmount_ptr),
                    amount
                )
            }

            // Perform the call to the conduit.
            _callConduitUsingOffsets(
                conduitKey,
                callDataOffset,
                OneConduitExecute_size
            );
        } else {
            // Otherwise, determine whether it is an ERC721 or ERC1155 item.
            if (itemType == ItemType.ERC721) {
                // Ensure that exactly one 721 item is being transferred.
                if (amount != 1) {
                    revert InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
                }

                // Perform transfer via the token contract directly.
                _performERC721Transfer(token, from, to, identifier);
            } else {
                // Perform transfer via the token contract directly.
                _performERC1155Transfer(token, from, to, identifier, amount);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer Ether or other native tokens to a
     *      given recipient.
     *
     * @param to     The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param amount The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _transferEth(address payable to, uint256 amount) internal {
        // Ensure that the supplied amount is non-zero.
        _assertNonZeroAmount(amount);

        // Declare a variable indicating whether the call was successful or not.
        bool success;

        assembly {
            // Transfer the ETH and store if it succeeded or not.
            success := call(gas(), to, amount, 0, 0, 0, 0)
        }

        // If the call fails...
        if (!success) {
            // Revert and pass the revert reason along if one was returned.
            _revertWithReasonIfOneIsReturned();

            // Otherwise, revert with a generic error message.
            revert EtherTransferGenericFailure(to, amount);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC20 tokens from a given originator
     *      to a given recipient using a given conduit if applicable. Sufficient
     *      approvals must be set on this contract or on a respective conduit.
     *
     * @param token       The ERC20 token to transfer.
     * @param from        The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to          The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param amount      The amount to transfer.
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _transferERC20(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        bytes memory accumulator
    ) internal {
        // Ensure that the supplied amount is non-zero.
        _assertNonZeroAmount(amount);

        // Trigger accumulated transfers if the conduits differ.
        _triggerIfArmedAndNotAccumulatable(accumulator, conduitKey);

        // If no conduit has been specified...
        if (conduitKey == bytes32(0)) {
            // Perform the token transfer directly.
            _performERC20Transfer(token, from, to, amount);
        } else {
            // Insert the call to the conduit into the accumulator.
            _insert(
                conduitKey,
                accumulator,
                ConduitItemType.ERC20,
                token,
                from,
                to,
                uint256(0),
                amount
            );
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer a single ERC721 token from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set,
     *      either on the respective conduit or on this contract itself.
     *
     * @param token       The ERC721 token to transfer.
     * @param from        The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to          The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier  The tokenId to transfer (must be 1 for ERC721).
     * @param amount      The amount to transfer.
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _transferERC721(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        bytes memory accumulator
    ) internal {
        // Trigger accumulated transfers if the conduits differ.
        _triggerIfArmedAndNotAccumulatable(accumulator, conduitKey);

        // If no conduit has been specified...
        if (conduitKey == bytes32(0)) {
            // Ensure that exactly one 721 item is being transferred.
            if (amount != 1) {
                revert InvalidERC721TransferAmount();
            }

            // Perform transfer via the token contract directly.
            _performERC721Transfer(token, from, to, identifier);
        } else {
            // Insert the call to the conduit into the accumulator.
            _insert(
                conduitKey,
                accumulator,
                ConduitItemType.ERC721,
                token,
                from,
                to,
                identifier,
                amount
            );
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given originator
     *      to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set, either on
     *      the respective conduit or on this contract itself.
     *
     * @param token       The ERC1155 token to transfer.
     * @param from        The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to          The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier  The id to transfer.
     * @param amount      The amount to transfer.
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _transferERC1155(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount,
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        bytes memory accumulator
    ) internal {
        // Ensure that the supplied amount is non-zero.
        _assertNonZeroAmount(amount);

        // Trigger accumulated transfers if the conduits differ.
        _triggerIfArmedAndNotAccumulatable(accumulator, conduitKey);

        // If no conduit has been specified...
        if (conduitKey == bytes32(0)) {
            // Perform transfer via the token contract directly.
            _performERC1155Transfer(token, from, to, identifier, amount);
        } else {
            // Insert the call to the conduit into the accumulator.
            _insert(
                conduitKey,
                accumulator,
                ConduitItemType.ERC1155,
                token,
                from,
                to,
                identifier,
                amount
            );
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to trigger a call to the conduit currently held by
     *      the accumulator if the accumulator contains item transfers (i.e. it
     *      is "armed") and the supplied conduit key does not match the key held
     *      by the accumulator.
     *
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     */
    function _triggerIfArmedAndNotAccumulatable(
        bytes memory accumulator,
        bytes32 conduitKey
    ) internal {
        // Retrieve the current conduit key from the accumulator.
        bytes32 accumulatorConduitKey = _getAccumulatorConduitKey(accumulator);

        // Perform conduit call if the set key does not match the supplied key.
        if (accumulatorConduitKey != conduitKey) {
            _triggerIfArmed(accumulator);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to trigger a call to the conduit currently held by
     *      the accumulator if the accumulator contains item transfers (i.e. it
     *      is "armed").
     *
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _triggerIfArmed(bytes memory accumulator) internal {
        // Exit if the accumulator is not "armed".
        if (accumulator.length != AccumulatorArmed) {
            return;
        }

        // Retrieve the current conduit key from the accumulator.
        bytes32 accumulatorConduitKey = _getAccumulatorConduitKey(accumulator);

        // Perform conduit call.
        _trigger(accumulatorConduitKey, accumulator);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to trigger a call to the conduit corresponding to
     *      a given conduit key, supplying all accumulated item transfers. The
     *      accumulator will be "disarmed" and reset in the process.
     *
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     */
    function _trigger(bytes32 conduitKey, bytes memory accumulator) internal {
        // Declare variables for offset in memory & size of calldata to conduit.
        uint256 callDataOffset;
        uint256 callDataSize;

        // Call the conduit with all the accumulated transfers.
        assembly {
            // Call begins at third word; the first is length or "armed" status,
            // and the second is the current conduit key.
            callDataOffset := add(accumulator, TwoWords)

            // 68 + items * 192
            callDataSize := add(
                Accumulator_array_offset_ptr,
                mul(
                    mload(add(accumulator, Accumulator_array_length_ptr)),
                    Conduit_transferItem_size
                )
            )
        }

        // Call conduit derived from conduit key & supply accumulated transfers.
        _callConduitUsingOffsets(conduitKey, callDataOffset, callDataSize);

        // Reset accumulator length to signal that it is now "disarmed".
        assembly {
            mstore(accumulator, AccumulatorDisarmed)
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to perform a call to the conduit corresponding to
     *      a given conduit key based on the offset and size of the calldata in
     *      question in memory.
     *
     * @param conduitKey     A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding
     *                       conduit, if any, to source token approvals from.
     *                       The zero hash signifies that no conduit should be
     *                       used, with direct approvals set on this contract.
     * @param callDataOffset The memory pointer where calldata is contained.
     * @param callDataSize   The size of calldata in memory.
     */
    function _callConduitUsingOffsets(
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        uint256 callDataOffset,
        uint256 callDataSize
    ) internal {
        // Derive the address of the conduit using the conduit key.
        address conduit = _deriveConduit(conduitKey);

        bool success;
        bytes4 result;

        // call the conduit.
        assembly {
            // Ensure first word of scratch space is empty.
            mstore(0, 0)

            // Perform call, placing first word of return data in scratch space.
            success := call(
                gas(),
                conduit,
                0,
                callDataOffset,
                callDataSize,
                0,
                OneWord
            )

            // Take value from scratch space and place it on the stack.
            result := mload(0)
        }

        // If the call failed...
        if (!success) {
            // Pass along whatever revert reason was given by the conduit.
            _revertWithReasonIfOneIsReturned();

            // Otherwise, revert with a generic error.
            revert InvalidCallToConduit(conduit);
        }

        // Ensure result was extracted and matches EIP-1271 magic value.
        if (result != ConduitInterface.execute.selector) {
            revert InvalidConduit(conduitKey, conduit);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to retrieve the current conduit key set for
     *      the accumulator.
     *
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     *
     * @return accumulatorConduitKey The conduit key currently set for the
     *                               accumulator.
     */
    function _getAccumulatorConduitKey(bytes memory accumulator)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes32 accumulatorConduitKey)
    {
        // Retrieve the current conduit key from the accumulator.
        assembly {
            accumulatorConduitKey := mload(
                add(accumulator, Accumulator_conduitKey_ptr)
            )
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to place an item transfer into an accumulator
     *      that collects a series of transfers to execute against a given
     *      conduit in a single call.
     *
     * @param conduitKey  A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                    if any, to source token approvals from. The zero hash
     *                    signifies that no conduit should be used, with direct
     *                    approvals set on this contract.
     * @param accumulator An open-ended array that collects transfers to execute
     *                    against a given conduit in a single call.
     * @param itemType    The type of the item to transfer.
     * @param token       The token to transfer.
     * @param from        The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to          The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier  The tokenId to transfer.
     * @param amount      The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _insert(
        bytes32 conduitKey,
        bytes memory accumulator,
        ConduitItemType itemType,
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal pure {
        uint256 elements;
        // "Arm" and prime accumulator if it's not already armed. The sentinel
        // value is held in the length of the accumulator array.
        if (accumulator.length == AccumulatorDisarmed) {
            elements = 1;
            bytes4 selector = ConduitInterface.execute.selector;
            assembly {
                mstore(accumulator, AccumulatorArmed) // "arm" the accumulator.
                mstore(add(accumulator, Accumulator_conduitKey_ptr), conduitKey)
                mstore(add(accumulator, Accumulator_selector_ptr), selector)
                mstore(
                    add(accumulator, Accumulator_array_offset_ptr),
                    Accumulator_array_offset
                )
                mstore(add(accumulator, Accumulator_array_length_ptr), elements)
            }
        } else {
            // Otherwise, increase the number of elements by one.
            assembly {
                elements := add(
                    mload(add(accumulator, Accumulator_array_length_ptr)),
                    1
                )
                mstore(add(accumulator, Accumulator_array_length_ptr), elements)
            }
        }

        // Insert the item.
        assembly {
            let itemPointer := sub(
                add(accumulator, mul(elements, Conduit_transferItem_size)),
                Accumulator_itemSizeOffsetDifference
            )
            mstore(itemPointer, itemType)
            mstore(add(itemPointer, Conduit_transferItem_token_ptr), token)
            mstore(add(itemPointer, Conduit_transferItem_from_ptr), from)
            mstore(add(itemPointer, Conduit_transferItem_to_ptr), to)
            mstore(
                add(itemPointer, Conduit_transferItem_identifier_ptr),
                identifier
            )
            mstore(add(itemPointer, Conduit_transferItem_amount_ptr), amount)
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/FulfillmentApplier.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import { ItemType, Side } from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";

import {
    OfferItem,
    ConsiderationItem,
    ReceivedItem,
    OrderParameters,
    AdvancedOrder,
    Execution,
    FulfillmentComponent
} from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";

import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";

import {
    FulfillmentApplicationErrors
} from "../interfaces/FulfillmentApplicationErrors.sol";

/**
 * @title FulfillmentApplier
 * @author 0age
 * @notice FulfillmentApplier contains logic related to applying fulfillments,
 *         both as part of order matching (where offer items are matched to
 *         consideration items) as well as fulfilling available orders (where
 *         order items and consideration items are independently aggregated).
 */
contract FulfillmentApplier is FulfillmentApplicationErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to match offer items to consideration items
     *      on a group of orders via a supplied fulfillment.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders          The orders to match.
     * @param offerComponents         An array designating offer components to
     *                                match to consideration components.
     * @param considerationComponents An array designating consideration
     *                                components to match to offer components.
     *                                Note that each consideration amount must
     *                                be zero in order for the match operation
     *                                to be valid.
     *
     * @return execution The transfer performed as a result of the fulfillment.
     */
    function _applyFulfillment(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        FulfillmentComponent[] calldata offerComponents,
        FulfillmentComponent[] calldata considerationComponents
    ) internal pure returns (Execution memory execution) {
        // Ensure 1+ of both offer and consideration components are supplied.
        if (
            offerComponents.length == 0 || considerationComponents.length == 0
        ) {
            revert OfferAndConsiderationRequiredOnFulfillment();
        }

        // Declare a new Execution struct.
        Execution memory considerationExecution;

        // Validate & aggregate consideration items to new Execution object.
        _aggregateValidFulfillmentConsiderationItems(
            advancedOrders,
            considerationComponents,
            considerationExecution
        );

        // Retrieve the consideration item from the execution struct.
        ReceivedItem memory considerationItem = considerationExecution.item;

        // Recipient does not need to be specified because it will always be set
        // to that of the consideration.
        // Validate & aggregate offer items to Execution object.
        _aggregateValidFulfillmentOfferItems(
            advancedOrders,
            offerComponents,
            execution
        );

        // Ensure offer and consideration share types, tokens and identifiers.
        if (
            execution.item.itemType != considerationItem.itemType ||
            execution.item.token != considerationItem.token ||
            execution.item.identifier != considerationItem.identifier
        ) {
            revert MismatchedFulfillmentOfferAndConsiderationComponents();
        }

        // If total consideration amount exceeds the offer amount...
        if (considerationItem.amount > execution.item.amount) {
            // Retrieve the first consideration component from the fulfillment.
            FulfillmentComponent memory targetComponent = (
                considerationComponents[0]
            );

            // Skip underflow check as the conditional being true implies that
            // considerationItem.amount > execution.item.amount.
            unchecked {
                // Add excess consideration item amount to original order array.
                advancedOrders[targetComponent.orderIndex]
                    .parameters
                    .consideration[targetComponent.itemIndex]
                    .startAmount = (considerationItem.amount -
                    execution.item.amount);
            }

            // Reduce total consideration amount to equal the offer amount.
            considerationItem.amount = execution.item.amount;
        } else {
            // Retrieve the first offer component from the fulfillment.
            FulfillmentComponent memory targetComponent = offerComponents[0];

            // Skip underflow check as the conditional being false implies that
            // execution.item.amount >= considerationItem.amount.
            unchecked {
                // Add excess offer item amount to the original array of orders.
                advancedOrders[targetComponent.orderIndex]
                    .parameters
                    .offer[targetComponent.itemIndex]
                    .startAmount = (execution.item.amount -
                    considerationItem.amount);
            }

            // Reduce total offer amount to equal the consideration amount.
            execution.item.amount = considerationItem.amount;
        }

        // Reuse consideration recipient.
        execution.item.recipient = considerationItem.recipient;

        // Return the final execution that will be triggered for relevant items.
        return execution; // Execution(considerationItem, offerer, conduitKey);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to aggregate offer or consideration items
     *      from a group of orders into a single execution via a supplied array
     *      of fulfillment components. Items that are not available to aggregate
     *      will not be included in the aggregated execution.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders        The orders to aggregate.
     * @param side                  The side (i.e. offer or consideration).
     * @param fulfillmentComponents An array designating item components to
     *                              aggregate if part of an available order.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey   A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                              any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                              approvals from. The zero hash signifies that
     *                              no conduit should be used, with approvals
     *                              set directly on this contract.
     * @param recipient             The intended recipient for all received
     *                              items.
     *
     * @return execution The transfer performed as a result of the fulfillment.
     */
    function _aggregateAvailable(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        Side side,
        FulfillmentComponent[] memory fulfillmentComponents,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient
    ) internal view returns (Execution memory execution) {
        // Skip overflow / underflow checks; conditions checked or unreachable.
        unchecked {
            // Retrieve fulfillment components array length and place on stack.
            // Ensure at least one fulfillment component has been supplied.
            if (fulfillmentComponents.length == 0) {
                revert MissingFulfillmentComponentOnAggregation(side);
            }

            // If the fulfillment components are offer components...
            if (side == Side.OFFER) {
                // Set the supplied recipient on the execution item.
                execution.item.recipient = payable(recipient);

                // Return execution for aggregated items provided by offerer.
                _aggregateValidFulfillmentOfferItems(
                    advancedOrders,
                    fulfillmentComponents,
                    execution
                );
            } else {
                // Otherwise, fulfillment components are consideration
                // components. Return execution for aggregated items provided by
                // the fulfiller.
                _aggregateValidFulfillmentConsiderationItems(
                    advancedOrders,
                    fulfillmentComponents,
                    execution
                );

                // Set the caller as the offerer on the execution.
                execution.offerer = msg.sender;

                // Set fulfiller conduit key as the conduit key on execution.
                execution.conduitKey = fulfillerConduitKey;
            }

            // Set the offerer and recipient to null address if execution
            // amount is zero. This will cause the execution item to be skipped.
            if (execution.item.amount == 0) {
                execution.offerer = address(0);
                execution.item.recipient = payable(0);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to aggregate a group of offer items using
     *      supplied directives on which component items are candidates for
     *      aggregation, skipping items on orders that are not available.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders  The orders to aggregate offer items from.
     * @param offerComponents An array of FulfillmentComponent structs
     *                        indicating the order index and item index of each
     *                        candidate offer item for aggregation.
     * @param execution       The execution to apply the aggregation to.
     */
    function _aggregateValidFulfillmentOfferItems(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        FulfillmentComponent[] memory offerComponents,
        Execution memory execution
    ) internal pure {
        assembly {
            // Declare function for reverts on invalid fulfillment data.
            function throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData() {
                // Store the InvalidFulfillmentComponentData error signature.
                mstore(0, InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_signature)

                // Return, supplying InvalidFulfillmentComponentData signature.
                revert(0, InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_len)
            }

            // Declare function for reverts due to arithmetic overflows.
            function throwOverflow() {
                // Store the Panic error signature.
                mstore(0, Panic_error_signature)

                // Store the arithmetic (0x11) panic code as initial argument.
                mstore(Panic_error_offset, Panic_arithmetic)

                // Return, supplying Panic signature and arithmetic code.
                revert(0, Panic_error_length)
            }

            // Get position in offerComponents head.
            let fulfillmentHeadPtr := add(offerComponents, OneWord)

            // Retrieve the order index using the fulfillment pointer.
            let orderIndex := mload(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr))

            // Ensure that the order index is not out of range.
            if iszero(lt(orderIndex, mload(advancedOrders))) {
                throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
            }

            // Read advancedOrders[orderIndex] pointer from its array head.
            let orderPtr := mload(
                // Calculate head position of advancedOrders[orderIndex].
                add(add(advancedOrders, OneWord), mul(orderIndex, OneWord))
            )

            // Read the pointer to OrderParameters from the AdvancedOrder.
            let paramsPtr := mload(orderPtr)

            // Load the offer array pointer.
            let offerArrPtr := mload(
                add(paramsPtr, OrderParameters_offer_head_offset)
            )

            // Retrieve item index using an offset of the fulfillment pointer.
            let itemIndex := mload(
                add(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr), Fulfillment_itemIndex_offset)
            )

            // Only continue if the fulfillment is not invalid.
            if iszero(lt(itemIndex, mload(offerArrPtr))) {
                throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
            }

            // Retrieve consideration item pointer using the item index.
            let offerItemPtr := mload(
                add(
                    // Get pointer to beginning of receivedItem.
                    add(offerArrPtr, OneWord),
                    // Calculate offset to pointer for desired order.
                    mul(itemIndex, OneWord)
                )
            )

            // Declare a variable for the final aggregated item amount.
            let amount := 0

            // Create variable to track errors encountered with amount.
            let errorBuffer := 0

            // Only add offer amount to execution amount on a nonzero numerator.
            if mload(add(orderPtr, AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset)) {
                // Retrieve amount pointer using consideration item pointer.
                let amountPtr := add(offerItemPtr, Common_amount_offset)

                // Set the amount.
                amount := mload(amountPtr)

                // Zero out amount on item to indicate it is credited.
                mstore(amountPtr, 0)

                // Buffer indicating whether issues were found.
                errorBuffer := iszero(amount)
            }

            // Retrieve the received item pointer.
            let receivedItemPtr := mload(execution)

            // Set the item type on the received item.
            mstore(receivedItemPtr, mload(offerItemPtr))

            // Set the token on the received item.
            mstore(
                add(receivedItemPtr, Common_token_offset),
                mload(add(offerItemPtr, Common_token_offset))
            )

            // Set the identifier on the received item.
            mstore(
                add(receivedItemPtr, Common_identifier_offset),
                mload(add(offerItemPtr, Common_identifier_offset))
            )

            // Set the offerer on returned execution using order pointer.
            mstore(add(execution, Execution_offerer_offset), mload(paramsPtr))

            // Set conduitKey on returned execution via offset of order pointer.
            mstore(
                add(execution, Execution_conduit_offset),
                mload(add(paramsPtr, OrderParameters_conduit_offset))
            )

            // Calculate the hash of (itemType, token, identifier).
            let dataHash := keccak256(
                receivedItemPtr,
                ReceivedItem_CommonParams_size
            )

            // Get position one word past last element in head of array.
            let endPtr := add(
                offerComponents,
                mul(mload(offerComponents), OneWord)
            )

            // Iterate over remaining offer components.
            // prettier-ignore
            for {} lt(fulfillmentHeadPtr,  endPtr) {} {
                // Increment the pointer to the fulfillment head by one word.
                fulfillmentHeadPtr := add(fulfillmentHeadPtr, OneWord)

                // Get the order index using the fulfillment pointer.
                orderIndex := mload(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr))

                // Ensure the order index is in range.
                if iszero(lt(orderIndex, mload(advancedOrders))) {
                  throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
                }

                // Get pointer to AdvancedOrder element.
                orderPtr := mload(
                    add(
                        add(advancedOrders, OneWord),
                        mul(orderIndex, OneWord)
                    )
                )

                // Only continue if numerator is not zero.
                if iszero(mload(
                    add(orderPtr, AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset)
                )) {
                  continue
                }

                // Read the pointer to OrderParameters from the AdvancedOrder.
                paramsPtr := mload(orderPtr)

                // Load offer array pointer.
                offerArrPtr := mload(
                    add(
                        paramsPtr,
                        OrderParameters_offer_head_offset
                    )
                )

                // Get the item index using the fulfillment pointer.
                itemIndex := mload(add(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr), OneWord))

                // Throw if itemIndex is out of the range of array.
                if iszero(
                    lt(itemIndex, mload(offerArrPtr))
                ) {
                    throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
                }

                // Retrieve offer item pointer using index.
                offerItemPtr := mload(
                    add(
                        // Get pointer to beginning of receivedItem.
                        add(offerArrPtr, OneWord),
                        // Use offset to pointer for desired order.
                        mul(itemIndex, OneWord)
                    )
                )

                // Retrieve amount pointer using offer item pointer.
                let amountPtr := add(
                      offerItemPtr,
                      Common_amount_offset
                )

                // Add offer amount to execution amount.
                let newAmount := add(amount, mload(amountPtr))

                // Update error buffer: 1 = zero amount, 2 = overflow, 3 = both.
                errorBuffer := or(
                  errorBuffer,
                  or(
                    shl(1, lt(newAmount, amount)),
                    iszero(mload(amountPtr))
                  )
                )

                // Update the amount to the new, summed amount.
                amount := newAmount

                // Zero out amount on original item to indicate it is credited.
                mstore(amountPtr, 0)

                // Ensure the indicated item matches original item.
                if iszero(
                    and(
                        and(
                          // The offerer must match on both items.
                          eq(
                              mload(paramsPtr),
                              mload(
                                  add(execution, Execution_offerer_offset)
                              )
                          ),
                          // The conduit key must match on both items.
                          eq(
                              mload(
                                  add(
                                      paramsPtr,
                                      OrderParameters_conduit_offset
                                  )
                              ),
                              mload(
                                  add(
                                      execution,
                                      Execution_conduit_offset
                                  )
                              )
                          )
                        ),
                        // The itemType, token, and identifier must match.
                        eq(
                            dataHash,
                            keccak256(
                                offerItemPtr,
                                ReceivedItem_CommonParams_size
                            )
                        )
                    )
                ) {
                    // Throw if any of the requirements are not met.
                    throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
                }
            }
            // Write final amount to execution.
            mstore(add(mload(execution), Common_amount_offset), amount)

            // Determine whether the error buffer contains a nonzero error code.
            if errorBuffer {
                // If errorBuffer is 1, an item had an amount of zero.
                if eq(errorBuffer, 1) {
                    // Store the MissingItemAmount error signature.
                    mstore(0, MissingItemAmount_error_signature)

                    // Return, supplying MissingItemAmount signature.
                    revert(0, MissingItemAmount_error_len)
                }

                // If errorBuffer is not 1 or 0, the sum overflowed.
                // Panic!
                throwOverflow()
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to aggregate a group of consideration items
     *      using supplied directives on which component items are candidates
     *      for aggregation, skipping items on orders that are not available.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders          The orders to aggregate consideration
     *                                items from.
     * @param considerationComponents An array of FulfillmentComponent structs
     *                                indicating the order index and item index
     *                                of each candidate consideration item for
     *                                aggregation.
     * @param execution       The execution to apply the aggregation to.
     */
    function _aggregateValidFulfillmentConsiderationItems(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        FulfillmentComponent[] memory considerationComponents,
        Execution memory execution
    ) internal pure {
        // Utilize assembly in order to efficiently aggregate the items.
        assembly {
            // Declare function for reverts on invalid fulfillment data.
            function throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData() {
                // Store the InvalidFulfillmentComponentData error signature.
                mstore(0, InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_signature)

                // Return, supplying InvalidFulfillmentComponentData signature.
                revert(0, InvalidFulfillmentComponentData_error_len)
            }

            // Declare function for reverts due to arithmetic overflows.
            function throwOverflow() {
                // Store the Panic error signature.
                mstore(0, Panic_error_signature)

                // Store the arithmetic (0x11) panic code as initial argument.
                mstore(Panic_error_offset, Panic_arithmetic)

                // Return, supplying Panic signature and arithmetic code.
                revert(0, Panic_error_length)
            }

            // Get position in considerationComponents head.
            let fulfillmentHeadPtr := add(considerationComponents, OneWord)

            // Retrieve the order index using the fulfillment pointer.
            let orderIndex := mload(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr))

            // Ensure that the order index is not out of range.
            if iszero(lt(orderIndex, mload(advancedOrders))) {
                throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
            }

            // Read advancedOrders[orderIndex] pointer from its array head.
            let orderPtr := mload(
                // Calculate head position of advancedOrders[orderIndex].
                add(add(advancedOrders, OneWord), mul(orderIndex, OneWord))
            )

            // Load consideration array pointer.
            let considerationArrPtr := mload(
                add(
                    // Read pointer to OrderParameters from the AdvancedOrder.
                    mload(orderPtr),
                    OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset
                )
            )

            // Retrieve item index using an offset of the fulfillment pointer.
            let itemIndex := mload(
                add(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr), Fulfillment_itemIndex_offset)
            )

            // Ensure that the order index is not out of range.
            if iszero(lt(itemIndex, mload(considerationArrPtr))) {
                throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
            }

            // Retrieve consideration item pointer using the item index.
            let considerationItemPtr := mload(
                add(
                    // Get pointer to beginning of receivedItem.
                    add(considerationArrPtr, OneWord),
                    // Calculate offset to pointer for desired order.
                    mul(itemIndex, OneWord)
                )
            )

            // Declare a variable for the final aggregated item amount.
            let amount := 0

            // Create variable to track errors encountered with amount.
            let errorBuffer := 0

            // Only add consideration amount to execution amount if numerator is
            // greater than zero.
            if mload(add(orderPtr, AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset)) {
                // Retrieve amount pointer using consideration item pointer.
                let amountPtr := add(considerationItemPtr, Common_amount_offset)

                // Set the amount.
                amount := mload(amountPtr)

                // Set error bit if amount is zero.
                errorBuffer := iszero(amount)

                // Zero out amount on item to indicate it is credited.
                mstore(amountPtr, 0)
            }

            // Retrieve ReceivedItem pointer from Execution.
            let receivedItem := mload(execution)

            // Set the item type on the received item.
            mstore(receivedItem, mload(considerationItemPtr))

            // Set the token on the received item.
            mstore(
                add(receivedItem, Common_token_offset),
                mload(add(considerationItemPtr, Common_token_offset))
            )

            // Set the identifier on the received item.
            mstore(
                add(receivedItem, Common_identifier_offset),
                mload(add(considerationItemPtr, Common_identifier_offset))
            )

            // Set the recipient on the received item.
            mstore(
                add(receivedItem, ReceivedItem_recipient_offset),
                mload(
                    add(
                        considerationItemPtr,
                        ConsiderationItem_recipient_offset
                    )
                )
            )

            // Calculate the hash of (itemType, token, identifier).
            let dataHash := keccak256(
                receivedItem,
                ReceivedItem_CommonParams_size
            )

            // Get position one word past last element in head of array.
            let endPtr := add(
                considerationComponents,
                mul(mload(considerationComponents), OneWord)
            )

            // Iterate over remaining offer components.
            // prettier-ignore
            for {} lt(fulfillmentHeadPtr,  endPtr) {} {
                // Increment position in considerationComponents head.
                fulfillmentHeadPtr := add(fulfillmentHeadPtr, OneWord)

                // Get the order index using the fulfillment pointer.
                orderIndex := mload(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr))

                // Ensure the order index is in range.
                if iszero(lt(orderIndex, mload(advancedOrders))) {
                  throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
                }

                // Get pointer to AdvancedOrder element.
                orderPtr := mload(
                    add(
                        add(advancedOrders, OneWord),
                        mul(orderIndex, OneWord)
                    )
                )

                // Only continue if numerator is not zero.
                if iszero(
                    mload(add(orderPtr, AdvancedOrder_numerator_offset))
                ) {
                  continue
                }

                // Load consideration array pointer from OrderParameters.
                considerationArrPtr := mload(
                    add(
                        // Get pointer to OrderParameters from AdvancedOrder.
                        mload(orderPtr),
                        OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset
                    )
                )

                // Get the item index using the fulfillment pointer.
                itemIndex := mload(add(mload(fulfillmentHeadPtr), OneWord))

                // Check if itemIndex is within the range of array.
                if iszero(lt(itemIndex, mload(considerationArrPtr))) {
                    throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
                }

                // Retrieve consideration item pointer using index.
                considerationItemPtr := mload(
                    add(
                        // Get pointer to beginning of receivedItem.
                        add(considerationArrPtr, OneWord),
                        // Use offset to pointer for desired order.
                        mul(itemIndex, OneWord)
                    )
                )

                // Retrieve amount pointer using consideration item pointer.
                let amountPtr := add(
                      considerationItemPtr,
                      Common_amount_offset
                )

                // Add offer amount to execution amount.
                let newAmount := add(amount, mload(amountPtr))

                // Update error buffer: 1 = zero amount, 2 = overflow, 3 = both.
                errorBuffer := or(
                  errorBuffer,
                  or(
                    shl(1, lt(newAmount, amount)),
                    iszero(mload(amountPtr))
                  )
                )

                // Update the amount to the new, summed amount.
                amount := newAmount

                // Zero out amount on original item to indicate it is credited.
                mstore(amountPtr, 0)

                // Ensure the indicated item matches original item.
                if iszero(
                    and(
                        // Item recipients must match.
                        eq(
                            mload(
                                add(
                                    considerationItemPtr,
                                    ConsiderItem_recipient_offset
                                )
                            ),
                            mload(
                                add(
                                    receivedItem,
                                    ReceivedItem_recipient_offset
                                )
                            )
                        ),
                        // The itemType, token, identifier must match.
                        eq(
                          dataHash,
                          keccak256(
                            considerationItemPtr,
                            ReceivedItem_CommonParams_size
                          )
                        )
                    )
                ) {
                    // Throw if any of the requirements are not met.
                    throwInvalidFulfillmentComponentData()
                }
            }
            // Write final amount to execution.
            mstore(add(receivedItem, Common_amount_offset), amount)

            // Determine whether the error buffer contains a nonzero error code.
            if errorBuffer {
                // If errorBuffer is 1, an item had an amount of zero.
                if eq(errorBuffer, 1) {
                    // Store the MissingItemAmount error signature.
                    mstore(0, MissingItemAmount_error_signature)

                    // Return, supplying MissingItemAmount signature.
                    revert(0, MissingItemAmount_error_len)
                }

                // If errorBuffer is not 1 or 0, the sum overflowed.
                // Panic!
                throwOverflow()
            }
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/GettersAndDerivers.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import { OrderParameters } from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";

import { ConsiderationBase } from "./ConsiderationBase.sol";

import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";

/**
 * @title GettersAndDerivers
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ConsiderationInternal contains pure and internal view functions
 *         related to getting or deriving various values.
 */
contract GettersAndDerivers is ConsiderationBase {
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController)
        ConsiderationBase(conduitController)
    {}

    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to derive the order hash for a given order.
     *      Note that only the original consideration items are included in the
     *      order hash, as additional consideration items may be supplied by the
     *      caller.
     *
     * @param orderParameters The parameters of the order to hash.
     * @param counter           The counter of the order to hash.
     *
     * @return orderHash The hash.
     */
    function _deriveOrderHash(
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters,
        uint256 counter
    ) internal view returns (bytes32 orderHash) {
        // Get length of original consideration array and place it on the stack.
        uint256 originalConsiderationLength = (
            orderParameters.totalOriginalConsiderationItems
        );

        /*
         * Memory layout for an array of structs (dynamic or not) is similar
         * to ABI encoding of dynamic types, with a head segment followed by
         * a data segment. The main difference is that the head of an element
         * is a memory pointer rather than an offset.
         */

        // Declare a variable for the derived hash of the offer array.
        bytes32 offerHash;

        // Read offer item EIP-712 typehash from runtime code & place on stack.
        bytes32 typeHash = _OFFER_ITEM_TYPEHASH;

        // Utilize assembly so that memory regions can be reused across hashes.
        assembly {
            // Retrieve the free memory pointer and place on the stack.
            let hashArrPtr := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)

            // Get the pointer to the offers array.
            let offerArrPtr := mload(
                add(orderParameters, OrderParameters_offer_head_offset)
            )

            // Load the length.
            let offerLength := mload(offerArrPtr)

            // Set the pointer to the first offer's head.
            offerArrPtr := add(offerArrPtr, OneWord)

            // Iterate over the offer items.
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let i := 0 } lt(i, offerLength) {
                i := add(i, 1)
            } {
                // Read the pointer to the offer data and subtract one word
                // to get typeHash pointer.
                let ptr := sub(mload(offerArrPtr), OneWord)

                // Read the current value before the offer data.
                let value := mload(ptr)

                // Write the type hash to the previous word.
                mstore(ptr, typeHash)

                // Take the EIP712 hash and store it in the hash array.
                mstore(hashArrPtr, keccak256(ptr, EIP712_OfferItem_size))

                // Restore the previous word.
                mstore(ptr, value)

                // Increment the array pointers by one word.
                offerArrPtr := add(offerArrPtr, OneWord)
                hashArrPtr := add(hashArrPtr, OneWord)
            }

            // Derive the offer hash using the hashes of each item.
            offerHash := keccak256(
                mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot),
                mul(offerLength, OneWord)
            )
        }

        // Declare a variable for the derived hash of the consideration array.
        bytes32 considerationHash;

        // Read consideration item typehash from runtime code & place on stack.
        typeHash = _CONSIDERATION_ITEM_TYPEHASH;

        // Utilize assembly so that memory regions can be reused across hashes.
        assembly {
            // Retrieve the free memory pointer and place on the stack.
            let hashArrPtr := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)

            // Get the pointer to the consideration array.
            let considerationArrPtr := add(
                mload(
                    add(
                        orderParameters,
                        OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset
                    )
                ),
                OneWord
            )

            // Iterate over the consideration items (not including tips).
            // prettier-ignore
            for { let i := 0 } lt(i, originalConsiderationLength) {
                i := add(i, 1)
            } {
                // Read the pointer to the consideration data and subtract one
                // word to get typeHash pointer.
                let ptr := sub(mload(considerationArrPtr), OneWord)

                // Read the current value before the consideration data.
                let value := mload(ptr)

                // Write the type hash to the previous word.
                mstore(ptr, typeHash)

                // Take the EIP712 hash and store it in the hash array.
                mstore(
                    hashArrPtr,
                    keccak256(ptr, EIP712_ConsiderationItem_size)
                )

                // Restore the previous word.
                mstore(ptr, value)

                // Increment the array pointers by one word.
                considerationArrPtr := add(considerationArrPtr, OneWord)
                hashArrPtr := add(hashArrPtr, OneWord)
            }

            // Derive the consideration hash using the hashes of each item.
            considerationHash := keccak256(
                mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot),
                mul(originalConsiderationLength, OneWord)
            )
        }

        // Read order item EIP-712 typehash from runtime code & place on stack.
        typeHash = _ORDER_TYPEHASH;

        // Utilize assembly to access derived hashes & other arguments directly.
        assembly {
            // Retrieve pointer to the region located just behind parameters.
            let typeHashPtr := sub(orderParameters, OneWord)

            // Store the value at that pointer location to restore later.
            let previousValue := mload(typeHashPtr)

            // Store the order item EIP-712 typehash at the typehash location.
            mstore(typeHashPtr, typeHash)

            // Retrieve the pointer for the offer array head.
            let offerHeadPtr := add(
                orderParameters,
                OrderParameters_offer_head_offset
            )

            // Retrieve the data pointer referenced by the offer head.
            let offerDataPtr := mload(offerHeadPtr)

            // Store the offer hash at the retrieved memory location.
            mstore(offerHeadPtr, offerHash)

            // Retrieve the pointer for the consideration array head.
            let considerationHeadPtr := add(
                orderParameters,
                OrderParameters_consideration_head_offset
            )

            // Retrieve the data pointer referenced by the consideration head.
            let considerationDataPtr := mload(considerationHeadPtr)

            // Store the consideration hash at the retrieved memory location.
            mstore(considerationHeadPtr, considerationHash)

            // Retrieve the pointer for the counter.
            let counterPtr := add(
                orderParameters,
                OrderParameters_counter_offset
            )

            // Store the counter at the retrieved memory location.
            mstore(counterPtr, counter)

            // Derive the order hash using the full range of order parameters.
            orderHash := keccak256(typeHashPtr, EIP712_Order_size)

            // Restore the value previously held at typehash pointer location.
            mstore(typeHashPtr, previousValue)

            // Restore offer data pointer at the offer head pointer location.
            mstore(offerHeadPtr, offerDataPtr)

            // Restore consideration data pointer at the consideration head ptr.
            mstore(considerationHeadPtr, considerationDataPtr)

            // Restore consideration item length at the counter pointer.
            mstore(counterPtr, originalConsiderationLength)
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to derive the address of a given conduit
     *      using a corresponding conduit key.
     *
     * @param conduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what corresponding conduit,
     *                   if any, to source token approvals from. This value is
     *                   the "salt" parameter supplied by the deployer (i.e. the
     *                   conduit controller) when deploying the given conduit.
     *
     * @return conduit The address of the conduit associated with the given
     *                 conduit key.
     */
    function _deriveConduit(bytes32 conduitKey)
        internal
        view
        returns (address conduit)
    {
        // Read conduit controller address from runtime and place on the stack.
        address conduitController = address(_CONDUIT_CONTROLLER);

        // Read conduit creation code hash from runtime and place on the stack.
        bytes32 conduitCreationCodeHash = _CONDUIT_CREATION_CODE_HASH;

        // Leverage scratch space to perform an efficient hash.
        assembly {
            // Retrieve the free memory pointer; it will be replaced afterwards.
            let freeMemoryPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)

            // Place the control character and the conduit controller in scratch
            // space; note that eleven bytes at the beginning are left unused.
            mstore(0, or(MaskOverByteTwelve, conduitController))

            // Place the conduit key in the next region of scratch space.
            mstore(OneWord, conduitKey)

            // Place conduit creation code hash in free memory pointer location.
            mstore(TwoWords, conduitCreationCodeHash)

            // Derive conduit by hashing and applying a mask over last 20 bytes.
            conduit := and(
                // Hash the relevant region.
                keccak256(
                    // The region starts at memory pointer 11.
                    Create2AddressDerivation_ptr,
                    // The region is 85 bytes long (1 + 20 + 32 + 32).
                    Create2AddressDerivation_length
                ),
                // The address equals the last twenty bytes of the hash.
                MaskOverLastTwentyBytes
            )

            // Restore the free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, freeMemoryPointer)
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to get the EIP-712 domain separator. If the
     *      chainId matches the chainId set on deployment, the cached domain
     *      separator will be returned; otherwise, it will be derived from
     *      scratch.
     *
     * @return The domain separator.
     */
    function _domainSeparator() internal view returns (bytes32) {
        // prettier-ignore
        return block.chainid == _CHAIN_ID
            ? _DOMAIN_SEPARATOR
            : _deriveDomainSeparator();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to retrieve configuration information for
     *      this contract.
     *
     * @return version           The contract version.
     * @return domainSeparator   The domain separator for this contract.
     * @return conduitController The conduit Controller set for this contract.
     */
    function _information()
        internal
        view
        returns (
            string memory version,
            bytes32 domainSeparator,
            address conduitController
        )
    {
        // Derive the domain separator.
        domainSeparator = _domainSeparator();

        // Declare variable as immutables cannot be accessed within assembly.
        conduitController = address(_CONDUIT_CONTROLLER);

        // Allocate a string with the intended length.
        version = new string(Version_length);

        // Set the version as data on the newly allocated string.
        assembly {
            mstore(add(version, OneWord), shl(Version_shift, Version))
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to efficiently derive an digest to sign for
     *      an order in accordance with EIP-712.
     *
     * @param domainSeparator The domain separator.
     * @param orderHash       The order hash.
     *
     * @return value The hash.
     */
    function _deriveEIP712Digest(bytes32 domainSeparator, bytes32 orderHash)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bytes32 value)
    {
        // Leverage scratch space to perform an efficient hash.
        assembly {
            // Place the EIP-712 prefix at the start of scratch space.
            mstore(0, EIP_712_PREFIX)

            // Place the domain separator in the next region of scratch space.
            mstore(EIP712_DomainSeparator_offset, domainSeparator)

            // Place the order hash in scratch space, spilling into the first
            // two bytes of the free memory pointer — this should never be set
            // as memory cannot be expanded to that size, and will be zeroed out
            // after the hash is performed.
            mstore(EIP712_OrderHash_offset, orderHash)

            // Hash the relevant region (65 bytes).
            value := keccak256(0, EIP712_DigestPayload_size)

            // Clear out the dirtied bits in the memory pointer.
            mstore(EIP712_OrderHash_offset, 0)
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/LowLevelHelpers.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";

/**
 * @title LowLevelHelpers
 * @author 0age
 * @notice LowLevelHelpers contains logic for performing various low-level
 *         operations.
 */
contract LowLevelHelpers {
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to staticcall an arbitrary target with given
     *      calldata. Note that no data is written to memory and no contract
     *      size check is performed.
     *
     * @param target   The account to staticcall.
     * @param callData The calldata to supply when staticcalling the target.
     *
     * @return success The status of the staticcall to the target.
     */
    function _staticcall(address target, bytes memory callData)
        internal
        view
        returns (bool success)
    {
        assembly {
            // Perform the staticcall.
            success := staticcall(
                gas(),
                target,
                add(callData, OneWord),
                mload(callData),
                0,
                0
            )
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to revert and pass along the revert reason if
     *      data was returned by the last call and that the size of that data
     *      does not exceed the currently allocated memory size.
     */
    function _revertWithReasonIfOneIsReturned() internal view {
        assembly {
            // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient gas
            // remains to do so:
            if returndatasize() {
                // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy returndata
                // while expanding memory where necessary. Start by computing
                // the word size of returndata and allocated memory.
                let returnDataWords := div(
                    add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                    OneWord
                )

                // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to work
                // around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize directly
                // when the IR pipeline is activated.
                let msizeWords := div(mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot), OneWord)

                // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)

                // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                    cost := add(
                        cost,
                        add(
                            mul(sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords), CostPerWord),
                            div(
                                sub(
                                    mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                    mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                ),
                                MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                            )
                        )
                    )
                }

                // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas remaining;
                // bubble up the revert data if enough gas is still available.
                if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                    // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                    returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())

                    // Revert, specifying memory region with copied returndata.
                    revert(0, returndatasize())
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to determine if the first word of returndata
     *      matches an expected magic value.
     *
     * @param expected The expected magic value.
     *
     * @return A boolean indicating whether the expected value matches the one
     *         located in the first word of returndata.
     */
    function _doesNotMatchMagic(bytes4 expected) internal pure returns (bool) {
        // Declare a variable for the value held by the return data buffer.
        bytes4 result;

        // Utilize assembly in order to read directly from returndata buffer.
        assembly {
            // Only put result on stack if return data is exactly one word.
            if eq(returndatasize(), OneWord) {
                // Copy the word directly from return data into scratch space.
                returndatacopy(0, 0, OneWord)

                // Take value from scratch space and place it on the stack.
                result := mload(0)
            }
        }

        // Return a boolean indicating whether expected and located value match.
        return result != expected;
    }
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/OrderCombiner.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import { Side, ItemType } from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";

import {
    OfferItem,
    ConsiderationItem,
    ReceivedItem,
    OrderParameters,
    Fulfillment,
    FulfillmentComponent,
    Execution,
    Order,
    AdvancedOrder,
    CriteriaResolver
} from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";

import { OrderFulfiller } from "./OrderFulfiller.sol";

import { FulfillmentApplier } from "./FulfillmentApplier.sol";

import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";

/**
 * @title OrderCombiner
 * @author 0age
 * @notice OrderCombiner contains logic for fulfilling combinations of orders,
 *         either by matching offer items to consideration items or by
 *         fulfilling orders where available.
 */
contract OrderCombiner is OrderFulfiller, FulfillmentApplier {
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) OrderFulfiller(conduitController) {}

    /**
     * @notice Internal function to attempt to fill a group of orders, fully or
     *         partially, with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *         consideration per order alongside criteria resolvers containing
     *         specific token identifiers and associated proofs. Any order that
     *         is not currently active, has already been fully filled, or has
     *         been cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration
     *         items will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the
     *         supplied offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated
     *         items will be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended
     *         recipient, respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an
     *         issue with order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders            The orders to fulfill along with the
     *                                  fraction of those orders to attempt to
     *                                  fill. Note that both the offerer and the
     *                                  fulfiller must first approve this
     *                                  contract (or a conduit if indicated by
     *                                  the order) to transfer any relevant
     *                                  tokens on their behalf and that
     *                                  contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` in order to receive
     *                                  ERC1155 tokens as consideration. Also
     *                                  note that all offer and consideration
     *                                  components must have no remainder after
     *                                  multiplication of the respective amount
     *                                  with the supplied fraction for an
     *                                  order's partial fill amount to be
     *                                  considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers         An array where each element contains a
     *                                  reference to a specific offer or
     *                                  consideration, a token identifier, and a
     *                                  proof that the supplied token identifier
     *                                  is contained in the merkle root held by
     *                                  the item in question's criteria element.
     *                                  Note that an empty criteria indicates
     *                                  that any (transferable) token
     *                                  identifier on the token in question is
     *                                  valid and that no associated proof needs
     *                                  to be supplied.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used (and
     *                                  direct approvals set on Consideration).
     * @param recipient                 The intended recipient for all received
     *                                  items.
     * @param maximumFulfilled          The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function _fulfillAvailableAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] memory criteriaResolvers,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] calldata considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled
    )
        internal
        returns (bool[] memory availableOrders, Execution[] memory executions)
    {
        // Validate orders, apply amounts, & determine if they utilize conduits.
        _validateOrdersAndPrepareToFulfill(
            advancedOrders,
            criteriaResolvers,
            false, // Signifies that invalid orders should NOT revert.
            maximumFulfilled,
            recipient
        );

        // Aggregate used offer and consideration items and execute transfers.
        (availableOrders, executions) = _executeAvailableFulfillments(
            advancedOrders,
            offerFulfillments,
            considerationFulfillments,
            fulfillerConduitKey,
            recipient
        );

        // Return order fulfillment details and executions.
        return (availableOrders, executions);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to validate a group of orders, update their
     *      statuses, reduce amounts by their previously filled fractions, apply
     *      criteria resolvers, and emit OrderFulfilled events.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders    The advanced orders to validate and reduce by
     *                          their previously filled amounts.
     * @param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a reference
     *                          to a specific order as well as that order's
     *                          offer or consideration, a token identifier, and
     *                          a proof that the supplied token identifier is
     *                          contained in the order's merkle root. Note that
     *                          a root of zero indicates that any transferable
     *                          token identifier is valid and that no proof
     *                          needs to be supplied.
     * @param revertOnInvalid   A boolean indicating whether to revert on any
     *                          order being invalid; setting this to false will
     *                          instead cause the invalid order to be skipped.
     * @param maximumFulfilled  The maximum number of orders to fulfill.
     * @param recipient         The intended recipient for all received items.
     */
    function _validateOrdersAndPrepareToFulfill(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] memory criteriaResolvers,
        bool revertOnInvalid,
        uint256 maximumFulfilled,
        address recipient
    ) internal {
        // Ensure this function cannot be triggered during a reentrant call.
        _setReentrancyGuard();

        // Read length of orders array and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalOrders = advancedOrders.length;

        // Track the order hash for each order being fulfilled.
        bytes32[] memory orderHashes = new bytes32[](totalOrders);

        // Override orderHashes length to zero after memory has been allocated.
        assembly {
            mstore(orderHashes, 0)
        }

        // Declare an error buffer indicating status of any native offer items.
        // {00} == 0 => In a match function, no native offer items: allow.
        // {01} == 1 => In a match function, some native offer items: allow.
        // {10} == 2 => Not in a match function, no native offer items: allow.
        // {11} == 3 => Not in a match function, some native offer items: THROW.
        uint256 invalidNativeOfferItemErrorBuffer;

        // Use assembly to set the value for the second bit of the error buffer.
        assembly {
            // Use the second bit of the error buffer to indicate whether the
            // current function is not matchAdvancedOrders or matchOrders.
            invalidNativeOfferItemErrorBuffer := shl(
                1,
                gt(
                    // Take the remainder of the selector modulo a magic value.
                    mod(
                        shr(NumBitsAfterSelector, calldataload(0)),
                        NonMatchSelector_MagicModulus
                    ),
                    // Check if remainder is higher than the greatest remainder
                    // of the two match selectors modulo the magic value.
                    NonMatchSelector_MagicRemainder
                )
            )
        }

        // Skip overflow checks as all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Iterate over each order.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOrders; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the current order.
                AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder = advancedOrders[i];

                // Determine if max number orders have already been fulfilled.
                if (maximumFulfilled == 0) {
                    // Mark fill fraction as zero as the order will not be used.
                    advancedOrder.numerator = 0;

                    // Update the length of the orderHashes array.
                    assembly {
                        mstore(orderHashes, add(i, 1))
                    }

                    // Continue iterating through the remaining orders.
                    continue;
                }

                // Validate it, update status, and determine fraction to fill.
                (
                    bytes32 orderHash,
                    uint256 numerator,
                    uint256 denominator
                ) = _validateOrderAndUpdateStatus(
                        advancedOrder,
                        criteriaResolvers,
                        revertOnInvalid,
                        orderHashes
                    );

                // Update the length of the orderHashes array.
                assembly {
                    mstore(orderHashes, add(i, 1))
                }

                // Do not track hash or adjust prices if order is not fulfilled.
                if (numerator == 0) {
                    // Mark fill fraction as zero if the order is not fulfilled.
                    advancedOrder.numerator = 0;

                    // Continue iterating through the remaining orders.
                    continue;
                }

                // Otherwise, track the order hash in question.
                orderHashes[i] = orderHash;

                // Decrement the number of fulfilled orders.
                // Skip underflow check as the condition before
                // implies that maximumFulfilled > 0.
                maximumFulfilled--;

                // Place the start time for the order on the stack.
                uint256 startTime = advancedOrder.parameters.startTime;

                // Place the end time for the order on the stack.
                uint256 endTime = advancedOrder.parameters.endTime;

                // Retrieve array of offer items for the order in question.
                OfferItem[] memory offer = advancedOrder.parameters.offer;

                // Read length of offer array and place on the stack.
                uint256 totalOfferItems = offer.length;

                // Iterate over each offer item on the order.
                for (uint256 j = 0; j < totalOfferItems; ++j) {
                    // Retrieve the offer item.
                    OfferItem memory offerItem = offer[j];

                    assembly {
                        // If the offer item is for the native token, set the
                        // first bit of the error buffer to true.
                        invalidNativeOfferItemErrorBuffer := or(
                            invalidNativeOfferItemErrorBuffer,
                            iszero(mload(offerItem))
                        )
                    }

                    // Apply order fill fraction to offer item end amount.
                    uint256 endAmount = _getFraction(
                        numerator,
                        denominator,
                        offerItem.endAmount
                    );

                    // Reuse same fraction if start and end amounts are equal.
                    if (offerItem.startAmount == offerItem.endAmount) {
                        // Apply derived amount to both start and end amount.
                        offerItem.startAmount = endAmount;
                    } else {
                        // Apply order fill fraction to offer item start amount.
                        offerItem.startAmount = _getFraction(
                            numerator,
                            denominator,
                            offerItem.startAmount
                        );
                    }

                    // Update end amount in memory to match the derived amount.
                    offerItem.endAmount = endAmount;

                    // Adjust offer amount using current time; round down.
                    offerItem.startAmount = _locateCurrentAmount(
                        offerItem.startAmount,
                        offerItem.endAmount,
                        startTime,
                        endTime,
                        false // round down
                    );
                }

                // Retrieve array of consideration items for order in question.
                ConsiderationItem[] memory consideration = (
                    advancedOrder.parameters.consideration
                );

                // Read length of consideration array and place on the stack.
                uint256 totalConsiderationItems = consideration.length;

                // Iterate over each consideration item on the order.
                for (uint256 j = 0; j < totalConsiderationItems; ++j) {
                    // Retrieve the consideration item.
                    ConsiderationItem memory considerationItem = (
                        consideration[j]
                    );

                    // Apply fraction to consideration item end amount.
                    uint256 endAmount = _getFraction(
                        numerator,
                        denominator,
                        considerationItem.endAmount
                    );

                    // Reuse same fraction if start and end amounts are equal.
                    if (
                        considerationItem.startAmount ==
                        considerationItem.endAmount
                    ) {
                        // Apply derived amount to both start and end amount.
                        considerationItem.startAmount = endAmount;
                    } else {
                        // Apply fraction to consideration item start amount.
                        considerationItem.startAmount = _getFraction(
                            numerator,
                            denominator,
                            considerationItem.startAmount
                        );
                    }

                    // Update end amount in memory to match the derived amount.
                    considerationItem.endAmount = endAmount;

                    // Adjust consideration amount using current time; round up.
                    considerationItem.startAmount = (
                        _locateCurrentAmount(
                            considerationItem.startAmount,
                            considerationItem.endAmount,
                            startTime,
                            endTime,
                            true // round up
                        )
                    );

                    // Utilize assembly to manually "shift" the recipient value.
                    assembly {
                        // Write recipient to endAmount, as endAmount is not
                        // used from this point on and can be repurposed to fit
                        // the layout of a ReceivedItem.
                        mstore(
                            add(
                                considerationItem,
                                ReceivedItem_recipient_offset // old endAmount
                            ),
                            mload(
                                add(
                                    considerationItem,
                                    ConsiderationItem_recipient_offset
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    }
                }
            }
        }

        // If the first bit is set, a native offer item was encountered. If the
        // second bit is set in the error buffer, the current function is not
        // matchOrders or matchAdvancedOrders. If the value is three, both the
        // first and second bits were set; in that case, revert with an error.
        if (invalidNativeOfferItemErrorBuffer == 3) {
            revert InvalidNativeOfferItem();
        }

        // Apply criteria resolvers to each order as applicable.
        _applyCriteriaResolvers(advancedOrders, criteriaResolvers);

        // Emit an event for each order signifying that it has been fulfilled.
        // Skip overflow checks as all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Iterate over each order.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOrders; ++i) {
                // Do not emit an event if no order hash is present.
                if (orderHashes[i] == bytes32(0)) {
                    continue;
                }

                // Retrieve parameters for the order in question.
                OrderParameters memory orderParameters = (
                    advancedOrders[i].parameters
                );

                // Emit an OrderFulfilled event.
                _emitOrderFulfilledEvent(
                    orderHashes[i],
                    orderParameters.offerer,
                    orderParameters.zone,
                    recipient,
                    orderParameters.offer,
                    orderParameters.consideration
                );
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to fulfill a group of validated orders, fully or
     *      partially, with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *      consideration per order and to execute transfers. Any order that is
     *      not currently active, has already been fully filled, or has been
     *      cancelled will be omitted. Remaining offer and consideration items
     *      will then be aggregated where possible as indicated by the supplied
     *      offer and consideration component arrays and aggregated items will
     *      be transferred to the fulfiller or to each intended recipient,
     *      respectively. Note that a failing item transfer or an issue with
     *      order formatting will cause the entire batch to fail.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders            The orders to fulfill along with the
     *                                  fraction of those orders to attempt to
     *                                  fill. Note that both the offerer and the
     *                                  fulfiller must first approve this
     *                                  contract (or the conduit if indicated by
     *                                  the order) to transfer any relevant
     *                                  tokens on their behalf and that
     *                                  contracts must implement
     *                                  `onERC1155Received` in order to receive
     *                                  ERC1155 tokens as consideration. Also
     *                                  note that all offer and consideration
     *                                  components must have no remainder after
     *                                  multiplication of the respective amount
     *                                  with the supplied fraction for an
     *                                  order's partial fill amount to be
     *                                  considered valid.
     * @param offerFulfillments         An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which offer items to attempt
     *                                  to aggregate when preparing executions.
     * @param considerationFulfillments An array of FulfillmentComponent arrays
     *                                  indicating which consideration items to
     *                                  attempt to aggregate when preparing
     *                                  executions.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey       A bytes32 value indicating what conduit,
     *                                  if any, to source the fulfiller's token
     *                                  approvals from. The zero hash signifies
     *                                  that no conduit should be used, with
     *                                  direct approvals set on Consideration.
     * @param recipient                 The intended recipient for all received
     *                                  items.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     * @return executions      An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                         transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                         orders.
     */
    function _executeAvailableFulfillments(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] memory offerFulfillments,
        FulfillmentComponent[][] memory considerationFulfillments,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient
    )
        internal
        returns (bool[] memory availableOrders, Execution[] memory executions)
    {
        // Retrieve length of offer fulfillments array and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalOfferFulfillments = offerFulfillments.length;

        // Retrieve length of consideration fulfillments array & place on stack.
        uint256 totalConsiderationFulfillments = (
            considerationFulfillments.length
        );

        // Allocate an execution for each offer and consideration fulfillment.
        executions = new Execution[](
            totalOfferFulfillments + totalConsiderationFulfillments
        );

        // Skip overflow checks as all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Track number of filtered executions.
            uint256 totalFilteredExecutions = 0;

            // Iterate over each offer fulfillment.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOfferFulfillments; ++i) {
                /// Retrieve the offer fulfillment components in question.
                FulfillmentComponent[] memory components = (
                    offerFulfillments[i]
                );

                // Derive aggregated execution corresponding with fulfillment.
                Execution memory execution = _aggregateAvailable(
                    advancedOrders,
                    Side.OFFER,
                    components,
                    fulfillerConduitKey,
                    recipient
                );

                // If offerer and recipient on the execution are the same...
                if (execution.item.recipient == execution.offerer) {
                    // Increment total filtered executions.
                    ++totalFilteredExecutions;
                } else {
                    // Otherwise, assign the execution to the executions array.
                    executions[i - totalFilteredExecutions] = execution;
                }
            }

            // Iterate over each consideration fulfillment.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalConsiderationFulfillments; ++i) {
                /// Retrieve consideration fulfillment components in question.
                FulfillmentComponent[] memory components = (
                    considerationFulfillments[i]
                );

                // Derive aggregated execution corresponding with fulfillment.
                Execution memory execution = _aggregateAvailable(
                    advancedOrders,
                    Side.CONSIDERATION,
                    components,
                    fulfillerConduitKey,
                    address(0) // unused
                );

                // If offerer and recipient on the execution are the same...
                if (execution.item.recipient == execution.offerer) {
                    // Increment total filtered executions.
                    ++totalFilteredExecutions;
                } else {
                    // Otherwise, assign the execution to the executions array.
                    executions[
                        i + totalOfferFulfillments - totalFilteredExecutions
                    ] = execution;
                }
            }

            // If some number of executions have been filtered...
            if (totalFilteredExecutions != 0) {
                // reduce the total length of the executions array.
                assembly {
                    mstore(
                        executions,
                        sub(mload(executions), totalFilteredExecutions)
                    )
                }
            }
        }

        // Revert if no orders are available.
        if (executions.length == 0) {
            revert NoSpecifiedOrdersAvailable();
        }

        // Perform final checks and return.
        availableOrders = _performFinalChecksAndExecuteOrders(
            advancedOrders,
            executions
        );

        return (availableOrders, executions);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to perform a final check that each consideration
     *      item for an arbitrary number of fulfilled orders has been met and to
     *      trigger associated executions, transferring the respective items.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders     The orders to check and perform executions for.
     * @param executions         An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                           transfers to perform when fulfilling the given
     *                           orders.
     *
     * @return availableOrders An array of booleans indicating if each order
     *                         with an index corresponding to the index of the
     *                         returned boolean was fulfillable or not.
     */
    function _performFinalChecksAndExecuteOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        Execution[] memory executions
    ) internal returns (bool[] memory availableOrders) {
        // Retrieve the length of the advanced orders array and place on stack.
        uint256 totalOrders = advancedOrders.length;

        // Initialize array for tracking available orders.
        availableOrders = new bool[](totalOrders);

        // Skip overflow checks as all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Iterate over orders to ensure all considerations are met.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOrders; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the order in question.
                AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder = advancedOrders[i];

                // Skip consideration item checks for order if not fulfilled.
                if (advancedOrder.numerator == 0) {
                    // Note: orders do not need to be marked as unavailable as a
                    // new memory region has been allocated. Review carefully if
                    // altering compiler version or managing memory manually.
                    continue;
                }

                // Mark the order as available.
                availableOrders[i] = true;

                // Retrieve consideration items to ensure they are fulfilled.
                ConsiderationItem[] memory consideration = (
                    advancedOrder.parameters.consideration
                );

                // Read length of consideration array and place on the stack.
                uint256 totalConsiderationItems = consideration.length;

                // Iterate over each consideration item to ensure it is met.
                for (uint256 j = 0; j < totalConsiderationItems; ++j) {
                    // Retrieve remaining amount on the consideration item.
                    uint256 unmetAmount = consideration[j].startAmount;

                    // Revert if the remaining amount is not zero.
                    if (unmetAmount != 0) {
                        revert ConsiderationNotMet(i, j, unmetAmount);
                    }
                }
            }
        }

        // Put ether value supplied by the caller on the stack.
        uint256 etherRemaining = msg.value;

        // Initialize an accumulator array. From this point forward, no new
        // memory regions can be safely allocated until the accumulator is no
        // longer being utilized, as the accumulator operates in an open-ended
        // fashion from this memory pointer; existing memory may still be
        // accessed and modified, however.
        bytes memory accumulator = new bytes(AccumulatorDisarmed);

        // Retrieve the length of the executions array and place on stack.
        uint256 totalExecutions = executions.length;

        // Iterate over each execution.
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalExecutions; ) {
            // Retrieve the execution and the associated received item.
            Execution memory execution = executions[i];
            ReceivedItem memory item = execution.item;

            // If execution transfers native tokens, reduce value available.
            if (item.itemType == ItemType.NATIVE) {
                // Ensure that sufficient native tokens are still available.
                if (item.amount > etherRemaining) {
                    revert InsufficientEtherSupplied();
                }

                // Skip underflow check as amount is less than ether remaining.
                unchecked {
                    etherRemaining -= item.amount;
                }
            }

            // Transfer the item specified by the execution.
            _transfer(
                item,
                execution.offerer,
                execution.conduitKey,
                accumulator
            );

            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }

        // Trigger any remaining accumulated transfers via call to the conduit.
        _triggerIfArmed(accumulator);

        // If any ether remains after fulfillments, return it to the caller.
        if (etherRemaining != 0) {
            _transferEth(payable(msg.sender), etherRemaining);
        }

        // Clear the reentrancy guard.
        _clearReentrancyGuard();

        // Return the array containing available orders.
        return (availableOrders);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to match an arbitrary number of full or partial
     *      orders, each with an arbitrary number of items for offer and
     *      consideration, supplying criteria resolvers containing specific
     *      token identifiers and associated proofs as well as fulfillments
     *      allocating offer components to consideration components.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders    The advanced orders to match. Note that both the
     *                          offerer and fulfiller on each order must first
     *                          approve this contract (or their conduit if
     *                          indicated by the order) to transfer any relevant
     *                          tokens on their behalf and each consideration
     *                          recipient must implement `onERC1155Received` in
     *                          order to receive ERC1155 tokens. Also note that
     *                          the offer and consideration components for each
     *                          order must have no remainder after multiplying
     *                          the respective amount with the supplied fraction
     *                          in order for the group of partial fills to be
     *                          considered valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a reference
     *                          to a specific order as well as that order's
     *                          offer or consideration, a token identifier, and
     *                          a proof that the supplied token identifier is
     *                          contained in the order's merkle root. Note that
     *                          an empty root indicates that any (transferable)
     *                          token identifier is valid and that no associated
     *                          proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillments      An array of elements allocating offer components
     *                          to consideration components. Note that each
     *                          consideration component must be fully met in
     *                          order for the match operation to be valid.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function _matchAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        CriteriaResolver[] memory criteriaResolvers,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    ) internal returns (Execution[] memory executions) {
        // Validate orders, update order status, and determine item amounts.
        _validateOrdersAndPrepareToFulfill(
            advancedOrders,
            criteriaResolvers,
            true, // Signifies that invalid orders should revert.
            advancedOrders.length,
            address(0) // OrderFulfilled event has no recipient when matching.
        );

        // Fulfill the orders using the supplied fulfillments.
        return _fulfillAdvancedOrders(advancedOrders, fulfillments);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to fulfill an arbitrary number of orders, either
     *      full or partial, after validating, adjusting amounts, and applying
     *      criteria resolvers.
     *
     * @param advancedOrders     The orders to match, including a fraction to
     *                           attempt to fill for each order.
     * @param fulfillments       An array of elements allocating offer
     *                           components to consideration components. Note
     *                           that the final amount of each consideration
     *                           component must be zero for a match operation to
     *                           be considered valid.
     *
     * @return executions An array of elements indicating the sequence of
     *                    transfers performed as part of matching the given
     *                    orders.
     */
    function _fulfillAdvancedOrders(
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders,
        Fulfillment[] calldata fulfillments
    ) internal returns (Execution[] memory executions) {
        // Retrieve fulfillments array length and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalFulfillments = fulfillments.length;

        // Allocate executions by fulfillment and apply them to each execution.
        executions = new Execution[](totalFulfillments);

        // Skip overflow checks as all for loops are indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Track number of filtered executions.
            uint256 totalFilteredExecutions = 0;

            // Iterate over each fulfillment.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalFulfillments; ++i) {
                /// Retrieve the fulfillment in question.
                Fulfillment calldata fulfillment = fulfillments[i];

                // Derive the execution corresponding with the fulfillment.
                Execution memory execution = _applyFulfillment(
                    advancedOrders,
                    fulfillment.offerComponents,
                    fulfillment.considerationComponents
                );

                // If offerer and recipient on the execution are the same...
                if (execution.item.recipient == execution.offerer) {
                    // Increment total filtered executions.
                    ++totalFilteredExecutions;
                } else {
                    // Otherwise, assign the execution to the executions array.
                    executions[i - totalFilteredExecutions] = execution;
                }
            }

            // If some number of executions have been filtered...
            if (totalFilteredExecutions != 0) {
                // reduce the total length of the executions array.
                assembly {
                    mstore(
                        executions,
                        sub(mload(executions), totalFilteredExecutions)
                    )
                }
            }
        }

        // Perform final checks and execute orders.
        _performFinalChecksAndExecuteOrders(advancedOrders, executions);

        // Return the executions array.
        return (executions);
    }
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/OrderFulfiller.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import { ItemType } from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";

import {
    OfferItem,
    ConsiderationItem,
    SpentItem,
    ReceivedItem,
    OrderParameters,
    Order,
    AdvancedOrder,
    CriteriaResolver
} from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";

import { BasicOrderFulfiller } from "./BasicOrderFulfiller.sol";

import { CriteriaResolution } from "./CriteriaResolution.sol";

import { AmountDeriver } from "./AmountDeriver.sol";

import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";

/**
 * @title OrderFulfiller
 * @author 0age
 * @notice OrderFulfiller contains logic related to order fulfillment where a
 *         single order is being fulfilled and where basic order fulfillment is
 *         not available as an option.
 */
contract OrderFulfiller is
    BasicOrderFulfiller,
    CriteriaResolution,
    AmountDeriver
{
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController)
        BasicOrderFulfiller(conduitController)
    {}

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to validate an order and update its status, adjust
     *      prices based on current time, apply criteria resolvers, determine
     *      what portion to fill, and transfer relevant tokens.
     *
     * @param advancedOrder       The order to fulfill as well as the fraction
     *                            to fill. Note that all offer and consideration
     *                            components must divide with no remainder for
     *                            the partial fill to be valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers   An array where each element contains a
     *                            reference to a specific offer or
     *                            consideration, a token identifier, and a proof
     *                            that the supplied token identifier is
     *                            contained in the order's merkle root. Note
     *                            that a criteria of zero indicates that any
     *                            (transferable) token identifier is valid and
     *                            that no proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used, with direct approvals set on
     *                            Consideration.
     * @param recipient           The intended recipient for all received items.
     *
     * @return A boolean indicating whether the order has been fulfilled.
     */
    function _validateAndFulfillAdvancedOrder(
        AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder,
        CriteriaResolver[] memory criteriaResolvers,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient
    ) internal returns (bool) {
        // Ensure this function cannot be triggered during a reentrant call.
        _setReentrancyGuard();

        // Declare empty bytes32 array (unused, will remain empty).
        bytes32[] memory priorOrderHashes;

        // Validate order, update status, and determine fraction to fill.
        (
            bytes32 orderHash,
            uint256 fillNumerator,
            uint256 fillDenominator
        ) = _validateOrderAndUpdateStatus(
                advancedOrder,
                criteriaResolvers,
                true,
                priorOrderHashes
            );

        // Create an array with length 1 containing the order.
        AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders = new AdvancedOrder[](1);

        // Populate the order as the first and only element of the new array.
        advancedOrders[0] = advancedOrder;

        // Apply criteria resolvers using generated orders and details arrays.
        _applyCriteriaResolvers(advancedOrders, criteriaResolvers);

        // Retrieve the order parameters after applying criteria resolvers.
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters = advancedOrders[0].parameters;

        // Perform each item transfer with the appropriate fractional amount.
        _applyFractionsAndTransferEach(
            orderParameters,
            fillNumerator,
            fillDenominator,
            fulfillerConduitKey,
            recipient
        );

        // Emit an event signifying that the order has been fulfilled.
        _emitOrderFulfilledEvent(
            orderHash,
            orderParameters.offerer,
            orderParameters.zone,
            recipient,
            orderParameters.offer,
            orderParameters.consideration
        );

        // Clear the reentrancy guard.
        _clearReentrancyGuard();

        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer each item contained in a given single
     *      order fulfillment after applying a respective fraction to the amount
     *      being transferred.
     *
     * @param orderParameters     The parameters for the fulfilled order.
     * @param numerator           A value indicating the portion of the order
     *                            that should be filled.
     * @param denominator         A value indicating the total order size.
     * @param fulfillerConduitKey A bytes32 value indicating what conduit, if
     *                            any, to source the fulfiller's token approvals
     *                            from. The zero hash signifies that no conduit
     *                            should be used, with direct approvals set on
     *                            Consideration.
     * @param recipient           The intended recipient for all received items.
     */
    function _applyFractionsAndTransferEach(
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters,
        uint256 numerator,
        uint256 denominator,
        bytes32 fulfillerConduitKey,
        address recipient
    ) internal {
        // Read start time & end time from order parameters and place on stack.
        uint256 startTime = orderParameters.startTime;
        uint256 endTime = orderParameters.endTime;

        // Initialize an accumulator array. From this point forward, no new
        // memory regions can be safely allocated until the accumulator is no
        // longer being utilized, as the accumulator operates in an open-ended
        // fashion from this memory pointer; existing memory may still be
        // accessed and modified, however.
        bytes memory accumulator = new bytes(AccumulatorDisarmed);

        // As of solidity 0.6.0, inline assembly cannot directly access function
        // definitions, but can still access locally scoped function variables.
        // This means that in order to recast the type of a function, we need to
        // create a local variable to reference the internal function definition
        // (using the same type) and a local variable with the desired type,
        // and then cast the original function pointer to the desired type.

        /**
         * Repurpose existing OfferItem memory regions on the offer array for
         * the order by overriding the _transfer function pointer to accept a
         * modified OfferItem argument in place of the usual ReceivedItem:
         *
         *   ========= OfferItem ==========   ====== ReceivedItem ======
         *   ItemType itemType; ------------> ItemType itemType;
         *   address token; ----------------> address token;
         *   uint256 identifierOrCriteria; -> uint256 identifier;
         *   uint256 startAmount; ----------> uint256 amount;
         *   uint256 endAmount; ------------> address recipient;
         */

        // Declare a nested scope to minimize stack depth.
        unchecked {
            // Declare a virtual function pointer taking an OfferItem argument.
            function(OfferItem memory, address, bytes32, bytes memory)
                internal _transferOfferItem;

            {
                // Assign _transfer function to a new function pointer (it takes
                // a ReceivedItem as its initial argument)
                function(ReceivedItem memory, address, bytes32, bytes memory)
                    internal _transferReceivedItem = _transfer;

                // Utilize assembly to override the virtual function pointer.
                assembly {
                    // Cast initial ReceivedItem type to an OfferItem type.
                    _transferOfferItem := _transferReceivedItem
                }
            }

            // Read offer array length from memory and place on stack.
            uint256 totalOfferItems = orderParameters.offer.length;

            // Iterate over each offer on the order.
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOfferItems; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the offer item.
                OfferItem memory offerItem = orderParameters.offer[i];

                // Offer items for the native token can not be received
                // outside of a match order function.
                if (offerItem.itemType == ItemType.NATIVE) {
                    revert InvalidNativeOfferItem();
                }

                // Declare an additional nested scope to minimize stack depth.
                {
                    // Apply fill fraction to get offer item amount to transfer.
                    uint256 amount = _applyFraction(
                        offerItem.startAmount,
                        offerItem.endAmount,
                        numerator,
                        denominator,
                        startTime,
                        endTime,
                        false
                    );

                    // Utilize assembly to set overloaded offerItem arguments.
                    assembly {
                        // Write new fractional amount to startAmount as amount.
                        mstore(
                            add(offerItem, ReceivedItem_amount_offset),
                            amount
                        )

                        // Write recipient to endAmount.
                        mstore(
                            add(offerItem, ReceivedItem_recipient_offset),
                            recipient
                        )
                    }
                }

                // Transfer the item from the offerer to the recipient.
                _transferOfferItem(
                    offerItem,
                    orderParameters.offerer,
                    orderParameters.conduitKey,
                    accumulator
                );
            }
        }

        // Put ether value supplied by the caller on the stack.
        uint256 etherRemaining = msg.value;

        /**
         * Repurpose existing ConsiderationItem memory regions on the
         * consideration array for the order by overriding the _transfer
         * function pointer to accept a modified ConsiderationItem argument in
         * place of the usual ReceivedItem:
         *
         *   ====== ConsiderationItem =====   ====== ReceivedItem ======
         *   ItemType itemType; ------------> ItemType itemType;
         *   address token; ----------------> address token;
         *   uint256 identifierOrCriteria;--> uint256 identifier;
         *   uint256 startAmount; ----------> uint256 amount;
         *   uint256 endAmount;        /----> address recipient;
         *   address recipient; ------/
         */

        // Declare a nested scope to minimize stack depth.
        unchecked {
            // Declare virtual function pointer with ConsiderationItem argument.
            function(ConsiderationItem memory, address, bytes32, bytes memory)
                internal _transferConsiderationItem;
            {
                // Reassign _transfer function to a new function pointer (it
                // takes a ReceivedItem as its initial argument).
                function(ReceivedItem memory, address, bytes32, bytes memory)
                    internal _transferReceivedItem = _transfer;

                // Utilize assembly to override the virtual function pointer.
                assembly {
                    // Cast ReceivedItem type to ConsiderationItem type.
                    _transferConsiderationItem := _transferReceivedItem
                }
            }

            // Read consideration array length from memory and place on stack.
            uint256 totalConsiderationItems = orderParameters
                .consideration
                .length;

            // Iterate over each consideration item on the order.
            // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalConsiderationItems; ++i) {
                // Retrieve the consideration item.
                ConsiderationItem memory considerationItem = (
                    orderParameters.consideration[i]
                );

                // Apply fraction & derive considerationItem amount to transfer.
                uint256 amount = _applyFraction(
                    considerationItem.startAmount,
                    considerationItem.endAmount,
                    numerator,
                    denominator,
                    startTime,
                    endTime,
                    true
                );

                // Use assembly to set overloaded considerationItem arguments.
                assembly {
                    // Write derived fractional amount to startAmount as amount.
                    mstore(
                        add(considerationItem, ReceivedItem_amount_offset),
                        amount
                    )

                    // Write original recipient to endAmount as recipient.
                    mstore(
                        add(considerationItem, ReceivedItem_recipient_offset),
                        mload(
                            add(
                                considerationItem,
                                ConsiderationItem_recipient_offset
                            )
                        )
                    )
                }

                // Reduce available value if offer spent ETH or a native token.
                if (considerationItem.itemType == ItemType.NATIVE) {
                    // Ensure that sufficient native tokens are still available.
                    if (amount > etherRemaining) {
                        revert InsufficientEtherSupplied();
                    }

                    // Skip underflow check as a comparison has just been made.
                    etherRemaining -= amount;
                }

                // Transfer item from caller to recipient specified by the item.
                _transferConsiderationItem(
                    considerationItem,
                    msg.sender,
                    fulfillerConduitKey,
                    accumulator
                );
            }
        }

        // Trigger any remaining accumulated transfers via call to the conduit.
        _triggerIfArmed(accumulator);

        // If any ether remains after fulfillments...
        if (etherRemaining != 0) {
            // return it to the caller.
            _transferEth(payable(msg.sender), etherRemaining);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to emit an OrderFulfilled event. OfferItems are
     *      translated into SpentItems and ConsiderationItems are translated
     *      into ReceivedItems.
     *
     * @param orderHash     The order hash.
     * @param offerer       The offerer for the order.
     * @param zone          The zone for the order.
     * @param fulfiller     The fulfiller of the order, or the null address if
     *                      the order was fulfilled via order matching.
     * @param offer         The offer items for the order.
     * @param consideration The consideration items for the order.
     */
    function _emitOrderFulfilledEvent(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address offerer,
        address zone,
        address fulfiller,
        OfferItem[] memory offer,
        ConsiderationItem[] memory consideration
    ) internal {
        // Cast already-modified offer memory region as spent items.
        SpentItem[] memory spentItems;
        assembly {
            spentItems := offer
        }

        // Cast already-modified consideration memory region as received items.
        ReceivedItem[] memory receivedItems;
        assembly {
            receivedItems := consideration
        }

        // Emit an event signifying that the order has been fulfilled.
        emit OrderFulfilled(
            orderHash,
            offerer,
            zone,
            fulfiller,
            spentItems,
            receivedItems
        );
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to convert an order to an advanced order with
     *      numerator and denominator of 1 and empty extraData.
     *
     * @param order The order to convert.
     *
     * @return advancedOrder The new advanced order.
     */
    function _convertOrderToAdvanced(Order calldata order)
        internal
        pure
        returns (AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder)
    {
        // Convert to partial order (1/1 or full fill) and return new value.
        advancedOrder = AdvancedOrder(
            order.parameters,
            1,
            1,
            order.signature,
            ""
        );
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to convert an array of orders to an array of
     *      advanced orders with numerator and denominator of 1.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to convert.
     *
     * @return advancedOrders The new array of partial orders.
     */
    function _convertOrdersToAdvanced(Order[] calldata orders)
        internal
        pure
        returns (AdvancedOrder[] memory advancedOrders)
    {
        // Read the number of orders from calldata and place on the stack.
        uint256 totalOrders = orders.length;

        // Allocate new empty array for each partial order in memory.
        advancedOrders = new AdvancedOrder[](totalOrders);

        // Skip overflow check as the index for the loop starts at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Iterate over the given orders.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOrders; ++i) {
                // Convert to partial order (1/1 or full fill) and update array.
                advancedOrders[i] = _convertOrderToAdvanced(orders[i]);
            }
        }

        // Return the array of advanced orders.
        return advancedOrders;
    }
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/OrderValidator.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import { OrderType } from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";

import {
    OrderParameters,
    Order,
    AdvancedOrder,
    OrderComponents,
    OrderStatus,
    CriteriaResolver
} from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";

import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";

import { Executor } from "./Executor.sol";

import { ZoneInteraction } from "./ZoneInteraction.sol";

/**
 * @title OrderValidator
 * @author 0age
 * @notice OrderValidator contains functionality related to validating orders
 *         and updating their status.
 */
contract OrderValidator is Executor, ZoneInteraction {
    // Track status of each order (validated, cancelled, and fraction filled).
    mapping(bytes32 => OrderStatus) private _orderStatus;

    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) Executor(conduitController) {}

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to verify and update the status of a basic order.
     *
     * @param orderHash The hash of the order.
     * @param offerer   The offerer of the order.
     * @param signature A signature from the offerer indicating that the order
     *                  has been approved.
     */
    function _validateBasicOrderAndUpdateStatus(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address offerer,
        bytes memory signature
    ) internal {
        // Retrieve the order status for the given order hash.
        OrderStatus storage orderStatus = _orderStatus[orderHash];

        // Ensure order is fillable and is not cancelled.
        _verifyOrderStatus(
            orderHash,
            orderStatus,
            true, // Only allow unused orders when fulfilling basic orders.
            true // Signifies to revert if the order is invalid.
        );

        // If the order is not already validated, verify the supplied signature.
        if (!orderStatus.isValidated) {
            _verifySignature(offerer, orderHash, signature);
        }

        // Update order status as fully filled, packing struct values.
        orderStatus.isValidated = true;
        orderStatus.isCancelled = false;
        orderStatus.numerator = 1;
        orderStatus.denominator = 1;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to validate an order, determine what portion to
     *      fill, and update its status. The desired fill amount is supplied as
     *      a fraction, as is the returned amount to fill.
     *
     * @param advancedOrder     The order to fulfill as well as the fraction to
     *                          fill. Note that all offer and consideration
     *                          amounts must divide with no remainder in order
     *                          for a partial fill to be valid.
     * @param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a reference
     *                          to a specific offer or consideration, a token
     *                          identifier, and a proof that the supplied token
     *                          identifier is contained in the order's merkle
     *                          root. Note that a criteria of zero indicates
     *                          that any (transferable) token identifier is
     *                          valid and that no proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param revertOnInvalid   A boolean indicating whether to revert if the
     *                          order is invalid due to the time or status.
     * @param priorOrderHashes  The order hashes of each order supplied prior to
     *                          the current order as part of a "match" variety
     *                          of order fulfillment (e.g. this array will be
     *                          empty for single or "fulfill available").
     *
     * @return orderHash      The order hash.
     * @return newNumerator   A value indicating the portion of the order that
     *                        will be filled.
     * @return newDenominator A value indicating the total size of the order.
     */
    function _validateOrderAndUpdateStatus(
        AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder,
        CriteriaResolver[] memory criteriaResolvers,
        bool revertOnInvalid,
        bytes32[] memory priorOrderHashes
    )
        internal
        returns (
            bytes32 orderHash,
            uint256 newNumerator,
            uint256 newDenominator
        )
    {
        // Retrieve the parameters for the order.
        OrderParameters memory orderParameters = advancedOrder.parameters;

        // Ensure current timestamp falls between order start time and end time.
        if (
            !_verifyTime(
                orderParameters.startTime,
                orderParameters.endTime,
                revertOnInvalid
            )
        ) {
            // Assuming an invalid time and no revert, return zeroed out values.
            return (bytes32(0), 0, 0);
        }

        // Read numerator and denominator from memory and place on the stack.
        uint256 numerator = uint256(advancedOrder.numerator);
        uint256 denominator = uint256(advancedOrder.denominator);

        // Ensure that the supplied numerator and denominator are valid.
        if (numerator > denominator || numerator == 0) {
            revert BadFraction();
        }

        // If attempting partial fill (n < d) check order type & ensure support.
        if (
            numerator < denominator &&
            _doesNotSupportPartialFills(orderParameters.orderType)
        ) {
            // Revert if partial fill was attempted on an unsupported order.
            revert PartialFillsNotEnabledForOrder();
        }

        // Retrieve current counter & use it w/ parameters to derive order hash.
        orderHash = _assertConsiderationLengthAndGetOrderHash(orderParameters);

        // Ensure restricted orders have a valid submitter or pass a zone check.
        _assertRestrictedAdvancedOrderValidity(
            advancedOrder,
            criteriaResolvers,
            priorOrderHashes,
            orderHash,
            orderParameters.zoneHash,
            orderParameters.orderType,
            orderParameters.offerer,
            orderParameters.zone
        );

        // Retrieve the order status using the derived order hash.
        OrderStatus storage orderStatus = _orderStatus[orderHash];

        // Ensure order is fillable and is not cancelled.
        if (
            !_verifyOrderStatus(
                orderHash,
                orderStatus,
                false, // Allow partially used orders to be filled.
                revertOnInvalid
            )
        ) {
            // Assuming an invalid order status and no revert, return zero fill.
            return (orderHash, 0, 0);
        }

        // If the order is not already validated, verify the supplied signature.
        if (!orderStatus.isValidated) {
            _verifySignature(
                orderParameters.offerer,
                orderHash,
                advancedOrder.signature
            );
        }

        // Read filled amount as numerator and denominator and put on the stack.
        uint256 filledNumerator = orderStatus.numerator;
        uint256 filledDenominator = orderStatus.denominator;

        // If order (orderStatus) currently has a non-zero denominator it is
        // partially filled.
        if (filledDenominator != 0) {
            // If denominator of 1 supplied, fill all remaining amount on order.
            if (denominator == 1) {
                // Scale numerator & denominator to match current denominator.
                numerator = filledDenominator;
                denominator = filledDenominator;
            }
            // Otherwise, if supplied denominator differs from current one...
            else if (filledDenominator != denominator) {
                // scale current numerator by the supplied denominator, then...
                filledNumerator *= denominator;

                // the supplied numerator & denominator by current denominator.
                numerator *= filledDenominator;
                denominator *= filledDenominator;
            }

            // Once adjusted, if current+supplied numerator exceeds denominator:
            if (filledNumerator + numerator > denominator) {
                // Skip underflow check: denominator >= orderStatus.numerator
                unchecked {
                    // Reduce current numerator so it + supplied = denominator.
                    numerator = denominator - filledNumerator;
                }
            }

            // Increment the filled numerator by the new numerator.
            filledNumerator += numerator;

            // Use assembly to ensure fractional amounts are below max uint120.
            assembly {
                // Check filledNumerator and denominator for uint120 overflow.
                if or(
                    gt(filledNumerator, MaxUint120),
                    gt(denominator, MaxUint120)
                ) {
                    // Derive greatest common divisor using euclidean algorithm.
                    function gcd(_a, _b) -> out {
                        for {

                        } _b {

                        } {
                            let _c := _b
                            _b := mod(_a, _c)
                            _a := _c
                        }
                        out := _a
                    }
                    let scaleDown := gcd(
                        numerator,
                        gcd(filledNumerator, denominator)
                    )

                    // Ensure that the divisor is at least one.
                    let safeScaleDown := add(scaleDown, iszero(scaleDown))

                    // Scale all fractional values down by gcd.
                    numerator := div(numerator, safeScaleDown)
                    filledNumerator := div(filledNumerator, safeScaleDown)
                    denominator := div(denominator, safeScaleDown)

                    // Perform the overflow check a second time.
                    if or(
                        gt(filledNumerator, MaxUint120),
                        gt(denominator, MaxUint120)
                    ) {
                        // Store the Panic error signature.
                        mstore(0, Panic_error_signature)

                        // Set arithmetic (0x11) panic code as initial argument.
                        mstore(Panic_error_offset, Panic_arithmetic)

                        // Return, supplying Panic signature & arithmetic code.
                        revert(0, Panic_error_length)
                    }
                }
            }
            // Skip overflow check: checked above unless numerator is reduced.
            unchecked {
                // Update order status and fill amount, packing struct values.
                orderStatus.isValidated = true;
                orderStatus.isCancelled = false;
                orderStatus.numerator = uint120(filledNumerator);
                orderStatus.denominator = uint120(denominator);
            }
        } else {
            // Update order status and fill amount, packing struct values.
            orderStatus.isValidated = true;
            orderStatus.isCancelled = false;
            orderStatus.numerator = uint120(numerator);
            orderStatus.denominator = uint120(denominator);
        }

        // Return order hash, a modified numerator, and a modified denominator.
        return (orderHash, numerator, denominator);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to cancel an arbitrary number of orders. Note that
     *      only the offerer or the zone of a given order may cancel it. Callers
     *      should ensure that the intended order was cancelled by calling
     *      `getOrderStatus` and confirming that `isCancelled` returns `true`.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to cancel.
     *
     * @return cancelled A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders were
     *                   successfully cancelled.
     */
    function _cancel(OrderComponents[] calldata orders)
        internal
        returns (bool cancelled)
    {
        // Ensure that the reentrancy guard is not currently set.
        _assertNonReentrant();

        // Declare variables outside of the loop.
        OrderStatus storage orderStatus;
        address offerer;
        address zone;

        // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Read length of the orders array from memory and place on stack.
            uint256 totalOrders = orders.length;

            // Iterate over each order.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOrders; ) {
                // Retrieve the order.
                OrderComponents calldata order = orders[i];

                offerer = order.offerer;
                zone = order.zone;

                // Ensure caller is either offerer or zone of the order.
                if (msg.sender != offerer && msg.sender != zone) {
                    revert InvalidCanceller();
                }

                // Derive order hash using the order parameters and the counter.
                bytes32 orderHash = _deriveOrderHash(
                    OrderParameters(
                        offerer,
                        zone,
                        order.offer,
                        order.consideration,
                        order.orderType,
                        order.startTime,
                        order.endTime,
                        order.zoneHash,
                        order.salt,
                        order.conduitKey,
                        order.consideration.length
                    ),
                    order.counter
                );

                // Retrieve the order status using the derived order hash.
                orderStatus = _orderStatus[orderHash];

                // Update the order status as not valid and cancelled.
                orderStatus.isValidated = false;
                orderStatus.isCancelled = true;

                // Emit an event signifying that the order has been cancelled.
                emit OrderCancelled(orderHash, offerer, zone);

                // Increment counter inside body of loop for gas efficiency.
                ++i;
            }
        }

        // Return a boolean indicating that orders were successfully cancelled.
        cancelled = true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to validate an arbitrary number of orders, thereby
     *      registering their signatures as valid and allowing the fulfiller to
     *      skip signature verification on fulfillment. Note that validated
     *      orders may still be unfulfillable due to invalid item amounts or
     *      other factors; callers should determine whether validated orders are
     *      fulfillable by simulating the fulfillment call prior to execution.
     *      Also note that anyone can validate a signed order, but only the
     *      offerer can validate an order without supplying a signature.
     *
     * @param orders The orders to validate.
     *
     * @return validated A boolean indicating whether the supplied orders were
     *                   successfully validated.
     */
    function _validate(Order[] calldata orders)
        internal
        returns (bool validated)
    {
        // Ensure that the reentrancy guard is not currently set.
        _assertNonReentrant();

        // Declare variables outside of the loop.
        OrderStatus storage orderStatus;
        bytes32 orderHash;
        address offerer;

        // Skip overflow check as for loop is indexed starting at zero.
        unchecked {
            // Read length of the orders array from memory and place on stack.
            uint256 totalOrders = orders.length;

            // Iterate over each order.
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < totalOrders; ) {
                // Retrieve the order.
                Order calldata order = orders[i];

                // Retrieve the order parameters.
                OrderParameters calldata orderParameters = order.parameters;

                // Move offerer from memory to the stack.
                offerer = orderParameters.offerer;

                // Get current counter & use it w/ params to derive order hash.
                orderHash = _assertConsiderationLengthAndGetOrderHash(
                    orderParameters
                );

                // Retrieve the order status using the derived order hash.
                orderStatus = _orderStatus[orderHash];

                // Ensure order is fillable and retrieve the filled amount.
                _verifyOrderStatus(
                    orderHash,
                    orderStatus,
                    false, // Signifies that partially filled orders are valid.
                    true // Signifies to revert if the order is invalid.
                );

                // If the order has not already been validated...
                if (!orderStatus.isValidated) {
                    // Verify the supplied signature.
                    _verifySignature(offerer, orderHash, order.signature);

                    // Update order status to mark the order as valid.
                    orderStatus.isValidated = true;

                    // Emit an event signifying the order has been validated.
                    emit OrderValidated(
                        orderHash,
                        offerer,
                        orderParameters.zone
                    );
                }

                // Increment counter inside body of the loop for gas efficiency.
                ++i;
            }
        }

        // Return a boolean indicating that orders were successfully validated.
        validated = true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to retrieve the status of a given order by
     *      hash, including whether the order has been cancelled or validated
     *      and the fraction of the order that has been filled.
     *
     * @param orderHash The order hash in question.
     *
     * @return isValidated A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been validated (i.e. previously approved or
     *                     partially filled).
     * @return isCancelled A boolean indicating whether the order in question
     *                     has been cancelled.
     * @return totalFilled The total portion of the order that has been filled
     *                     (i.e. the "numerator").
     * @return totalSize   The total size of the order that is either filled or
     *                     unfilled (i.e. the "denominator").
     */
    function _getOrderStatus(bytes32 orderHash)
        internal
        view
        returns (
            bool isValidated,
            bool isCancelled,
            uint256 totalFilled,
            uint256 totalSize
        )
    {
        // Retrieve the order status using the order hash.
        OrderStatus storage orderStatus = _orderStatus[orderHash];

        // Return the fields on the order status.
        return (
            orderStatus.isValidated,
            orderStatus.isCancelled,
            orderStatus.numerator,
            orderStatus.denominator
        );
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal pure function to check whether a given order type indicates
     *      that partial fills are not supported (e.g. only "full fills" are
     *      allowed for the order in question).
     *
     * @param orderType The order type in question.
     *
     * @return isFullOrder A boolean indicating whether the order type only
     *                     supports full fills.
     */
    function _doesNotSupportPartialFills(OrderType orderType)
        internal
        pure
        returns (bool isFullOrder)
    {
        // The "full" order types are even, while "partial" order types are odd.
        // Bitwise and by 1 is equivalent to modulo by 2, but 2 gas cheaper.
        assembly {
            // Equivalent to `uint256(orderType) & 1 == 0`.
            isFullOrder := iszero(and(orderType, 1))
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/ReentrancyGuard.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import { ReentrancyErrors } from "../interfaces/ReentrancyErrors.sol";

import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";

/**
 * @title ReentrancyGuard
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ReentrancyGuard contains a storage variable and related functionality
 *         for protecting against reentrancy.
 */
contract ReentrancyGuard is ReentrancyErrors {
    // Prevent reentrant calls on protected functions.
    uint256 private _reentrancyGuard;

    /**
     * @dev Initialize the reentrancy guard during deployment.
     */
    constructor() {
        // Initialize the reentrancy guard in a cleared state.
        _reentrancyGuard = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to ensure that the sentinel value for the
     *      reentrancy guard is not currently set and, if not, to set the
     *      sentinel value for the reentrancy guard.
     */
    function _setReentrancyGuard() internal {
        // Ensure that the reentrancy guard is not already set.
        _assertNonReentrant();

        // Set the reentrancy guard.
        _reentrancyGuard = _ENTERED;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to unset the reentrancy guard sentinel value.
     */
    function _clearReentrancyGuard() internal {
        // Clear the reentrancy guard.
        _reentrancyGuard = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to ensure that the sentinel value for the
            reentrancy guard is not currently set.
     */
    function _assertNonReentrant() internal view {
        // Ensure that the reentrancy guard is not currently set.
        if (_reentrancyGuard != _NOT_ENTERED) {
            revert NoReentrantCalls();
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/SignatureVerification.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import { EIP1271Interface } from "../interfaces/EIP1271Interface.sol";

import {
    SignatureVerificationErrors
} from "../interfaces/SignatureVerificationErrors.sol";

import { LowLevelHelpers } from "./LowLevelHelpers.sol";

import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";

/**
 * @title SignatureVerification
 * @author 0age
 * @notice SignatureVerification contains logic for verifying signatures.
 */
contract SignatureVerification is SignatureVerificationErrors, LowLevelHelpers {
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to verify the signature of an order. An
     *      ERC-1271 fallback will be attempted if either the signature length
     *      is not 64 or 65 bytes or if the recovered signer does not match the
     *      supplied signer.
     *
     * @param signer    The signer for the order.
     * @param digest    The digest to verify the signature against.
     * @param signature A signature from the signer indicating that the order
     *                  has been approved.
     */
    function _assertValidSignature(
        address signer,
        bytes32 digest,
        bytes memory signature
    ) internal view {
        // Declare value for ecrecover equality or 1271 call success status.
        bool success;

        // Utilize assembly to perform optimized signature verification check.
        assembly {
            // Ensure that first word of scratch space is empty.
            mstore(0, 0)

            // Declare value for v signature parameter.
            let v

            // Get the length of the signature.
            let signatureLength := mload(signature)

            // Get the pointer to the value preceding the signature length.
            // This will be used for temporary memory overrides - either the
            // signature head for isValidSignature or the digest for ecrecover.
            let wordBeforeSignaturePtr := sub(signature, OneWord)

            // Cache the current value behind the signature to restore it later.
            let cachedWordBeforeSignature := mload(wordBeforeSignaturePtr)

            // Declare lenDiff + recoveredSigner scope to manage stack pressure.
            {
                // Take the difference between the max ECDSA signature length
                // and the actual signature length. Overflow desired for any
                // values > 65. If the diff is not 0 or 1, it is not a valid
                // ECDSA signature - move on to EIP1271 check.
                let lenDiff := sub(ECDSA_MaxLength, signatureLength)

                // Declare variable for recovered signer.
                let recoveredSigner

                // If diff is 0 or 1, it may be an ECDSA signature.
                // Try to recover signer.
                if iszero(gt(lenDiff, 1)) {
                    // Read the signature `s` value.
                    let originalSignatureS := mload(
                        add(signature, ECDSA_signature_s_offset)
                    )

                    // Read the first byte of the word after `s`. If the
                    // signature is 65 bytes, this will be the real `v` value.
                    // If not, it will need to be modified - doing it this way
                    // saves an extra condition.
                    v := byte(
                        0,
                        mload(add(signature, ECDSA_signature_v_offset))
                    )

                    // If lenDiff is 1, parse 64-byte signature as ECDSA.
                    if lenDiff {
                        // Extract yParity from highest bit of vs and add 27 to
                        // get v.
                        v := add(
                            shr(MaxUint8, originalSignatureS),
                            Signature_lower_v
                        )

                        // Extract canonical s from vs, all but the highest bit.
                        // Temporarily overwrite the original `s` value in the
                        // signature.
                        mstore(
                            add(signature, ECDSA_signature_s_offset),
                            and(
                                originalSignatureS,
                                EIP2098_allButHighestBitMask
                            )
                        )
                    }
                    // Temporarily overwrite the signature length with `v` to
                    // conform to the expected input for ecrecover.
                    mstore(signature, v)

                    // Temporarily overwrite the word before the length with
                    // `digest` to conform to the expected input for ecrecover.
                    mstore(wordBeforeSignaturePtr, digest)

                    // Attempt to recover the signer for the given signature. Do
                    // not check the call status as ecrecover will return a null
                    // address if the signature is invalid.
                    pop(
                        staticcall(
                            gas(),
                            Ecrecover_precompile, // Call ecrecover precompile.
                            wordBeforeSignaturePtr, // Use data memory location.
                            Ecrecover_args_size, // Size of digest, v, r, and s.
                            0, // Write result to scratch space.
                            OneWord // Provide size of returned result.
                        )
                    )

                    // Restore cached word before signature.
                    mstore(wordBeforeSignaturePtr, cachedWordBeforeSignature)

                    // Restore cached signature length.
                    mstore(signature, signatureLength)

                    // Restore cached signature `s` value.
                    mstore(
                        add(signature, ECDSA_signature_s_offset),
                        originalSignatureS
                    )

                    // Read the recovered signer from the buffer given as return
                    // space for ecrecover.
                    recoveredSigner := mload(0)
                }

                // Set success to true if the signature provided was a valid
                // ECDSA signature and the signer is not the null address. Use
                // gt instead of direct as success is used outside of assembly.
                success := and(eq(signer, recoveredSigner), gt(signer, 0))
            }

            // If the signature was not verified with ecrecover, try EIP1271.
            if iszero(success) {
                // Temporarily overwrite the word before the signature length
                // and use it as the head of the signature input to
                // `isValidSignature`, which has a value of 64.
                mstore(
                    wordBeforeSignaturePtr,
                    EIP1271_isValidSignature_signature_head_offset
                )

                // Get pointer to use for the selector of `isValidSignature`.
                let selectorPtr := sub(
                    signature,
                    EIP1271_isValidSignature_selector_negativeOffset
                )

                // Cache the value currently stored at the selector pointer.
                let cachedWordOverwrittenBySelector := mload(selectorPtr)

                // Get pointer to use for `digest` input to `isValidSignature`.
                let digestPtr := sub(
                    signature,
                    EIP1271_isValidSignature_digest_negativeOffset
                )

                // Cache the value currently stored at the digest pointer.
                let cachedWordOverwrittenByDigest := mload(digestPtr)

                // Write the selector first, since it overlaps the digest.
                mstore(selectorPtr, EIP1271_isValidSignature_selector)

                // Next, write the digest.
                mstore(digestPtr, digest)

                // Call signer with `isValidSignature` to validate signature.
                success := staticcall(
                    gas(),
                    signer,
                    selectorPtr,
                    add(
                        signatureLength,
                        EIP1271_isValidSignature_calldata_baseLength
                    ),
                    0,
                    OneWord
                )

                // Determine if the signature is valid on successful calls.
                if success {
                    // If first word of scratch space does not contain EIP-1271
                    // signature selector, revert.
                    if iszero(eq(mload(0), EIP1271_isValidSignature_selector)) {
                        // Revert with bad 1271 signature if signer has code.
                        if extcodesize(signer) {
                            // Bad contract signature.
                            mstore(0, BadContractSignature_error_signature)
                            revert(0, BadContractSignature_error_length)
                        }

                        // Check if signature length was invalid.
                        if gt(sub(ECDSA_MaxLength, signatureLength), 1) {
                            // Revert with generic invalid signature error.
                            mstore(0, InvalidSignature_error_signature)
                            revert(0, InvalidSignature_error_length)
                        }

                        // Check if v was invalid.
                        if iszero(
                            byte(v, ECDSA_twentySeventhAndTwentyEighthBytesSet)
                        ) {
                            // Revert with invalid v value.
                            mstore(0, BadSignatureV_error_signature)
                            mstore(BadSignatureV_error_offset, v)
                            revert(0, BadSignatureV_error_length)
                        }

                        // Revert with generic invalid signer error message.
                        mstore(0, InvalidSigner_error_signature)
                        revert(0, InvalidSigner_error_length)
                    }
                }

                // Restore the cached values overwritten by selector, digest and
                // signature head.
                mstore(wordBeforeSignaturePtr, cachedWordBeforeSignature)
                mstore(selectorPtr, cachedWordOverwrittenBySelector)
                mstore(digestPtr, cachedWordOverwrittenByDigest)
            }
        }

        // If the call failed...
        if (!success) {
            // Revert and pass reason along if one was returned.
            _revertWithReasonIfOneIsReturned();

            // Otherwise, revert with error indicating bad contract signature.
            assembly {
                mstore(0, BadContractSignature_error_signature)
                revert(0, BadContractSignature_error_length)
            }
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/TokenTransferrer.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

import "./TokenTransferrerConstants.sol";

import {
    TokenTransferrerErrors
} from "../interfaces/TokenTransferrerErrors.sol";

import { ConduitBatch1155Transfer } from "../conduit/lib/ConduitStructs.sol";

/**
 * @title TokenTransferrer
 * @author 0age
 * @custom:coauthor d1ll0n
 * @custom:coauthor transmissions11
 * @notice TokenTransferrer is a library for performing optimized ERC20, ERC721,
 *         ERC1155, and batch ERC1155 transfers, used by both Seaport as well as
 *         by conduits deployed by the ConduitController. Use great caution when
 *         considering these functions for use in other codebases, as there are
 *         significant side effects and edge cases that need to be thoroughly
 *         understood and carefully addressed.
 */
contract TokenTransferrer is TokenTransferrerErrors {
    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC20 tokens from a given originator
     *      to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on the
     *      contract performing the transfer.
     *
     * @param token      The ERC20 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC20Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC20 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
            // call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)

            // Write call data into memory, starting with function selector.
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC20_transferFrom_signature)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)

            // Make call & copy up to 32 bytes of return data to scratch space.
            // Scratch space does not need to be cleared ahead of time, as the
            // subsequent check will ensure that either at least a full word of
            // return data is received (in which case it will be overwritten) or
            // that no data is received (in which case scratch space will be
            // ignored) on a successful call to the given token.
            let callStatus := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC20_transferFrom_length,
                0,
                OneWord
            )

            // Determine whether transfer was successful using status & result.
            let success := and(
                // Set success to whether the call reverted, if not check it
                // either returned exactly 1 (can't just be non-zero data), or
                // had no return data.
                or(
                    and(eq(mload(0), 1), gt(returndatasize(), 31)),
                    iszero(returndatasize())
                ),
                callStatus
            )

            // Handle cases where either the transfer failed or no data was
            // returned. Group these, as most transfers will succeed with data.
            // Equivalent to `or(iszero(success), iszero(returndatasize()))`
            // but after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
            if iszero(and(success, iszero(iszero(returndatasize())))) {
                // If the token has no code or the transfer failed: Equivalent
                // to `or(iszero(success), iszero(extcodesize(token)))` but
                // after it's inverted for JUMPI this expression is cheaper.
                if iszero(and(iszero(iszero(extcodesize(token))), success)) {
                    // If the transfer failed:
                    if iszero(success) {
                        // If it was due to a revert:
                        if iszero(callStatus) {
                            // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
                            // sufficient gas remains to do so:
                            if returndatasize() {
                                // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to
                                // copy returndata while expanding memory where
                                // necessary. Start by computing the word size
                                // of returndata and allocated memory. Round up
                                // to the nearest full word.
                                let returnDataWords := div(
                                    add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                                    OneWord
                                )

                                // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of
                                // msize() to work around a Yul warning that
                                // prevents accessing msize directly when the IR
                                // pipeline is activated.
                                let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)

                                // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                                let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)

                                // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                                if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                                    cost := add(
                                        cost,
                                        add(
                                            mul(
                                                sub(
                                                    returnDataWords,
                                                    msizeWords
                                                ),
                                                CostPerWord
                                            ),
                                            div(
                                                sub(
                                                    mul(
                                                        returnDataWords,
                                                        returnDataWords
                                                    ),
                                                    mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                                ),
                                                MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                            )
                                        )
                                    )
                                }

                                // Finally, add a small constant and compare to
                                // gas remaining; bubble up the revert data if
                                // enough gas is still available.
                                if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                                    // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite
                                    // existing memory.
                                    returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())

                                    // Revert, specifying memory region with
                                    // copied returndata.
                                    revert(0, returndatasize())
                                }
                            }

                            // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                            )
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr,
                                token
                            )
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr,
                                from
                            )
                            mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                            mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, 0)
                            mstore(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr,
                                amount
                            )
                            revert(
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                                TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                            )
                        }

                        // Otherwise revert with a message about the token
                        // returning false or non-compliant return values.
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr,
                            token
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr,
                            from
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr,
                            to
                        )
                        mstore(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr,
                            amount
                        )
                        revert(
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr,
                            BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length
                        )
                    }

                    // Otherwise, revert with error about token not having code:
                    mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                    mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                    revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                }

                // Otherwise, the token just returned no data despite the call
                // having succeeded; no need to optimize for this as it's not
                // technically ERC20 compliant.
            }

            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)

            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer an ERC721 token from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer. Note that this function does
     *      not check whether the receiver can accept the ERC721 token (i.e. it
     *      does not use `safeTransferFrom`).
     *
     * @param token      The ERC721 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier The tokenId to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC721Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC721 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // If the token has no code, revert.
            if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
            }

            // The free memory pointer memory slot will be used when populating
            // call data for the transfer; read the value and restore it later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)

            // Write call data to memory starting with function selector.
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr, ERC721_transferFrom_signature)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)

            // Perform the call, ignoring return data.
            let success := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC721_transferFrom_length,
                0,
                0
            )

            // If the transfer reverted:
            if iszero(success) {
                // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
                // gas remains to do so:
                if returndatasize() {
                    // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                    // returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
                    // by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
                    // Round up to the nearest full word.
                    let returnDataWords := div(
                        add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                        OneWord
                    )

                    // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
                    // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
                    // directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                    let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)

                    // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                    let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)

                    // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                    if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                        cost := add(
                            cost,
                            add(
                                mul(
                                    sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                    CostPerWord
                                ),
                                div(
                                    sub(
                                        mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                        mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                    ),
                                    MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    }

                    // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                    // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                    // still available.
                    if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                        // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                        returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())

                        // Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
                        revert(0, returndatasize())
                    }
                }

                // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                mstore(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                )
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, 1)
                revert(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                )
            }

            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)

            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
     *      implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
     *      are willing to accept the transfer.
     *
     * @param token      The ERC1155 token to transfer.
     * @param from       The originator of the transfer.
     * @param to         The recipient of the transfer.
     * @param identifier The id to transfer.
     * @param amount     The amount to transfer.
     */
    function _performERC1155Transfer(
        address token,
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 identifier,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform an optimized ERC1155 token transfer.
        assembly {
            // If the token has no code, revert.
            if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
            }

            // The following memory slots will be used when populating call data
            // for the transfer; read the values and restore them later.
            let memPointer := mload(FreeMemoryPointerSlot)
            let slot0x80 := mload(Slot0x80)
            let slot0xA0 := mload(Slot0xA0)
            let slot0xC0 := mload(Slot0xC0)

            // Write call data into memory, beginning with function selector.
            mstore(
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature
            )
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr, from)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr, to)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr, identifier)
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr, amount)
            mstore(
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset
            )
            mstore(ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr, 0)

            // Perform the call, ignoring return data.
            let success := call(
                gas(),
                token,
                0,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr,
                ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length,
                0,
                0
            )

            // If the transfer reverted:
            if iszero(success) {
                // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as sufficient
                // gas remains to do so:
                if returndatasize() {
                    // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                    // returndata while expanding memory where necessary. Start
                    // by computing word size of returndata & allocated memory.
                    // Round up to the nearest full word.
                    let returnDataWords := div(
                        add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                        OneWord
                    )

                    // Note: use the free memory pointer in place of msize() to
                    // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing msize
                    // directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                    let msizeWords := div(memPointer, OneWord)

                    // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                    let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)

                    // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                    if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                        cost := add(
                            cost,
                            add(
                                mul(
                                    sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                    CostPerWord
                                ),
                                div(
                                    sub(
                                        mul(returnDataWords, returnDataWords),
                                        mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                    ),
                                    MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                )
                            )
                        )
                    }

                    // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                    // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                    // still available.
                    if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                        // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing memory.
                        returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())

                        // Revert, giving memory region with copied returndata.
                        revert(0, returndatasize())
                    }
                }

                // Otherwise revert with a generic error message.
                mstore(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                )
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr, token)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr, from)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr, to)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr, identifier)
                mstore(TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr, amount)
                revert(
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr,
                    TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length
                )
            }

            mstore(Slot0x80, slot0x80) // Restore slot 0x80.
            mstore(Slot0xA0, slot0xA0) // Restore slot 0xA0.
            mstore(Slot0xC0, slot0xC0) // Restore slot 0xC0.

            // Restore the original free memory pointer.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, memPointer)

            // Restore the zero slot to zero.
            mstore(ZeroSlot, 0)
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal function to transfer ERC1155 tokens from a given
     *      originator to a given recipient. Sufficient approvals must be set on
     *      the contract performing the transfer and contract recipients must
     *      implement the ERC1155TokenReceiver interface to indicate that they
     *      are willing to accept the transfer. NOTE: this function is not
     *      memory-safe; it will overwrite existing memory, restore the free
     *      memory pointer to the default value, and overwrite the zero slot.
     *      This function should only be called once memory is no longer
     *      required and when uninitialized arrays are not utilized, and memory
     *      should be considered fully corrupted (aside from the existence of a
     *      default-value free memory pointer) after calling this function.
     *
     * @param batchTransfers The group of 1155 batch transfers to perform.
     */
    function _performERC1155BatchTransfers(
        ConduitBatch1155Transfer[] calldata batchTransfers
    ) internal {
        // Utilize assembly to perform optimized batch 1155 transfers.
        assembly {
            let len := batchTransfers.length
            // Pointer to first head in the array, which is offset to the struct
            // at each index. This gets incremented after each loop to avoid
            // multiplying by 32 to get the offset for each element.
            let nextElementHeadPtr := batchTransfers.offset

            // Pointer to beginning of the head of the array. This is the
            // reference position each offset references. It's held static to
            // let each loop calculate the data position for an element.
            let arrayHeadPtr := nextElementHeadPtr

            // Write the function selector, which will be reused for each call:
            // safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)
            mstore(
                ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset,
                ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature
            )

            // Iterate over each batch transfer.
            for {
                let i := 0
            } lt(i, len) {
                i := add(i, 1)
            } {
                // Read the offset to the beginning of the element and add
                // it to pointer to the beginning of the array head to get
                // the absolute position of the element in calldata.
                let elementPtr := add(
                    arrayHeadPtr,
                    calldataload(nextElementHeadPtr)
                )

                // Retrieve the token from calldata.
                let token := calldataload(elementPtr)

                // If the token has no code, revert.
                if iszero(extcodesize(token)) {
                    mstore(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_signature)
                    mstore(NoContract_error_token_ptr, token)
                    revert(NoContract_error_sig_ptr, NoContract_error_length)
                }

                // Get the total number of supplied ids.
                let idsLength := calldataload(
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset)
                )

                // Determine the expected offset for the amounts array.
                let expectedAmountsOffset := add(
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset,
                    mul(idsLength, OneWord)
                )

                // Validate struct encoding.
                let invalidEncoding := iszero(
                    and(
                        // ids.length == amounts.length
                        eq(
                            idsLength,
                            calldataload(add(elementPtr, expectedAmountsOffset))
                        ),
                        and(
                            // ids_offset == 0xa0
                            eq(
                                calldataload(
                                    add(
                                        elementPtr,
                                        ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset
                                    )
                                ),
                                ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset
                            ),
                            // amounts_offset == 0xc0 + ids.length*32
                            eq(
                                calldataload(
                                    add(
                                        elementPtr,
                                        ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset
                                    )
                                ),
                                expectedAmountsOffset
                            )
                        )
                    )
                )

                // Revert with an error if the encoding is not valid.
                if invalidEncoding {
                    mstore(
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector
                    )
                    revert(
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr,
                        Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length
                    )
                }

                // Update the offset position for the next loop
                nextElementHeadPtr := add(nextElementHeadPtr, OneWord)

                // Copy the first section of calldata (before dynamic values).
                calldatacopy(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr,
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset),
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size
                )

                // Determine size of calldata required for ids and amounts. Note
                // that the size includes both lengths as well as the data.
                let idsAndAmountsSize := add(TwoWords, mul(idsLength, TwoWords))

                // Update the offset for the data array in memory.
                mstore(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr,
                    add(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset,
                        idsAndAmountsSize
                    )
                )

                // Set the length of the data array in memory to zero.
                mstore(
                    add(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr,
                        idsAndAmountsSize
                    ),
                    0
                )

                // Determine the total calldata size for the call to transfer.
                let transferDataSize := add(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize,
                    idsAndAmountsSize
                )

                // Copy second section of calldata (including dynamic values).
                calldatacopy(
                    BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr,
                    add(elementPtr, ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset),
                    idsAndAmountsSize
                )

                // Perform the call to transfer 1155 tokens.
                let success := call(
                    gas(),
                    token,
                    0,
                    ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset, // Data portion start.
                    transferDataSize, // Location of the length of callData.
                    0,
                    0
                )

                // If the transfer reverted:
                if iszero(success) {
                    // If it returned a message, bubble it up as long as
                    // sufficient gas remains to do so:
                    if returndatasize() {
                        // Ensure that sufficient gas is available to copy
                        // returndata while expanding memory where necessary.
                        // Start by computing word size of returndata and
                        // allocated memory. Round up to the nearest full word.
                        let returnDataWords := div(
                            add(returndatasize(), AlmostOneWord),
                            OneWord
                        )

                        // Note: use transferDataSize in place of msize() to
                        // work around a Yul warning that prevents accessing
                        // msize directly when the IR pipeline is activated.
                        // The free memory pointer is not used here because
                        // this function does almost all memory management
                        // manually and does not update it, and transferDataSize
                        // should be the largest memory value used (unless a
                        // previous batch was larger).
                        let msizeWords := div(transferDataSize, OneWord)

                        // Next, compute the cost of the returndatacopy.
                        let cost := mul(CostPerWord, returnDataWords)

                        // Then, compute cost of new memory allocation.
                        if gt(returnDataWords, msizeWords) {
                            cost := add(
                                cost,
                                add(
                                    mul(
                                        sub(returnDataWords, msizeWords),
                                        CostPerWord
                                    ),
                                    div(
                                        sub(
                                            mul(
                                                returnDataWords,
                                                returnDataWords
                                            ),
                                            mul(msizeWords, msizeWords)
                                        ),
                                        MemoryExpansionCoefficient
                                    )
                                )
                            )
                        }

                        // Finally, add a small constant and compare to gas
                        // remaining; bubble up the revert data if enough gas is
                        // still available.
                        if lt(add(cost, ExtraGasBuffer), gas()) {
                            // Copy returndata to memory; overwrite existing.
                            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())

                            // Revert with memory region containing returndata.
                            revert(0, returndatasize())
                        }
                    }

                    // Set the error signature.
                    mstore(
                        0,
                        ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature
                    )

                    // Write the token.
                    mstore(ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr, token)

                    // Increase the offset to ids by 32.
                    mstore(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr,
                        ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset
                    )

                    // Increase the offset to amounts by 32.
                    mstore(
                        BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr,
                        add(
                            OneWord,
                            mload(BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr)
                        )
                    )

                    // Return modified region. The total size stays the same as
                    // `token` uses the same number of bytes as `data.length`.
                    revert(0, transferDataSize)
                }
            }

            // Reset the free memory pointer to the default value; memory must
            // be assumed to be dirtied and not reused from this point forward.
            // Also note that the zero slot is not reset to zero, meaning empty
            // arrays cannot be safely created or utilized until it is restored.
            mstore(FreeMemoryPointerSlot, DefaultFreeMemoryPointer)
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/TokenTransferrerConstants.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.7;

/*
 * -------------------------- Disambiguation & Other Notes ---------------------
 *    - The term "head" is used as it is in the documentation for ABI encoding,
 *      but only in reference to dynamic types, i.e. it always refers to the
 *      offset or pointer to the body of a dynamic type. In calldata, the head
 *      is always an offset (relative to the parent object), while in memory,
 *      the head is always the pointer to the body. More information found here:
 *      https://docs.soliditylang.org/en/v0.8.14/abi-spec.html#argument-encoding
 *        - Note that the length of an array is separate from and precedes the
 *          head of the array.
 *
 *    - The term "body" is used in place of the term "head" used in the ABI
 *      documentation. It refers to the start of the data for a dynamic type,
 *      e.g. the first word of a struct or the first word of the first element
 *      in an array.
 *
 *    - The term "pointer" is used to describe the absolute position of a value
 *      and never an offset relative to another value.
 *        - The suffix "_ptr" refers to a memory pointer.
 *        - The suffix "_cdPtr" refers to a calldata pointer.
 *
 *    - The term "offset" is used to describe the position of a value relative
 *      to some parent value. For example, OrderParameters_conduit_offset is the
 *      offset to the "conduit" value in the OrderParameters struct relative to
 *      the start of the body.
 *        - Note: Offsets are used to derive pointers.
 *
 *    - Some structs have pointers defined for all of their fields in this file.
 *      Lines which are commented out are fields that are not used in the
 *      codebase but have been left in for readability.
 */

uint256 constant AlmostOneWord = 0x1f;
uint256 constant OneWord = 0x20;
uint256 constant TwoWords = 0x40;
uint256 constant ThreeWords = 0x60;

uint256 constant FreeMemoryPointerSlot = 0x40;
uint256 constant ZeroSlot = 0x60;
uint256 constant DefaultFreeMemoryPointer = 0x80;

uint256 constant Slot0x80 = 0x80;
uint256 constant Slot0xA0 = 0xa0;
uint256 constant Slot0xC0 = 0xc0;

// abi.encodeWithSignature("transferFrom(address,address,uint256)")
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_signature = (
    0x23b872dd00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC20_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100

// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256,uint256,bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_signature = (
    0xf242432a00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_amount_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_offset_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_length = 0xc4; // 4 + 32 * 6 == 196
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeTransferFrom_data_length_offset = 0xa0;

// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "safeBatchTransferFrom(address,address,uint256[],uint256[],bytes)"
// )
uint256 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature = (
    0x2eb2c2d600000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);

bytes4 constant ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_selector = bytes4(
    bytes32(ERC1155_safeBatchTransferFrom_signature)
);

uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_signature = ERC20_transferFrom_signature;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_from_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_to_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_id_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant ERC721_transferFrom_length = 0x64; // 4 + 32 * 3 == 100

// abi.encodeWithSignature("NoContract(address)")
uint256 constant NoContract_error_signature = (
    0x5f15d67200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant NoContract_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant NoContract_error_length = 0x24; // 4 + 32 == 36

// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "TokenTransferGenericFailure(address,address,address,uint256,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
    0xf486bc8700000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_id_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_amount_ptr = 0x84;

// 4 + 32 * 5 == 164
uint256 constant TokenTransferGenericFailure_error_length = 0xa4;

// abi.encodeWithSignature(
//     "BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer(address,address,address,uint256)"
// )
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_signature = (
    0x9889192300000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_sig_ptr = 0x0;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_token_ptr = 0x4;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_from_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_to_ptr = 0x44;
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_amount_ptr = 0x64;

// 4 + 32 * 4 == 132
uint256 constant BadReturnValueFromERC20OnTransfer_error_length = 0x84;

uint256 constant ExtraGasBuffer = 0x20;
uint256 constant CostPerWord = 3;
uint256 constant MemoryExpansionCoefficient = 0x200;

// Values are offset by 32 bytes in order to write the token to the beginning
// in the event of a revert
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ptr = 0x24;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_head_ptr = 0x64;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_head_ptr = 0x84;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_head_ptr = 0xa4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_basePtr = 0xc4;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_calldata_baseSize = 0xc4;

uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_ptr = 0xc4;

uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant BatchTransfer1155Params_data_length_baseOffset = 0xe0;

uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_usable_head_size = 0x80;

uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_from_offset = 0x20;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_head_offset = 0x60;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_ids_length_offset = 0xa0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_amounts_length_baseOffset = 0xc0;
uint256 constant ConduitBatch1155Transfer_calldata_baseSize = 0xc0;

// Note: abbreviated version of above constant to adhere to line length limit.
uint256 constant ConduitBatchTransfer_amounts_head_offset = 0x80;

uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_ptr = 0x00;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_length = 0x04;
uint256 constant Invalid1155BatchTransferEncoding_selector = (
    0xeba2084c00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);

uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_error_signature = (
    0xafc445e200000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000
);
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_token_ptr = 0x04;
uint256 constant ERC1155BatchTransferGenericFailure_ids_offset = 0xc0;

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/Verifiers.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import { OrderStatus } from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";

import { Assertions } from "./Assertions.sol";

import { SignatureVerification } from "./SignatureVerification.sol";

/**
 * @title Verifiers
 * @author 0age
 * @notice Verifiers contains functions for performing verifications.
 */
contract Verifiers is Assertions, SignatureVerification {
    /**
     * @dev Derive and set hashes, reference chainId, and associated domain
     *      separator during deployment.
     *
     * @param conduitController A contract that deploys conduits, or proxies
     *                          that may optionally be used to transfer approved
     *                          ERC20/721/1155 tokens.
     */
    constructor(address conduitController) Assertions(conduitController) {}

    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to ensure that the current time falls within
     *      an order's valid timespan.
     *
     * @param startTime       The time at which the order becomes active.
     * @param endTime         The time at which the order becomes inactive.
     * @param revertOnInvalid A boolean indicating whether to revert if the
     *                        order is not active.
     *
     * @return valid A boolean indicating whether the order is active.
     */
    function _verifyTime(
        uint256 startTime,
        uint256 endTime,
        bool revertOnInvalid
    ) internal view returns (bool valid) {
        // Revert if order's timespan hasn't started yet or has already ended.
        if (startTime > block.timestamp || endTime <= block.timestamp) {
            // Only revert if revertOnInvalid has been supplied as true.
            if (revertOnInvalid) {
                revert InvalidTime();
            }

            // Return false as the order is invalid.
            return false;
        }

        // Return true as the order time is valid.
        valid = true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to verify the signature of an order. An
     *      ERC-1271 fallback will be attempted if either the signature length
     *      is not 64 or 65 bytes or if the recovered signer does not match the
     *      supplied offerer. Note that in cases where a 64 or 65 byte signature
     *      is supplied, only standard ECDSA signatures that recover to a
     *      non-zero address are supported.
     *
     * @param offerer   The offerer for the order.
     * @param orderHash The order hash.
     * @param signature A signature from the offerer indicating that the order
     *                  has been approved.
     */
    function _verifySignature(
        address offerer,
        bytes32 orderHash,
        bytes memory signature
    ) internal view {
        // Skip signature verification if the offerer is the caller.
        if (offerer == msg.sender) {
            return;
        }

        // Derive EIP-712 digest using the domain separator and the order hash.
        bytes32 digest = _deriveEIP712Digest(_domainSeparator(), orderHash);

        // Ensure that the signature for the digest is valid for the offerer.
        _assertValidSignature(offerer, digest, signature);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to validate that a given order is fillable
     *      and not cancelled based on the order status.
     *
     * @param orderHash       The order hash.
     * @param orderStatus     The status of the order, including whether it has
     *                        been cancelled and the fraction filled.
     * @param onlyAllowUnused A boolean flag indicating whether partial fills
     *                        are supported by the calling function.
     * @param revertOnInvalid A boolean indicating whether to revert if the
     *                        order has been cancelled or filled beyond the
     *                        allowable amount.
     *
     * @return valid A boolean indicating whether the order is valid.
     */
    function _verifyOrderStatus(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        OrderStatus storage orderStatus,
        bool onlyAllowUnused,
        bool revertOnInvalid
    ) internal view returns (bool valid) {
        // Ensure that the order has not been cancelled.
        if (orderStatus.isCancelled) {
            // Only revert if revertOnInvalid has been supplied as true.
            if (revertOnInvalid) {
                revert OrderIsCancelled(orderHash);
            }

            // Return false as the order status is invalid.
            return false;
        }

        // Read order status numerator from storage and place on stack.
        uint256 orderStatusNumerator = orderStatus.numerator;

        // If the order is not entirely unused...
        if (orderStatusNumerator != 0) {
            // ensure the order has not been partially filled when not allowed.
            if (onlyAllowUnused) {
                // Always revert on partial fills when onlyAllowUnused is true.
                revert OrderPartiallyFilled(orderHash);
            }
            // Otherwise, ensure that order has not been entirely filled.
            else if (orderStatusNumerator >= orderStatus.denominator) {
                // Only revert if revertOnInvalid has been supplied as true.
                if (revertOnInvalid) {
                    revert OrderAlreadyFilled(orderHash);
                }

                // Return false as the order status is invalid.
                return false;
            }
        }

        // Return true as the order status is valid.
        valid = true;
    }
}

// File: lib/seaport/contracts/lib/ZoneInteraction.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.13;

import { ZoneInterface } from "../interfaces/ZoneInterface.sol";

import { OrderType } from "./ConsiderationEnums.sol";

import { AdvancedOrder, CriteriaResolver } from "./ConsiderationStructs.sol";

import "./ConsiderationConstants.sol";

import { ZoneInteractionErrors } from "../interfaces/ZoneInteractionErrors.sol";

import { LowLevelHelpers } from "./LowLevelHelpers.sol";

/**
 * @title ZoneInteraction
 * @author 0age
 * @notice ZoneInteraction contains logic related to interacting with zones.
 */
contract ZoneInteraction is ZoneInteractionErrors, LowLevelHelpers {
    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to determine if an order has a restricted
     *      order type and, if so, to ensure that either the offerer or the zone
     *      are the fulfiller or that a staticcall to `isValidOrder` on the zone
     *      returns a magic value indicating that the order is currently valid.
     *
     * @param orderHash The hash of the order.
     * @param zoneHash  The hash to provide upon calling the zone.
     * @param orderType The type of the order.
     * @param offerer   The offerer in question.
     * @param zone      The zone in question.
     */
    function _assertRestrictedBasicOrderValidity(
        bytes32 orderHash,
        bytes32 zoneHash,
        OrderType orderType,
        address offerer,
        address zone
    ) internal view {
        // Order type 2-3 require zone or offerer be caller or zone to approve.
        if (
            uint256(orderType) > 1 &&
            msg.sender != zone &&
            msg.sender != offerer
        ) {
            // Perform minimal staticcall to the zone.
            _callIsValidOrder(zone, orderHash, offerer, zoneHash);
        }
    }

    function _callIsValidOrder(
        address zone,
        bytes32 orderHash,
        address offerer,
        bytes32 zoneHash
    ) internal view {
        // Perform minimal staticcall to the zone.
        bool success = _staticcall(
            zone,
            abi.encodeWithSelector(
                ZoneInterface.isValidOrder.selector,
                orderHash,
                msg.sender,
                offerer,
                zoneHash
            )
        );

        // Ensure call was successful and returned the correct magic value.
        _assertIsValidOrderStaticcallSuccess(success, orderHash);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to determine whether an order is a restricted
     *      order and, if so, to ensure that it was either submitted by the
     *      offerer or the zone for the order, or that the zone returns the
     *      expected magic value upon performing a staticcall to `isValidOrder`
     *      or `isValidOrderIncludingExtraData` depending on whether the order
     *      fulfillment specifies extra data or criteria resolvers.
     *
     * @param advancedOrder     The advanced order in question.
     * @param criteriaResolvers An array where each element contains a reference
     *                          to a specific offer or consideration, a token
     *                          identifier, and a proof that the supplied token
     *                          identifier is contained in the order's merkle
     *                          root. Note that a criteria of zero indicates
     *                          that any (transferable) token identifier is
     *                          valid and that no proof needs to be supplied.
     * @param priorOrderHashes  The order hashes of each order supplied prior to
     *                          the current order as part of a "match" variety
     *                          of order fulfillment (e.g. this array will be
     *                          empty for single or "fulfill available").
     * @param orderHash         The hash of the order.
     * @param zoneHash          The hash to provide upon calling the zone.
     * @param orderType         The type of the order.
     * @param offerer           The offerer in question.
     * @param zone              The zone in question.
     */
    function _assertRestrictedAdvancedOrderValidity(
        AdvancedOrder memory advancedOrder,
        CriteriaResolver[] memory criteriaResolvers,
        bytes32[] memory priorOrderHashes,
        bytes32 orderHash,
        bytes32 zoneHash,
        OrderType orderType,
        address offerer,
        address zone
    ) internal view {
        // Order type 2-3 require zone or offerer be caller or zone to approve.
        if (
            uint256(orderType) > 1 &&
            msg.sender != zone &&
            msg.sender != offerer
        ) {
            // If no extraData or criteria resolvers are supplied...
            if (
                advancedOrder.extraData.length == 0 &&
                criteriaResolvers.length == 0
            ) {
                // Perform minimal staticcall to the zone.
                _callIsValidOrder(zone, orderHash, offerer, zoneHash);
            } else {
                // Otherwise, extra data or criteria resolvers were supplied; in
                // that event, perform a more verbose staticcall to the zone.
                bool success = _staticcall(
                    zone,
                    abi.encodeWithSelector(
                        ZoneInterface.isValidOrderIncludingExtraData.selector,
                        orderHash,
                        msg.sender,
                        advancedOrder,
                        priorOrderHashes,
                        criteriaResolvers
                    )
                );

                // Ensure call was successful and returned correct magic value.
                _assertIsValidOrderStaticcallSuccess(success, orderHash);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal view function to ensure that a staticcall to `isValidOrder`
     *      or `isValidOrderIncludingExtraData` as part of validating a
     *      restricted order that was not submitted by the named offerer or zone
     *      was successful and returned the required magic value.
     *
     * @param success   A boolean indicating the status of the staticcall.
     * @param orderHash The order hash of the order in question.
     */
    function _assertIsValidOrderStaticcallSuccess(
        bool success,
        bytes32 orderHash
    ) internal view {
        // If the call failed...
        if (!success) {
            // Revert and pass reason along if one was returned.
            _revertWithReasonIfOneIsReturned();

            // Otherwise, revert with a generic error message.
            revert InvalidRestrictedOrder(orderHash);
        }

        // Ensure result was extracted and matches isValidOrder magic value.
        if (_doesNotMatchMagic(ZoneInterface.isValidOrder.selector)) {
            revert InvalidRestrictedOrder(orderHash);
        }
    }
}

// File: lib/zodiac/contracts/core/Module.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only

/// @title Module Interface - A contract that can pass messages to a Module Manager contract if enabled by that contract.
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

import "../interfaces/IAvatar.sol";
import "../factory/FactoryFriendly.sol";
import "../guard/Guardable.sol";

abstract contract Module is FactoryFriendly, Guardable {
    /// @dev Address that will ultimately execute function calls.
    address public avatar;
    /// @dev Address that this module will pass transactions to.
    address public target;

    /// @dev Emitted each time the avatar is set.
    event AvatarSet(address indexed previousAvatar, address indexed newAvatar);
    /// @dev Emitted each time the Target is set.
    event TargetSet(address indexed previousTarget, address indexed newTarget);

    /// @dev Sets the avatar to a new avatar (`newAvatar`).
    /// @notice Can only be called by the current owner.
    function setAvatar(address _avatar) public onlyOwner {
        address previousAvatar = avatar;
        avatar = _avatar;
        emit AvatarSet(previousAvatar, _avatar);
    }

    /// @dev Sets the target to a new target (`newTarget`).
    /// @notice Can only be called by the current owner.
    function setTarget(address _target) public onlyOwner {
        address previousTarget = target;
        target = _target;
        emit TargetSet(previousTarget, _target);
    }

    /// @dev Passes a transaction to be executed by the avatar.
    /// @notice Can only be called by this contract.
    /// @param to Destination address of module transaction.
    /// @param value Ether value of module transaction.
    /// @param data Data payload of module transaction.
    /// @param operation Operation type of module transaction: 0 == call, 1 == delegate call.
    function exec(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes memory data,
        Enum.Operation operation
    ) internal returns (bool success) {
        /// Check if a transactioon guard is enabled.
        if (guard != address(0)) {
            IGuard(guard).checkTransaction(
                /// Transaction info used by module transactions.
                to,
                value,
                data,
                operation,
                /// Zero out the redundant transaction information only used for Safe multisig transctions.
                0,
                0,
                0,
                address(0),
                payable(0),
                bytes("0x"),
                msg.sender
            );
        }
        success = IAvatar(target).execTransactionFromModule(
            to,
            value,
            data,
            operation
        );
        if (guard != address(0)) {
            IGuard(guard).checkAfterExecution(bytes32("0x"), success);
        }
        return success;
    }

    /// @dev Passes a transaction to be executed by the target and returns data.
    /// @notice Can only be called by this contract.
    /// @param to Destination address of module transaction.
    /// @param value Ether value of module transaction.
    /// @param data Data payload of module transaction.
    /// @param operation Operation type of module transaction: 0 == call, 1 == delegate call.
    function execAndReturnData(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes memory data,
        Enum.Operation operation
    ) internal returns (bool success, bytes memory returnData) {
        /// Check if a transactioon guard is enabled.
        if (guard != address(0)) {
            IGuard(guard).checkTransaction(
                /// Transaction info used by module transactions.
                to,
                value,
                data,
                operation,
                /// Zero out the redundant transaction information only used for Safe multisig transctions.
                0,
                0,
                0,
                address(0),
                payable(0),
                bytes("0x"),
                msg.sender
            );
        }
        (success, returnData) = IAvatar(target)
            .execTransactionFromModuleReturnData(to, value, data, operation);
        if (guard != address(0)) {
            IGuard(guard).checkAfterExecution(bytes32("0x"), success);
        }
        return (success, returnData);
    }
}

// File: lib/zodiac/contracts/factory/FactoryFriendly.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only

/// @title Zodiac FactoryFriendly - A contract that allows other contracts to be initializable and pass bytes as arguments to define contract state
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";

abstract contract FactoryFriendly is OwnableUpgradeable {
    function setUp(bytes memory initializeParams) public virtual;
}

// File: lib/zodiac/contracts/factory/ModuleProxyFactory.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.8.0;

contract ModuleProxyFactory {
    event ModuleProxyCreation(
        address indexed proxy,
        address indexed masterCopy
    );

    /// `target` can not be zero.
    error ZeroAddress(address target);

    /// `address_` is already taken.
    error TakenAddress(address address_);

    /// @notice Initialization failed.
    error FailedInitialization();

    function createProxy(address target, bytes32 salt)
        internal
        returns (address result)
    {
        if (address(target) == address(0)) revert ZeroAddress(target);
        bytes memory deployment = abi.encodePacked(
            hex"602d8060093d393df3363d3d373d3d3d363d73",
            target,
            hex"5af43d82803e903d91602b57fd5bf3"
        );
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            result := create2(0, add(deployment, 0x20), mload(deployment), salt)
        }
        if (result == address(0)) revert TakenAddress(result);
    }

    function deployModule(
        address masterCopy,
        bytes memory initializer,
        uint256 saltNonce
    ) public returns (address proxy) {
        proxy = createProxy(
            masterCopy,
            keccak256(abi.encodePacked(keccak256(initializer), saltNonce))
        );
        (bool success, ) = proxy.call(initializer);
        if (!success) revert FailedInitialization();

        emit ModuleProxyCreation(proxy, masterCopy);
    }
}

// File: lib/zodiac/contracts/guard/BaseGuard.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

import "@gnosis.pm/safe-contracts/contracts/common/Enum.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";
import "../interfaces/IGuard.sol";

abstract contract BaseGuard is IERC165 {
    function supportsInterface(bytes4 interfaceId)
        external
        pure
        override
        returns (bool)
    {
        return
            interfaceId == type(IGuard).interfaceId || // 0xe6d7a83a
            interfaceId == type(IERC165).interfaceId; // 0x01ffc9a7
    }

    /// @dev Module transactions only use the first four parameters: to, value, data, and operation.
    /// Module.sol hardcodes the remaining parameters as 0 since they are not used for module transactions.
    /// @notice This interface is used to maintain compatibilty with Gnosis Safe transaction guards.
    function checkTransaction(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes memory data,
        Enum.Operation operation,
        uint256 safeTxGas,
        uint256 baseGas,
        uint256 gasPrice,
        address gasToken,
        address payable refundReceiver,
        bytes memory signatures,
        address msgSender
    ) external virtual;

    function checkAfterExecution(bytes32 txHash, bool success) external virtual;
}

// File: lib/zodiac/contracts/guard/Guardable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

import "@gnosis.pm/safe-contracts/contracts/common/Enum.sol";
import "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/access/OwnableUpgradeable.sol";
import "./BaseGuard.sol";

/// @title Guardable - A contract that manages fallback calls made to this contract
contract Guardable is OwnableUpgradeable {
    address public guard;

    event ChangedGuard(address guard);

    /// `guard_` does not implement IERC165.
    error NotIERC165Compliant(address guard_);

    /// @dev Set a guard that checks transactions before execution.
    /// @param _guard The address of the guard to be used or the 0 address to disable the guard.
    function setGuard(address _guard) external onlyOwner {
        if (_guard != address(0)) {
            if (!BaseGuard(_guard).supportsInterface(type(IGuard).interfaceId))
                revert NotIERC165Compliant(_guard);
        }
        guard = _guard;
        emit ChangedGuard(guard);
    }

    function getGuard() external view returns (address _guard) {
        return guard;
    }
}

// File: lib/zodiac/contracts/interfaces/IAvatar.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only

/// @title Zodiac Avatar - A contract that manages modules that can execute transactions via this contract.
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

import "@gnosis.pm/safe-contracts/contracts/common/Enum.sol";

interface IAvatar {
    event EnabledModule(address module);
    event DisabledModule(address module);
    event ExecutionFromModuleSuccess(address indexed module);
    event ExecutionFromModuleFailure(address indexed module);

    /// @dev Enables a module on the avatar.
    /// @notice Can only be called by the avatar.
    /// @notice Modules should be stored as a linked list.
    /// @notice Must emit EnabledModule(address module) if successful.
    /// @param module Module to be enabled.
    function enableModule(address module) external;

    /// @dev Disables a module on the avatar.
    /// @notice Can only be called by the avatar.
    /// @notice Must emit DisabledModule(address module) if successful.
    /// @param prevModule Address that pointed to the module to be removed in the linked list
    /// @param module Module to be removed.
    function disableModule(address prevModule, address module) external;

    /// @dev Allows a Module to execute a transaction.
    /// @notice Can only be called by an enabled module.
    /// @notice Must emit ExecutionFromModuleSuccess(address module) if successful.
    /// @notice Must emit ExecutionFromModuleFailure(address module) if unsuccessful.
    /// @param to Destination address of module transaction.
    /// @param value Ether value of module transaction.
    /// @param data Data payload of module transaction.
    /// @param operation Operation type of module transaction: 0 == call, 1 == delegate call.
    function execTransactionFromModule(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes memory data,
        Enum.Operation operation
    ) external returns (bool success);

    /// @dev Allows a Module to execute a transaction and return data
    /// @notice Can only be called by an enabled module.
    /// @notice Must emit ExecutionFromModuleSuccess(address module) if successful.
    /// @notice Must emit ExecutionFromModuleFailure(address module) if unsuccessful.
    /// @param to Destination address of module transaction.
    /// @param value Ether value of module transaction.
    /// @param data Data payload of module transaction.
    /// @param operation Operation type of module transaction: 0 == call, 1 == delegate call.
    function execTransactionFromModuleReturnData(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes memory data,
        Enum.Operation operation
    ) external returns (bool success, bytes memory returnData);

    /// @dev Returns if an module is enabled
    /// @return True if the module is enabled
    function isModuleEnabled(address module) external view returns (bool);

    /// @dev Returns array of modules.
    /// @param start Start of the page.
    /// @param pageSize Maximum number of modules that should be returned.
    /// @return array Array of modules.
    /// @return next Start of the next page.
    function getModulesPaginated(address start, uint256 pageSize)
        external
        view
        returns (address[] memory array, address next);
}

// File: lib/zodiac/contracts/interfaces/IGuard.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: LGPL-3.0-only
pragma solidity >=0.7.0 <0.9.0;

import "@gnosis.pm/safe-contracts/contracts/common/Enum.sol";

interface IGuard {
    function checkTransaction(
        address to,
        uint256 value,
        bytes memory data,
        Enum.Operation operation,
        uint256 safeTxGas,
        uint256 baseGas,
        uint256 gasPrice,
        address gasToken,
        address payable refundReceiver,
        bytes memory signatures,
        address msgSender
    ) external;

    function checkAfterExecution(bytes32 txHash, bool success) external;
}

// File: src/CaptainGuard.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;
import {ICaptainGuard} from "szns/interfaces/ICaptainGuard.sol";
import {ICaptainGuardEvents} from "szns/interfaces/ICaptainGuardEvents.sol";

/**
 * @title CaptainGuard
 * @dev This contract allows to guard a contract's functionality based on the address of the ship's captain
 */
contract CaptainGuard is ICaptainGuard, ICaptainGuardEvents {
    address public CAPTAIN;

    /**
     * @dev constructor to initialize the captain address
     * @param _captain The address of the ship's captain
     * @notice Revert if the _captain is a zero address.
     */
    constructor(address _captain) {
        // We don't check for ZERO address because
        // of proxy deployment
        CAPTAIN = _captain;
        emit CaptainAssigned(msg.sender, _captain);
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function allows to update the captain address.
     * @param _captain The new address of the ship's captain.
     * @notice Revert if the _captain is a zero address.
     */
    function updateCaptain(
        address _captain
    ) public virtual override onlyCaptain {
        if (_captain == address(0)) {
            revert ZeroAddressCaptain();
        }

        CAPTAIN = _captain;

        emit CaptainAssigned(msg.sender, _captain);
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function returns true if the msg.sender is the captain
     * @return true if msg.sender is the captain, false otherwise
     */
    function isCaptain() public view returns (bool) {
        return msg.sender == CAPTAIN;
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function allows to check if the msg.sender is the captain of the ship.
     * @notice Revert if the msg.sender is not the captain.
     */
    modifier onlyCaptain() {
        if (!isCaptain()) {
            revert NotCaptain();
        }
        _;
    }
}

// File: src/CaptainPassNFT.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: UNLICENSED
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;

import {ERC721PresetMinterPauserAutoId} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/presets/ERC721PresetMinterPauserAutoId.sol";
import {ERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/ERC721.sol";

contract CaptainPassNFT is
    ERC721PresetMinterPauserAutoId("CaptainPass NFT", "CPNFT", "")
{
    string private _baseTokenURI;

    constructor(address sznsdao, string memory baseURI) {
        _baseTokenURI = baseURI;
        grantRole(MINTER_ROLE, sznsdao);
    }

    function setBaseURI(
        string calldata baseURI
    ) external onlyRole(MINTER_ROLE) {
        _baseTokenURI = baseURI;
    }

    function _baseURI() internal view override returns (string memory) {
        return _baseTokenURI;
    }

    function safeMint(
        address to,
        uint256 tokenId
    ) public onlyRole(MINTER_ROLE) {
        _safeMint(to, tokenId);
    }
}

// File: src/Crowdfund.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;
import {ERC20SnapshotUpgradeable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts-upgradeable/token/ERC20/extensions/ERC20SnapshotUpgradeable.sol";
import {ICrowdfundEvents} from "szns/interfaces/ICrowdfundEvents.sol";

/**
 * @title Crowdfund
 * @dev Crowdfund contract that allows external contributions to raise funds.
 *  It mints tokens in return for ether contributions.
 */
contract Crowdfund is ERC20SnapshotUpgradeable, ICrowdfundEvents {
    /**
     * Error raised when the raise has closed and contributions are no longer accepted.
     */
    error RaiseClosed();

    /**
     * Timestamp when the fund raising period ends and contributions are no longer accepted.
     */
    uint256 public endDuration;
    /**
     * Number of tokens minted per ether contributed
     */
    uint256 public tokensPerEth;
    /**
     * Minimum amount of ether that must be raised
     */
    uint256 public minRaise;
    /**
     * Total amount of ether raised
     */
    uint256 public totalContributions;

    /**
     * @dev Constructor that initializes the crowdfund
     * @param _endDuration Timestamp when the fund raising period ends
     * @param _tokensPerEth Number of tokens minted per ether contributed
     * @param _minRaise Minimum amount of ether that must be raised
     */
    constructor(
        uint256 _endDuration,
        uint256 _tokensPerEth,
        uint256 _minRaise
    ) {
        endDuration = _endDuration;
        tokensPerEth = _tokensPerEth;
        minRaise = _minRaise;
        totalContributions = 0;
    }

    function __Crowdfund_init(
        uint256 _endDuration,
        uint256 _tokensPerEth,
        uint256 _minRaise
    ) internal onlyInitializing {
        __Crowdfund_init_unchained(_endDuration, _tokensPerEth, _minRaise);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the Crowdfund contract with the provided parameters.
     * This function should only be called during contract creation.
     * @param _endDuration The timestamp when the Crowdfund will end and contributions will no longer be accepted.
     * @param _tokensPerEth The number of tokens that will be minted for each Ether contributed.
     * @param _minRaise The minimum amount of Ether that must be raised for the Crowdfund to be considered successful.
     */
    function __Crowdfund_init_unchained(
        uint256 _endDuration,
        uint256 _tokensPerEth,
        uint256 _minRaise
    ) internal onlyInitializing {
        _setDuration(_endDuration);
        _setTokensPerEth(_tokensPerEth);
        _setMinRaise(_minRaise);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Set the end time for the crowdfunding campaign
     * @param _endDuration The timestamp at which the crowdfunding campaign will end
     */
    function _setDuration(uint256 _endDuration) internal onlyInitializing {
        endDuration = _endDuration;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the tokens per eth for the crowdfunding campaign.
     * @param _tokensPerEth The number of tokens to mint for each ether contributed.
     */
    function _setTokensPerEth(uint256 _tokensPerEth) internal onlyInitializing {
        tokensPerEth = _tokensPerEth;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Initialize minRaise variable
     * @param _minRaise The minimum raise in ETH to be met
     */
    function _setMinRaise(uint256 _minRaise) internal onlyInitializing {
        minRaise = _minRaise;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Check if sail raise duration is over
     * @return true if sail raise still open for contributions
     */
    function _isRaiseOpen() internal view returns (bool) {
        return block.timestamp < endDuration;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Check if endRaise() was called
     * @return true if endRaise() was called
     */
    function _hasRaiseClosed() internal view returns (bool) {
        return endDuration == 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Contributes to the crowdfund, mints new tokens, and emits an event
     * @return minted The amount of tokens minted
     */
    function _contribute() internal returns (uint256 minted) {
        if (!_isRaiseOpen()) {
            revert RaiseClosed();
        }

        minted = tokensPerEth * msg.value;
        _mint(msg.sender, minted);
        emit Contributed(msg.sender, msg.value);

        totalContributions += msg.value;

        if (_hasRaiseMet()) {
            emit RaiseMet();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Force end the sail raise and make the contract no longer accept contributions.
     * Only the captain can call this function.
     */
    function _endRaise() internal {
        endDuration = 0;
        emit ForceEndRaise();
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function checks if the total contributions have met the minimum raise goal.
     * @return true if the goal has been met, false otherwise.
     */
    function _hasRaiseMet() internal view returns (bool) {
        return totalContributions >= minRaise;
    }
}

// File: src/ShipDeployer.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;

import {GnosisSafeProxyFactory, GnosisSafeProxy} from "@gnosis.pm/safe-contracts/contracts/proxies/GnosisSafeProxyFactory.sol";
import {ModuleProxyFactory} from "@gnosis.pm/zodiac/contracts/factory/ModuleProxyFactory.sol";
import {GnosisSafe, ModuleManager} from "@gnosis.pm/safe-contracts/contracts/GnosisSafe.sol";
import {ShipModule, ShipSetupArgs} from "szns/zodiac/modules/ShipModule.sol";
import {CaptainPassNFT} from "szns/CaptainPassNFT.sol";
import {IDeployerEvents} from "szns/interfaces/IDeployerEvents.sol";
import {IDeployerActions, SetupReturnVars, SetupVars} from "szns/interfaces/IDeployerActions.sol";
import {Ownable} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/access/Ownable.sol";

/**
 * @title ShipDeployer
 * @dev Contract used to deploy new safes
 * @author Szns
 * @notice The contract is used to deploy new safes
 */
contract ShipDeployer is IDeployerEvents, IDeployerActions, Ownable {
    /**
     * @notice Thrown when min raise is less than or equal to zero
     */
    error MinRaiseLteZero();

    /**
     * @notice Thrown when raise duration is in the past
     */
    error RaiseDurationInPast();

    /**
     * @notice Thrown when nfts allowed is empty
     */
    error NFTAllowedEmpty();

    /**
     * @notice Thrown when the msg.sender is not allowed
     */
    error NotAllowedError();

    /**
     * @notice Thrown when allow list is disabled
     */
    error AllowListDisabled();

    /**
     * @notice Thrown when the address is zero
     */
    error ZeroAddressShipDeployer();

    /**
     * @notice Event fired when an address is set to allowed
     * @param addr address that was set
     * @param allowed boolean value of allowed status
     */
    event SetAllowed(address addr, bool allowed);

    /**
     * @notice Event fired when the bypass check is set
     * @param bypassCheck boolean value of bypass check status
     */
    event SetBypassCheck(bool bypassCheck);

    /**
     * @dev Used to deploy new safes
     */
    GnosisSafeProxyFactory public immutable GNOSIS_SAFE_PROXY_FACTORY;
    ModuleProxyFactory public immutable GNOSIS_SAFE_MODULE_PROXY_FACTORY;

    /**
     * @dev Addresses of Gnosis Safe contracts
     */
    address public immutable GNOSIS_SAFE_TEMPLATE_ADDRESS;
    address public immutable GNOSIS_SAFE_FALLBACK_HANDLER;
    address public immutable SZNS_DAO;
    address public immutable SHIP_MODULE_TEMPLATE;

    address public immutable CAPTAIN_PASS_NFT;
    uint256 public constant TOKENS_PER_ETH = 1000;

    uint256 public SZNS_DAO_FEE_RATE = 1e18; // 1%
    bool public bypassCheck;

    constructor(
        address _sznsDao,
        address _captainPassNFT,
        address _gnosisSafeProxyFactory,
        address _gnosisSafeTemplate,
        address _gnosisSafeFallbackHandler,
        address _gnosisSafeModuleProxyFactory,
        address _shipModuleTemplate
    ) {
        if (
            _sznsDao == address(0) ||
            _captainPassNFT == address(0) ||
            _gnosisSafeTemplate == address(0) ||
            _gnosisSafeFallbackHandler == address(0) ||
            _shipModuleTemplate == address(0) ||
            _gnosisSafeModuleProxyFactory == address(0) ||
            _gnosisSafeProxyFactory == address(0)
        ) {
            revert ZeroAddressShipDeployer();
        }

        SZNS_DAO = _sznsDao;
        CAPTAIN_PASS_NFT = _captainPassNFT;
        GNOSIS_SAFE_PROXY_FACTORY = GnosisSafeProxyFactory(
            _gnosisSafeProxyFactory
        );
        GNOSIS_SAFE_TEMPLATE_ADDRESS = _gnosisSafeTemplate;
        GNOSIS_SAFE_FALLBACK_HANDLER = _gnosisSafeFallbackHandler;

        GNOSIS_SAFE_MODULE_PROXY_FACTORY = ModuleProxyFactory(
            _gnosisSafeModuleProxyFactory
        );

        SHIP_MODULE_TEMPLATE = _shipModuleTemplate;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Create and set up a new ship.
     * @param s SetupVars containing all the parameters for the ship
     * @return rv containing the address of the new ship and the ship module
     * @notice throws NotAllowedError if msg.sender is not allowed to create new ships
     * @notice throws MinRaiseLteZero if s.minRaise is less than or equal to 0
     * @notice throws RaiseDurationInPast if s.endDuration is less than or equal to block.timestamp
     * @notice throws NFTAllowedEmpty if s.nftsAllowed is an empty array
     */
    function createAndSetup(
        SetupVars calldata s
    ) external returns (SetupReturnVars memory rv) {
        if (!getIsAllowed(msg.sender)) {
            revert NotAllowedError();
        }
        // Check params
        if (s.minRaise <= 0) {
            revert MinRaiseLteZero();
        }
        if (s.endDuration <= block.timestamp) {
            revert RaiseDurationInPast();
        }
        if (s.nftsAllowed.length == 0) {
            revert NFTAllowedEmpty();
        }

        // Create and deploy safe
        rv.safeAddress = address(
            GNOSIS_SAFE_PROXY_FACTORY.createProxyWithNonce(
                GNOSIS_SAFE_TEMPLATE_ADDRESS,
                "",
                uint256(
                    keccak256(abi.encode(s.name, msg.sender, address(this)))
                )
            )
        );

        ShipSetupArgs memory setupArgs = ShipSetupArgs({
            name: s.name,
            symbol: s.symbol,
            endDuration: s.endDuration,
            tokensPerEth: TOKENS_PER_ETH,
            minRaise: s.minRaise,
            captainFeeRate: s.captainFeeRate,
            sznsDAOFeeRate: SZNS_DAO_FEE_RATE,
            captain: s.captain,
            nfts: s.nftsAllowed
        });

        // Deploy modifier for the ship
        rv.shipModuleAddress = GNOSIS_SAFE_MODULE_PROXY_FACTORY.deployModule(
            SHIP_MODULE_TEMPLATE,
            abi.encodeWithSignature(
                "setUp(bytes)",
                abi.encode(rv.safeAddress, rv.safeAddress, setupArgs)
            ),
            0 // salt
        );

        // initialze safe and add buy module
        address[] memory owners = new address[](1);
        owners[0] = 0x000000000000000000000000000000000000dEaD;

        GnosisSafe(payable(rv.safeAddress)).setup(
            owners, // owners
            1, // threshold
            address(this), // to
            abi.encodeCall(this.initSafe, (rv.shipModuleAddress)), // data
            GNOSIS_SAFE_FALLBACK_HANDLER, // fallbackHandler
            address(0), // paymentToken
            0, // payment
            payable(0) // paymentReceiver
        );

        emit NewShipCreated(
            block.timestamp,
            s.captain,
            s.nftsAllowed,
            s.minRaise,
            s.name,
            s.symbol,
            s.endDuration,
            rv
        );
    }

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the safe by enabling the ship module
     * @param shipModule The address of the ship module to be enabled
     */
    function initSafe(address shipModule) external {
        ModuleManager(address(this)).enableModule(shipModule);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Allows anyone to interact directly with the ship deployer
     * @param _bypassCheck Boolean if true, bypasses the allow list
     * @notice emits SetAllowed(address, bool) when the allowance is set for an address.
     */
    function setBypassCheck(bool _bypassCheck) public onlyOwner {
        bypassCheck = _bypassCheck;
        emit SetBypassCheck(_bypassCheck);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Checks if an address is allowed to use the createAndSetup() function.
     * @param addr check if this address is allowed
     */
    function getIsAllowed(address addr) public view returns (bool) {
        return
            bypassCheck || CaptainPassNFT(CAPTAIN_PASS_NFT).balanceOf(addr) > 0;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Allows the owner to set the fee rate for ships
     * @param _feeRate amount the fee rate should be set to
     */
    function setDAOFeeRate(uint256 _feeRate) public onlyOwner {
        SZNS_DAO_FEE_RATE = _feeRate;
    }

}

// File: src/interfaces/IBuyActions.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;
import {ConsiderationInterface, Order} from "seaport/interfaces/ConsiderationInterface.sol";

interface IBuyActions {
    function buy(Order calldata seaportOrder) external;
}

// File: src/interfaces/IBuyEvents.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;

// Actions that the ship can take
interface IBuyEvents {
    event NFTBought(
        uint256 timestamp,
        uint256 price,
        address nftContract,
        uint256 nftTokenID
    );
}

// File: src/interfaces/ICaptainGuard.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;

// Actions open during the Crowdfund phase
interface ICaptainGuard {
    // When msg.sender is not a captain
    error NotCaptain();
    error ZeroAddressCaptain();

    /// @notice Assign a new captain
    /// @param captain The new address to assign as captain
    function updateCaptain(address captain) external;
}

// File: src/interfaces/ICaptainGuardEvents.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;

// Actions open during the Crowdfund phase
interface ICaptainGuardEvents {
    // When new captain assigned
    event CaptainAssigned(address initiator, address indexed captain);
}

// File: src/interfaces/IClaimActions.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;

// Actions for revenue claims
interface IClaimActions {
    /// @notice Get the amount claimable at an event
    /// @param account The address to get claim amount
    /// @param claimID The claim event ID to claim revenue
    /// @return The amount claimed
    function getClaimAmount(
        address account,
        uint256 claimID
    ) external view returns (uint256);

    /// @notice Check if an address has claims at an event
    /// @param account The address to check
    /// @param claimID The claim event ID to check for claim revenue
    /// @return True of address has claim
    function hasClaim(
        address account,
        uint256 claimID
    ) external view returns (bool);

    /// @notice Claim revenue at for a particular event
    /// @param claimID The claim event ID to claim revenue
    /// @return The amount claimed
    function claim(uint256 claimID) external returns (uint256);

    // Make this receive eth
    receive() external payable;
}

// File: src/interfaces/IClaimEvents.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;

// Actions that the ship can take
interface IClaimEvents {
    // When a user claims their share
    event Claimed(address account, uint256 amount, uint256 claimID);

    // Wben a new claim is available
    event Claimable(uint256 amount, uint256 claimID);
}

// File: src/interfaces/ICrowdfundActions.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;

// Actions open during the Crowdfund phase
interface ICrowdfundActions {
    /// @notice Contribute ETH for ship tokens
    /// @return minted The amount of ship tokens minted
    function contribute() external payable returns (uint256 minted);

    /// @notice Check if raise met
    /// @return True if raise was met
    function hasRaiseMet() external view returns (bool);

    /// @notice Check users can still contribute
    /// @return True if closed
    function isRaiseOpen() external view returns (bool);

    /// @notice End the ship raise
    function endRaise() external;
}

// File: src/interfaces/ICrowdfundEvents.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;

// Events for crowdfund phase
interface ICrowdfundEvents {
    /// @notice When the minimum raise is met
    event RaiseMet();

    /// @notice When the captain or authorized 3rd party (eg: SZNS DAO) closes the ship before the sail raise duration
    event ForceEndRaise();

    /// @notice When the minimum raise is met
    /// @param contributor Address that contributed
    /// @param amount Amount contributed
    event Contributed(address indexed contributor, uint256 amount);
}

// File: src/interfaces/IDeployerActions.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;

struct SetupReturnVars {
    address safeAddress;
    address shipModuleAddress;
}

struct SetupVars {
    string name;
    string symbol;
    uint256 endDuration;
    uint256 minRaise;
    address captain;
    uint256 captainFeeRate;
    address[] nftsAllowed;
}

interface IDeployerActions {
    function createAndSetup(
        SetupVars calldata vars
    ) external returns (SetupReturnVars memory rv);
}

// File: src/interfaces/IDeployerEvents.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;
import {SetupReturnVars} from "szns/interfaces/IDeployerActions.sol";

interface IDeployerEvents {
    /// @notice When the the ship is created
    event NewShipCreated(
        uint256 timestamp,
        address captain,
        address[] targetedNFTs,
        uint256 minRaise,
        string name,
        string symbol,
        uint256 endDuration,
        SetupReturnVars addresses
    );
}

// File: src/interfaces/IListActions.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;

interface IListActions {
    function list(
        address nftContract,
        uint256 tokenID,
        uint256 amount,
        uint256 duration,
        address payable[] calldata royaltyRecipients,
        uint256[] calldata royaltyAmounts
    ) external;
}

// File: src/interfaces/IListEvents.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;
import {Order} from "seaport/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";

// Actions that the ship can take
interface IListEvents {
    event NFTListed(
        uint256 timestamp,
        address nftContract,
        uint256 tokenID,
        uint256 price,
        uint256 expiration
    );
    event ListingCanceled(
        uint256 timestamp,
        address nftContract,
        uint256 tokenID
    );
}

// File: src/interfaces/IRoyaltyEngineV1.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.8.0;

/// @author: manifold.xyz

import "@openzeppelin/contracts/utils/introspection/IERC165.sol";

/**
 * @dev Lookup engine interface
 */
interface IRoyaltyEngineV1 is IERC165 {
    /**
     * Get the royalty for a given token (address, id) and value amount.  Does not cache the bps/amounts.  Caches the spec for a given token address
     *
     * @param tokenAddress - The address of the token
     * @param tokenId      - The id of the token
     * @param value        - The value you wish to get the royalty of
     *
     * returns Two arrays of equal length, royalty recipients and the corresponding amount each recipient should get
     */
    function getRoyalty(
        address tokenAddress,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 value
    )
        external
        returns (address payable[] memory recipients, uint256[] memory amounts);

    /**
     * View only version of getRoyalty
     *
     * @param tokenAddress - The address of the token
     * @param tokenId      - The id of the token
     * @param value        - The value you wish to get the royalty of
     *
     * returns Two arrays of equal length, royalty recipients and the corresponding amount each recipient should get
     */
    function getRoyaltyView(
        address tokenAddress,
        uint256 tokenId,
        uint256 value
    )
        external
        view
        returns (address payable[] memory recipients, uint256[] memory amounts);
}

// File: src/interfaces/IShipEvents.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;

// Actions that the ship can take
interface IShipEvents {
    event Abandon(address captain, address safe, uint256 refund);
}

// File: src/lib/Sealib.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;

import {Order, OrderComponents, OrderParameters, OfferItem, ItemType, ConsiderationItem, OrderType} from "seaport/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import {ConsiderationInterface} from "seaport/interfaces/ConsiderationInterface.sol";
import {IERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";

/**
 * @title Sealib
 * @dev Library for creating Seaport orders.
 */
library Sealib {
    // Payable proxy for opensea where sale fees get forwarded
    address constant SEAPORT_PAYABLE_PROXY =
        0x0000a26b00c1F0DF003000390027140000fAa719;
    bytes32 constant CONDUIT_KEY =
        0x0000007b02230091a7ed01230072f7006a004d60a8d4e71d599b8104250f0000;

    /**
     * @dev Builds a Seaport order for an ERC721 token.
     * @param offerer Address of the offerer.
     * @param recipient Address of the recipient.
     * @param nftContract Address of the ERC721 contract.
     * @param tokenID ID of the token being sold.
     * @param amount Amount of the sale.
     * @param endTime End time of the order.
     * @return seaportOrder memory seaportOrder Order created.
     * @notice This function will create an order with 2.5% of the revenue going to the SEAPORT_PAYABLE_PROXY and 97.5% going to the recipient.
     */
    function buildOrderFor(
        address offerer,
        address payable recipient,
        address payable[] memory royaltyRecipients,
        address nftContract,
        uint256 tokenID,
        uint256 amount,
        uint256[] memory royaltyAmounts,
        uint256 endTime
    ) internal view returns (Order memory seaportOrder) {
        seaportOrder.parameters.offerer = address(offerer);
        seaportOrder.parameters.zone = address(0);
        seaportOrder.parameters.orderType = OrderType.FULL_OPEN;
        seaportOrder.parameters.startTime = block.timestamp;
        seaportOrder.parameters.endTime = endTime;
        seaportOrder.parameters.zoneHash = bytes32(0);
        seaportOrder.parameters.salt = uint256(0);
        seaportOrder.parameters.conduitKey = CONDUIT_KEY;

        OfferItem memory nftItem;
        nftItem.itemType = ItemType.ERC721;
        nftItem.token = nftContract;
        nftItem.identifierOrCriteria = tokenID;
        nftItem.startAmount = 1;
        nftItem.endAmount = 1;
        OfferItem[] memory offer = new OfferItem[](1);
        offer[0] = nftItem;
        seaportOrder.parameters.offer = offer;

        uint256 openseaRevenue = (amount * 2.5e18) / 100e18;

        uint256 countRecipientsRoyalties = royaltyRecipients.length;
        ConsiderationItem[] memory considerations = new ConsiderationItem[](
            countRecipientsRoyalties + 2 // + 1 for opensea and + 1 for offerer
        );

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < countRecipientsRoyalties; ) {
            ConsiderationItem memory considerationRoyalty;
            considerationRoyalty.itemType = ItemType.NATIVE;
            considerationRoyalty.token = address(0); // For eth
            considerationRoyalty.startAmount = royaltyAmounts[i];
            considerationRoyalty.endAmount = royaltyAmounts[i];
            considerationRoyalty.recipient = payable(royaltyRecipients[i]);
            considerations[i + 2] = considerationRoyalty; // Push royalty to last in array
            amount -= royaltyAmounts[i];
            ++i;
        }

        // Opensea fee minimum 2.5% of revenue
        // We do this so we get exactly 2.5% for opensea
        ConsiderationItem memory openseaConsideration;
        openseaConsideration.itemType = ItemType.NATIVE;
        openseaConsideration.token = address(0); // For eth
        openseaConsideration.startAmount = openseaRevenue;
        openseaConsideration.endAmount = openseaRevenue; // 2.5%
        openseaConsideration.recipient = payable(SEAPORT_PAYABLE_PROXY);

        // remaining amount - opensea: goes to offerer
        uint256 offererRevenue = amount - openseaRevenue;
        ConsiderationItem memory offererConsideration;
        offererConsideration.itemType = ItemType.NATIVE;
        offererConsideration.token = address(0); // For eth
        offererConsideration.startAmount = offererRevenue;
        offererConsideration.endAmount = offererRevenue; // 97.5%
        offererConsideration.recipient = payable(recipient);

        considerations[0] = offererConsideration; // Offerer consideration needs to be the first one in the list
        considerations[1] = openseaConsideration;
        seaportOrder.parameters.consideration = considerations;

        seaportOrder.parameters.totalOriginalConsiderationItems = considerations
            .length;
    }
}

// File: src/zodiac/modules/BuyModule.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;

import {Module, Enum} from "@gnosis.pm/zodiac/contracts/core/Module.sol";
import {ListModule} from "szns/zodiac/modules/ListModule.sol";
import {IBuyEvents} from "szns/interfaces/IBuyEvents.sol";
import {IBuyActions} from "szns/interfaces/IBuyActions.sol";
import {IERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
import {ConsiderationInterface} from "seaport/interfaces/ConsiderationInterface.sol";
import {Order, ItemType, ConsiderationItem} from "seaport/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";

contract BuyModule is Module, IBuyEvents, IBuyActions {
    ConsiderationInterface private immutable seaport;

    error NFTAlreadyOwn();
    error NFTNotOwn();
    error NFTNotAllowed();
    error NotNativeToken();
    error ZeroAddressBuyModule();

    mapping(address => bool) public nfts;

    constructor(
        address _seaport // Seaport Address
    ) {
        if (_seaport == address(0)) revert ZeroAddressBuyModule();
        seaport = ConsiderationInterface(_seaport);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Initialize function, will be triggered when a new proxy is deployed
     * @param initializeParams Parameters of initialization encoded
     * @notice This function will initialize the contract, including setting the avatar, target, and allowed NFTs.
     * @notice This function will also transfer ownership of the contract to the provided avatar address.
     */
    function setUp(
        bytes memory initializeParams
    ) public virtual override initializer {
        __Ownable_init();
        (address _avatar, address _target, address[] memory _nfts) = abi.decode(
            initializeParams,
            (address, address, address[])
        );

        __BuyModule_setUp(_nfts);

        setAvatar(_avatar);
        setTarget(_target);
        transferOwnership(_avatar);
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function sets up the NFTs that can be bought using the smart contract.
     * @param _nfts An array of addresses representing the NFTs that can be bought.
     */
    function __BuyModule_setUp(address[] memory _nfts) internal {
        uint256 length = _nfts.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < length; ) {
            nfts[_nfts[i]] = true;
            unchecked {
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function allows a user to buy an NFT from an exchange, like OpenSea.
     * @param seaportOrder The order object containing the details of the NFT being bought.
     * @notice Revert if the NFT is not allowed to be bought, if the NFT is already owned by the contract, or if the purchase is unsuccessful.
     * @notice Emit NFTBought event on successful purchase.
     */
    function buy(Order calldata seaportOrder) public virtual {
        address nftContract = seaportOrder.parameters.offer[0].token;
        uint256 tokenID = seaportOrder.parameters.offer[0].identifierOrCriteria;

        if (seaportOrder.parameters.offer.length != 1) {
            revert NFTNotAllowed();
        }

        // By default listings made through opensea have 2 considerations:
        // (1) the offerer consideration and (2) opensea fee, another thing may be royalties to collection creator
        uint256 value = 0;
        unchecked {
            for (
                uint256 i = 0;
                i < seaportOrder.parameters.consideration.length;
                i++
            ) {
                ConsiderationItem memory consideration = seaportOrder
                    .parameters
                    .consideration[i];

                //Check consideration was set to ETH
                if (
                    consideration.token != address(0) ||
                    consideration.itemType != ItemType.NATIVE
                ) {
                    revert NotNativeToken();
                }
                value += seaportOrder.parameters.consideration[i].startAmount;
            }
        }

        if (!nfts[nftContract]) {
            revert NFTNotAllowed();
        }

        if (IERC721(nftContract).ownerOf(tokenID) == address(avatar)) {
            revert NFTAlreadyOwn();
        }

        bytes memory callData = abi.encodeCall(
            seaport.fulfillOrder,
            (seaportOrder, bytes32(0))
        );

        (bool _success, bytes memory _returnData) = execAndReturnData(
            address(seaport),
            value,
            callData,
            Enum.Operation.Call
        );

        require(_success, string(_returnData));

        if (IERC721(nftContract).ownerOf(tokenID) != address(avatar)) {
            revert NFTNotOwn();
        }

        emit NFTBought(block.timestamp, value, nftContract, tokenID);
    }
}

// File: src/zodiac/modules/ListModule.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;

import {Module, Enum} from "@gnosis.pm/zodiac/contracts/core/Module.sol";
import {IListEvents} from "szns/interfaces/IListEvents.sol";
import {IListActions} from "szns/interfaces/IListActions.sol";
import {IRoyaltyEngineV1} from "szns/interfaces/IRoyaltyEngineV1.sol";
import {ConsiderationInterface} from "seaport/lib/Consideration.sol";
import {Order, OrderComponents, OfferItem, ItemType, ConsiderationItem, OrderType} from "seaport/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";
import {IERC721} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721.sol";
import {IERC721Receiver} from "@openzeppelin/contracts/token/ERC721/IERC721Receiver.sol";
import {Sealib} from "szns/lib/Sealib.sol";

contract ListModule is Module, IListEvents, IListActions, IERC721Receiver {
    error ApproveFail();
    error OrderFailed();
    error CancelFail();
    error ZeroAddressRecipient();
    error ZeroAddressListModule();
    error RoyaltiesRequired();
    error InvalidRoyalties();

    ConsiderationInterface private immutable seaport;
    address private immutable conduit;
    IRoyaltyEngineV1 private immutable royaltyEngine;

    address payable public recipient;

    constructor(address _seaport, address _conduit, address _royaltyEngine) {
        if (_seaport == address(0)) revert ZeroAddressListModule();
        seaport = ConsiderationInterface(_seaport);
        if (_conduit == address(0)) revert ZeroAddressListModule();
        conduit = _conduit;
        if (_royaltyEngine == address(0)) revert ZeroAddressListModule();
        royaltyEngine = IRoyaltyEngineV1(_royaltyEngine);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Initialize function, will be triggered when a new proxy is deployed
     * @param initializeParams Parameters of initialization encoded
     * @notice This function will initialize the contract, including setting the avatar and target address.
     * @notice This function will also transfer ownership of the contract to the provided avatar address.
     */
    function setUp(
        bytes memory initializeParams
    ) public virtual override initializer {
        __Ownable_init();
        (address _avatar, address _target) = abi.decode(
            initializeParams,
            (address, address)
        );

        // __ListModule_setUp();

        setAvatar(_avatar);
        setTarget(_target);
        transferOwnership(_avatar);
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function allows the owner to set the recipient address for the contract.
     * @param _recipient The address that will receive any funds sent to the contract.
     * @notice The function can only be called by the contract's owner.
     * @notice Revert if the _recipient address is zero address.
     */
    function setRecipient(address payable _recipient) public onlyOwner {
        if (_recipient == address(0)) revert ZeroAddressRecipient();
        recipient = _recipient;
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function allows a user to list an NFT for sale on an exchange, such as OpenSea.
     * @param nftContract The address of the NFT contract.
     * @param tokenID The ID of the NFT being listed.
     * @param amount The price of the NFT being listed.
     * @param duration The duration of the NFT listing.
     * @notice This function will transfer the NFT from the user's account to the contract's account as escrow.
     * @notice Revert if the NFT transfer is unsuccessful.
     * @notice Emit NFTListed event on successful listing.
     */
    function list(
        address nftContract,
        uint256 tokenID,
        uint256 amount,
        uint256 duration,
        address payable[] memory royaltyRecipients,
        uint256[] memory royaltyAmounts
    ) public virtual {
        if (royaltyRecipients.length != royaltyAmounts.length) {
            revert InvalidRoyalties();
        }
        // 1) transfer the asset from safe to here as escrow
        bytes memory transferCallData = abi.encodeWithSignature(
            "safeTransferFrom(address,address,uint256)",
            avatar,
            address(this),
            tokenID
        );
        exec(nftContract, 0, transferCallData, Enum.Operation.Call);

        // Check transfer
        if (IERC721(nftContract).ownerOf(tokenID) != address(this)) {
            revert OrderFailed();
        }

        (
            address payable[] memory declaredRoyaltyRecipients,
            uint256[] memory declaredRoyaltyAmounts
        ) = royaltyEngine.getRoyaltyView(nftContract, tokenID, amount);

        // Verify we at least provided required on-chain royalties
        uint256 verifiedRoyalties;
        unchecked {
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < declaredRoyaltyRecipients.length; ++i) {
                for (uint256 j = 0; j < royaltyRecipients.length; ++j) {
                    // Ensure recipient the same and the min amount provided
                    if (
                        declaredRoyaltyRecipients[i] == royaltyRecipients[j] &&
                        royaltyAmounts[j] >= declaredRoyaltyAmounts[i]
                    ) {
                        ++verifiedRoyalties;
                        break;
                    }
                }
            }
        }
        if (verifiedRoyalties != declaredRoyaltyRecipients.length) {
            revert RoyaltiesRequired();
        }

        Order memory seaportOrder = Sealib.buildOrderFor(
            address(this),
            payable(address(this)),
            royaltyRecipients,
            nftContract,
            tokenID,
            amount,
            royaltyAmounts,
            block.timestamp + duration
        );
        _list(seaportOrder);

        emit NFTListed(
            block.timestamp,
            seaportOrder.parameters.offer[0].token,
            seaportOrder.parameters.offer[0].identifierOrCriteria,
            amount,
            block.timestamp + duration
        );
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function allows a user to cancel an order of an NFT on an exchange, such as OpenSea.
     * @param orders An array of order components representing the orders to be cancelled.
     * @notice Revert if the cancel operation is unsuccessful.
     * @notice This function will also transfer the NFT from the contract's account to the user's account if the NFT is still in escrow.
     */
    function cancel(OrderComponents[] calldata orders) public virtual {
        if (!seaport.cancel(orders)) {
            revert CancelFail();
        }

        unchecked {
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < orders.length; i++) {
                for (uint256 j = 0; j < orders[i].offer.length; j++) {
                    address nft = orders[i].offer[j].token;
                    uint256 id = orders[i].offer[j].identifierOrCriteria;
                    if (IERC721(nft).ownerOf(id) == address(this)) {
                        IERC721(nft).safeTransferFrom(
                            address(this),
                            avatar,
                            id
                        );
                    }
                }
            }
        }
    }

    /*
     * Lists an Order on OpenSEA. Previously approves all NFTS
     */
    function _list(Order memory seaportOrder) internal {
        // Approving all NFTs for SALE
        // TODO: We should check for other approvals in case non ERC721.
        uint256 orderItems = seaportOrder.parameters.offer.length;
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < orderItems; ) {
            OfferItem memory item = seaportOrder.parameters.offer[i];

            IERC721(item.token).approve(conduit, item.identifierOrCriteria);

            ++i;
        }

        // Validating the order
        Order[] memory orders = new Order[](1);
        orders[0] = seaportOrder;

        if (!seaport.validate(orders)) {
            revert OrderFailed();
        }
    }

    function onERC721Received(
        address, //operator,
        address, //from,
        uint256, //tokenId,
        bytes calldata //data
    ) external pure returns (bytes4) {
        return 0x150b7a02;
    }
}

// File: src/zodiac/modules/ShipModule.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity ^0.8.16;
import {Module, Enum, FactoryFriendly} from "@gnosis.pm/zodiac/contracts/core/Module.sol";
import {Crowdfund} from "szns/Crowdfund.sol";
import {CaptainGuard} from "szns/CaptainGuard.sol";
import {BuyModule} from "szns/zodiac/modules/BuyModule.sol";
import {ListModule} from "szns/zodiac/modules/ListModule.sol";
import {IClaimActions} from "szns/interfaces/IClaimActions.sol";
import {IClaimEvents} from "szns/interfaces/IClaimEvents.sol";
import {ICrowdfundActions} from "szns/interfaces/ICrowdfundActions.sol";
import {IShipEvents} from "szns/interfaces/IShipEvents.sol";
import {Order} from "seaport/interfaces/ConsiderationInterface.sol";
import {OrderComponents} from "seaport/lib/ConsiderationStructs.sol";

struct ShipSetupArgs {
    string name;
    string symbol;
    uint256 endDuration;
    uint256 tokensPerEth;
    uint256 minRaise;
    uint256 captainFeeRate;
    uint256 sznsDAOFeeRate;
    address captain;
    address[] nfts;
}

contract ShipModule is
    Module,
    Crowdfund,
    ICrowdfundActions,
    IClaimActions,
    IClaimEvents,
    IShipEvents,
    BuyModule,
    ListModule,
    CaptainGuard
{
    error NoClaimAvailable();
    error NoContribution();
    error NFTNotBoughtYet();
    error CallFailed();
    error UseContributeMethod();
    error ClaimFailed();

    // Abandon errors and events
    error NoAbandonAlreadyClosed();
    error NoAbandonNFTBought();

    //Buy errors
    error RaiseNotMet();
    error BuyClosed();

    event CaptainClaimed(address captain, uint256 amount);
    error CaptainClaimFailed();

    error ZeroAddressShipModule();

    //List errors
    error ListNotAllowed();

    // Represents total claimable at a snapshot event
    mapping(uint256 => uint256) public claims;
    mapping(address => mapping(uint256 => bool)) public claimed;

    uint256 public captainFees;
    uint256 public captainFeeRate;
    uint256 public sznsDaoFeeRate;
    address public immutable SZNSDAO;

    bool private nftBought;

    constructor(
        address _avatar,
        address _target,
        address _sznsDAO,
        address _seaport,
        address _conduit,
        address _royaltyEngine,
        ShipSetupArgs memory _sv
    )
        Crowdfund(_sv.endDuration, _sv.tokensPerEth, _sv.minRaise)
        BuyModule(_seaport)
        CaptainGuard(_sv.captain)
        ListModule(_seaport, _conduit, _royaltyEngine)
    {
        if (_sznsDAO == address(0)) revert ZeroAddressShipModule();
        SZNSDAO = _sznsDAO;
        bytes memory initParams = abi.encode(_avatar, _target, _sv);
        setUp(initParams); // If we do this here, it can not be inherited
    }

    /**
     * @dev Initialize function, will be triggered when a new proxy is deployed
     * @param initializeParams Parameters of initialization encoded
     * @notice This function will initialize the contract, including setting the avatar, target, and ship setup arguments.
     * @notice This function will also transfer ownership of the contract to the provided avatar address.
     */
    function setUp(
        bytes memory initializeParams
    ) public override(FactoryFriendly, BuyModule, ListModule) initializer {
        __Ownable_init();

        (address _avatar, address _target, ShipSetupArgs memory _sv) = abi
            .decode(initializeParams, (address, address, ShipSetupArgs));

        // Initialize ERC20 snapshot
        __ERC20_init(_sv.name, _sv.symbol);
        __ERC20Snapshot_init();

        // Initialize Crowdfund
        __Crowdfund_init(_sv.endDuration, _sv.tokensPerEth, _sv.minRaise);

        // BuyModule specific setup
        __BuyModule_setUp(_sv.nfts);

        // All immutable variables need to be set
        // after proxy initialization
        captainFeeRate = _sv.captainFeeRate;
        sznsDaoFeeRate = _sv.sznsDAOFeeRate;
        CAPTAIN = _sv.captain;

        setRecipient(payable(address(this)));

        avatar = _avatar; // safe
        target = _target; // contract to call exec
        transferOwnership(_avatar);
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function is the fallback function of the contract, which allows users to make payments to the contract.
     * @notice This function will take a snapshot of the user's balance and distribute the payment among the captain, SZNSDAO and the user's balance.
     * @notice Revert if the contribution period is open or if the call to the avatar or SZNSDAO contract fail.
     * @notice This will only work via call.value() calls and not send()/transfer() when transferring ETH to this contract
     * @notice https://github.com/ConsenSysMesh/Ethereum-Development-Best-Practices/wiki/Fallback-functions-and-the-fundamental-limitations-of-using-send()-in-Ethereum-&-Solidity
     */
    function _receive() internal {
        // Don't take any snapshots if we are currently taking contributions
        if (_hasRaiseClosed()) {
            uint256 passengersShare = (msg.value * (100e18 - captainFeeRate)) /
                100e18;

            uint256 daoShare = (msg.value * sznsDaoFeeRate) / 100e18;

            _snapshot(passengersShare - daoShare);

            captainFees += (msg.value - passengersShare);

            (bool success, ) = avatar.call{value: (msg.value - daoShare)}("");
            if (!success) revert CallFailed();

            (success, ) = SZNSDAO.call{value: daoShare}("");
            if (!success) revert CallFailed();
        } else {
            revert UseContributeMethod();
        }
    }

    receive() external payable {
        _receive();
    }

    // Fallback function is called when msg.data is not empty
    fallback() external {
        _receive();
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function returns the claim amount for a user, given their account address and claim ID.
     * @param account The address of the user's account.
     * @param claimID The ID of the claim.
     * @return claimAmount The amount of tokens that the user can claim.
     * @notice Revert if the user has already claimed their tokens.
     */
    function getClaimAmount(
        address account,
        uint256 claimID
    ) public view returns (uint256 claimAmount) {
        if (claimed[account][claimID]) {
            claimAmount = 0;
        } else {
            claimAmount =
                (balanceOfAt(account, claimID) * claims[claimID]) /
                totalSupply();
        }
    }

    /// @dev Get the total claims for an address
    /// @param account The address to get total claim amounts
    /// @return totalClaims the amount claimed
    function getTotalClaims(
        address account
    ) public view returns (uint256 totalClaims) {
        unchecked {
            // Snapshots start at index 1
            for (uint256 i = 1; i <= _getCurrentSnapshotId(); ++i) {
                totalClaims += getClaimAmount(account, i);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function checks if a user has a claim available for a given snapshot ID.
     * @param account The address of the user's account.
     * @param claimID The ID of the snapshot.
     * @return True if the user has a claim available for the snapshot, false otherwise.
     */
    function hasClaim(
        address account,
        uint256 claimID
    ) public view virtual returns (bool) {
        return balanceOfAt(account, claimID) > 0 && !claimed[account][claimID];
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function allows a user to claim the tokens that they are entitled to for a given snapshot ID.
     * @param claimID The ID of the snapshot.
     * @return claimedAmount The amount of tokens claimed by the user.
     * @notice Revert if the user does not have a claim available for the snapshot ID.
     * @notice Emit Claimed event on successful claim.
     */
    function claim(uint256 claimID) public returns (uint256 claimedAmount) {
        if (!hasClaim(msg.sender, claimID)) {
            revert NoClaimAvailable();
        }

        claimedAmount = getClaimAmount(msg.sender, claimID);

        // Mark claimed first to prevent reentrancy
        claimed[msg.sender][claimID] = true;

        bool success = exec(msg.sender, claimedAmount, "", Enum.Operation.Call);

        if (success) {
            emit Claimed(msg.sender, claimedAmount, claimID);
        } else {
            revert ClaimFailed();
        }
    }

    /// @dev Bulk claim revenue
    /// @param claimIDs Array of claim events to claim
    /// @return claimedAmount the amount claimed
    function bulkClaim(
        uint256[] memory claimIDs
    ) public returns (uint256 claimedAmount) {
        unchecked {
            uint256 len = claimIDs.length;
            for (uint256 i = 0; i < len; ) {
                claimedAmount += claim(claimIDs[i]);
                ++i;
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function allows the captain to end the fundraising period and take a snapshot of the target contract's balance.
     * @notice Revert if the fundraising period has already been force closed, if the caller is not the captain, or if the NFT has not been purchased yet.
     */
    function endRaise() public {
        if (_hasRaiseClosed()) {
            //If raise was already force closed
            revert RaiseClosed();
        } else if (_isRaiseOpen()) {
            // If sail raise still active
            // Check only captain call call this
            if (!isCaptain()) revert NotCaptain();

            // Captain can only call if nft bought
            if (!nftBought) revert NFTNotBoughtYet();
        }

        _snapshot(target.balance);

        _endRaise();

        // if no nft bought and raise was force ended the ship essentially ended
        if (!nftBought) {
            emit Abandon(msg.sender, target, target.balance);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function allows the captain to abandon the ship, ending the fundraising period and taking a snapshot of the target contract's balance.
     * @notice Revert if the fundraising period has already been force closed, or if the NFT has been purchased.
     * @notice Emit Abandon event on successful abandonment of ship.
     */
    function abandonShip() public onlyCaptain {
        if (_hasRaiseClosed()) {
            //If raise was already force closed
            revert NoAbandonAlreadyClosed();
        } else if (nftBought) {
            //If bought the captain can no longer abandon ship
            revert NoAbandonNFTBought();
        }

        _snapshot(target.balance);

        _endRaise();

        emit Abandon(msg.sender, target, target.balance);
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function allows the captain to claim their fees from the contract.
     * @notice Revert if the caller is not the captain.
     * @notice Emit CaptainClaimed event on successful claim of captain's fees.
     */
    function claimCaptainFees() public onlyCaptain {
        uint256 fees = captainFees;

        // Prevent reentrency
        delete captainFees;

        bool success = exec(msg.sender, fees, "", Enum.Operation.Call);

        if (success) {
            emit CaptainClaimed(msg.sender, fees);
        } else {
            revert CaptainClaimFailed();
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function creates a new snapshot and records the amount of tokens that are claimable.
     * @param claimable The amount of tokens that are claimable.
     * @notice Emit Claimable event on successful creation of snapshot with claimable value and id.
     */
    function _snapshot(uint256 claimable) internal {
        uint256 id = super._snapshot();

        claims[id] = claimable;

        emit Claimable(claimable, id);
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function allows a user to contribute to the contract and mint new tokens.
     * @notice Revert if the user sends a value of 0.
     * @return minted The number of tokens minted for the user.
     * @notice Revert if the call to the avatar contract fails.
     */
    function contribute() public payable returns (uint256 minted) {
        if (msg.value == 0) {
            revert NoContribution();
        }

        minted = _contribute();

        (bool success, bytes memory data) = avatar.call{value: msg.value}("");
        require(success, string(data));
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function allows the captain to buy an NFT from OpenSea.
     * @param seaportOrder The order from OpenSea for the NFT.
     * @notice Revert if the fundraising period has closed, if the fundraising goal has not been met, or if the caller is not the captain.
     */
    function buy(Order calldata seaportOrder) public override onlyCaptain {
        if (!_isRaiseOpen() || _hasRaiseClosed()) {
            revert BuyClosed();
        } else if (!_hasRaiseMet()) {
            revert RaiseNotMet();
        } else {
            nftBought = true;
        }

        super.buy(seaportOrder);
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function allows the captain to list an NFT on OpenSea after the fundraising period has closed.
     * @param nftContract The contract address of the NFT.
     * @param tokenID The ID of the NFT.
     * @param amount The amount to be listed.
     * @param duration The duration of the listing.
     * @notice Revert if the fundraising period is still open, or if the caller is not the captain.
     */
    function list(
        address nftContract,
        uint256 tokenID,
        uint256 amount,
        uint256 duration,
        address payable[] memory royaltyRecipients,
        uint256[] memory royaltyAmounts
    ) public override onlyCaptain {
        if (!_hasRaiseClosed()) {
            revert ListNotAllowed();
        } else {
            super.list(
                nftContract,
                tokenID,
                amount,
                duration,
                royaltyRecipients,
                royaltyAmounts
            );
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function allows the captain to cancel one or more orders on OpenSea.
     * @param orders The orders to be cancelled.
     * @notice Revert if the caller is not the captain.
     */
    function cancel(
        OrderComponents[] calldata orders
    ) public override onlyCaptain {
        super.cancel(orders);
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function checks if the total contributions have met the minimum raise goal.
     * @return true if the goal has been met, false otherwise.
     */
    function hasRaiseMet() external view returns (bool) {
        return _hasRaiseMet();
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function checks if the fundraising period is still open.
     * @return true if the fundraising period is open, false otherwise.
     */
    function isRaiseOpen() external view returns (bool) {
        return _isRaiseOpen();
    }
}